hotel and tourism occupations

Transcripción

PROFESSIONS DE L'HOTELLERIE ET
DU TOURISME
REPERTOIRE DES MOYENS DE FORMATION
HOTEL AND TOURISM OCCUPATIONS
DIRECTORY OF TRAINING FACILITIES
OCUPACIONES EN LA HOTELERIA Y
EL TURISMO
REPERTORIO DE LOS MEDIOS DE FORMACIÓN
Série Gestion hôtel et tourisme no 2
Hotel and Tourism Management Series No. 2
Serie Gestión Hoteleria y Turismo, núm. 2
Genève, 1976
42080
Les désignations utilisées dans cette publication, qui sont conformes à la pratique des
Nations Unies, et la présentation des données qui y figurent n'impliquent de la part du
Bureau international du Travail aucune prise de position quant au statut juridique de tel
ou tel pays ou territoire, ou de ses autorités, ni quant au tracé de ses frontières.
Les articles, études et autres textes signés n'engagent que leurs auteurs et leur publication ne signifie pas que le Bureau international du Travail souscrit aux opinions qui y
sont exprimées.
Les publications du Bureau international du Travail peuvent être obtenues dans les
principales librairies ou auprès des bureaux locaux du BIT. On peut aussi se les procurer
directement, de même qu'un catalogue ou une liste des nouvelles publications, à l'adresse
suivante: Publications du BIT, Bureau international du Travail, CH-1211 Genève 22, Suisse.
The designations employed in ILO; publications, which are,in conformity with United
Nations practice, and the presentation of material therein do not imply the expression of
any opinion whatsoever on the part of the International Labour Office concerning the
legal status of any country or territory or of its authorities, or concerning the delimitation
of its frontiers.
The responsibility for opinions expressed in signed articles, studies and other contributions rests solely with their authors, and publication does not constitute an endorsement
by the International Labour Office of the opinions expressed in them.
ILO publications can be obtained through major booksellers or ILO local offices in many
countries, ordirectfrom ILO Publications, International LabourOffice, CH-1211 Geneva 22,
Switzerland. A catalogue or list of new publications will be sent free of charge from the
above address.
Las denominaciones empleadas, en concordancia con la práctica seguida en las Naciones
Unidas, y la forma en que apa rece 11 presentados los datos en esta publicación no implican
juicio alguno por parte de la Oficina Internacional del Trabajo sobre la condición jurídica
de ninguno de los países o territorios citados o de sus autoridades, ni respecto de la
delimitación de sus fronteras.
La responsabilidad de las opiniones expresadas en los artículos, estudios y otras colaboraciones firmados incumbe exclusivamente a sus autores, y su publicación no significa
que la OIT las sancione.
Las publicaciones de la OIT pueden obtenerse en las principales librerías o en oficinas
locales de la OIT en muchos países o pidiéndolas a : Publicaciones de la OIT, Oficina
Internacional del Trabajo, CH-1211 Ginebra 22, Suiza, que también puede enviar a quienes
lo soliciten un catálogo o una lista de nuevas publicaciones. .
Imprimé par le Bureau international du Travail, Genève, Suisse
Printed by the International Labour Office, Geneva, Switzerland
Impreso por la Oficina Internacional del Trabajo, Ginebra, Suiza
Ce répertoire a été élaboré conjointement par l'L)IOOT/OMT et le BIT.
Son objectif est de réunir, sur la base de données comparables, des informations
sur les institutions et moyens de formation pour les professions hôtelières et
touristiques. Il devrait aider les institutions et les personnes intéressées à orienter
leur choix en fonction des buts à atteindre et servir d'instrument de base dans les
échanges entre les institutions, dont les activités prennent de plus en plus d'ampleur.
Cette édition constitue une première partie du répertoire, les deux Organisations
se proposant de le compléter ultérieurement.
N. B. Les fiches bleues constituent la contribution de l'UIOOT/OMT, les fiches
blanches, celles du BIT.
Genève, avril 1976
This Directory has been prepared jointly by the IUOTO/WTO and the ILO.
Its objective is to offer, on the basis of comparable data, information on training
institutions and facilities for hotel and tourism occupations. It is aimed at assisting
interested institutions and persons to orientate their choice as related to the expected result and should represent a basic tool for exchanges between training
institutions, the activities of which are constantly expanding.
This issue represents a first part of the Directory. The two Organisations intend to
complete it in the near future.
N.B. Blue cards represent the IUOTO/WTO contribution; white cards the ILO
contribution.
Geneva, April 1976
La UIOOT/OMT y la OIT han elaborado conjuntamente este repertorio.
Su finalidad es reunir sobre una base de datos comparables, informaciones sobre
las instituciones y los medios de formación para las profesiones de la hotelería y
el turismo. Debería servir de orientación a las instituciones y a las personas interesadas para una juiciosa elección, en función de las metas a alcanzar, y servir de
instrumento de base en los intercambios entre las instituciones, cuyas actividades
toman cada día una mayor amplitud.
Esta edición constituye una primera parte del repertorio ; las dos organizaciones
se proponen completarla posteriormente.
N. B. Las fichas azules constituyen la contribución de la UIOOT/OMT ; las fichas
blancas, la de la OIT.
Ginebra, abril de 1976.
1.1
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
1. Nombre y dirección del establecimiento:
Instituto Superior de Estudios Técnicos
y Sociales (I.S.E.T.S.)
Montevideo 581, 4.° piso "A"
BUENOS AIRES
2. Estatuto:
Institución pública
3. Nivel : Post-graduados
I
i
^P
^^
4. Establecimiento con una sección de formación
hotelera
Nombre: Curso de administración hotelera
Especialidad: Capacitación integral de personas que
trabajen en el ramo de hotelería; o especialización
de profesionales que hayan cursado la carrera de turismo y deseen profundizar sus conocimientos en el
área hotelera.
5.
Salidas profesionales: Puestos de responsabilidad a
nivel superior y de dirección en el campo de la administración hotelera.
6.
Condiciones de admisión
(a) Diplomas, certificados, calificaciones:
Nacionales
Según el nivel del curso
A. Acreditar estudios secundarios
B. Para personas que estén trabajando en el ramo
de hotelería
C. Para post-graduados en turismo, expertos, técnicos.
(b) Edad:
(c) Idioma de enseñanza:
español
(d) Gastos de estudios: Costo de matrícula $ 70.00
Mensualidad
$ 70.00
7. Duración de la enseñanza:
1 año.
8. Diplomas o certificados dispensados:
Administrador hotelero.
1975
• /•
9.
Título de los cursos y programa de estudios:
Curso de Administración Hotelera
1. Establecimientos hoteleros - gastronómicas, elementos
que le componen
2. Clasificación y principales características
3. Reseña histórica de la actitud de albergar
4. Zonas turísticas del país
5. Relación entre hoteles y agencias de turismo.
Organización y métodos
1. Contabilidad hotelería
2. Principales leyes y decretos que rigen
3. Personal. Tareas y formularios
4. Compras.
Tareas y formularios
5. Costos y control. Tareas y formularios
6. Ventas - Política de precios y modalidades
7. Promociones
8. Publicidad
Técnica y métodos hoteleros
1. Reserva de alojamiento - Sistemas de registros. Planos de reserva - Formularios
2. Preparación de la llegada del huésped
3. Recepción - Formularios. Plano de ocupación. Relación con gobernante
4. Conserjería - Formularios
5. Conmutador - Formularios
6. Gobernante - Mucamas - Tareas - Formularios
Técnica y métodos de producción
1. Restaurante, comidas, room-service, cafetería, bar,
salón - Tareas y formularios
2. Organización de grandes eventos - Tareas, formularios
- Dibujos y disposición de mesas.
3. Talleres de mantenimiento. Tareas. Formularios
4. Lavadero y lencería - Tareas y formularios.
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
1.2
1.
Nombré y dirección áel establecimiento:
Escuela de Hotelería "Gran Hotel Provincial"
Boulevard Marítimo 2300
MAR DEL PLATA
(Provincia de Buenos Aires)
2. Estatuto: Establecimiento público: Dirección de Enseñanza Técnica. Ministerio de Educación de la Provincia de Buenos Aires.
3. Nivel:
secundario
4. Establecimiento enteramente consagrado a la formación
hotelera.
5. Salidas profesionales: Actividades a nivel de técnico superior en hotelería. Segunda especialización.
6.
Nacionales
Ciclo primario aprobado (cursos de 2 años)
Ciclo básico aprobado (curso de técnico en
hotelería)
(b) Edad: (c) Idioma de enseñanza: español.
(d) Gastos de estudios: enseñanza gratuita.
8.
1975
Cursos para: Mozos, camareras y mucamas
Técnico en hotelería
Conserje
Cocinero
Diplomas o certificados dispensados:
Diploma de técnico en hotelería (3 años)
Certificados de especialidades (2 años)
-
2
3
2
2
años
años
años
años
• /•
9.
Primer año
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Segundo año
Adminis trac i órt
Pisos
Salón
Cocina
Derecho
Contabilidad
Literatura
Francés
Inglés
Turismo
Mecanografía
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Administración
Alojamiento y recepción
Salón
Cocina
Derecho
Contabilidad
literatura
Francés
Inglés
Tercer año
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Administración
Alojamiento y recepción
Relaciones públicas
Higiene
Contabilidad
Inglés
Francés
1.3
1.
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
Nombre y dirección del establecimiento:
Instituto Superior de Turismo
"Perito Moreno"
San José 546
BUENOS AIRES
2.
Estatuto: Privado
3. Nivel: Terciaria
tur-fg-M na
5. Salidas profesionales: Profesiones de carácter turistico: guias, técnicos y expertos.
6. Condiciones de admisión
Nacionales
Maestro, bachiller, perito mercantil o título
equivalente a este nivel
Extranjeros
Equivalentes al nivel secundario del país
(b) Edad:
No se exige límite
(c) Idioma de enseñanza: Español
Curso de guías de turismo - 2 años
Técnico en empresas turísticas - 4 años
Experto en turismo - 5 años
Guías de turismo, técnico en empresas turísticas,
experto en turismo
9.
Titulo de los cursos y programa de estudios:
Guía de turismo: al aprobar todas las asignaturas de los dos primeros años
1975
./.
2
Técnico en turismo: al aprobar las asignaturas
correspondientes hasta 4.° año
Experto en turismo: es el técnico en turismo que
inscrito en los cursos de seminarios realice y
apruebe 3 (tres) trabajos de investigación,
como mínimo
Plan de estudios
Primer año
Primer cuatrimestre
1.
2.
Introducción al turismo
Geografía regional
turística
Historia en las regiones
turísticas
Información turística
Historia de Buenos Aires
Segundo año
Segundo cuatrimestre
1. Historia del arte
2. Folklore argentino
3. Principales ciudades
turísticas argentinas
4. Medicina del deporte y
turismo
5. Deportes y recreación
Primer cuatrimestre
1. Arqueología americana y
argentina
1. Historia de los museos
2. Sociología urbanística
3. Formación de la conciencia nacional
4. Conciencia mítica
5. Recursos naturales
2.
Literatura regional
argentina
3. Técnica fotográfica
4. Historia del arte
americano y argentino
5. Relaciones humanas
Tercer año
6. Climatología
turística
Primer cuatrimestre
1. Turismo nacional y social
2. Organización de empresas
3. Economía general y de
empresas
4. Geografía internacional I
5. Técnica de empresas
1.
2.
turísticas
Turismo internacional
Organización de empre-
sas turísticas:
agencias de viajes y
transportes
3. Técnica y organización
del alojamiento
4- Contabilidad de empresas turísticas
5. Geografía internacional II
./.
(1.3)
Cuarto año
Primer cuatrimestre
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
Estadísticas
Psicología social
Técnica publicitaria
Legislación aplicada
al turismo
2. Comercialización e
investigación de
mercado
3. Organización de servicios turísticos
internacionales
4. Cartografía
Departamento de idiomas.
Se impartirá enseñanza de 3 (tres) idiomas extranjeros.
Los alumnos deberán seguir 2 (dos) cursos como mínimo, de
primero a cuarto año.
Inglés, portugués, francés.
Con respecto al inglés y francés los alumnos según su conocimiento, pertenecerán al nivel I (elemental) o nivel II
(avanzado), por lo tanto se les tomará una prueba para
evaluar sus conocimientos, al iniciarse el curso lectivo.
1.4
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
2.
I.P.I.M.
Instituto de Preparación Integral
Arenales 1582
BUENOS AIRES
Estatuto: Privado
3. Nivel: Postsecundario
4. Establecimiento con una sección de formación turística
Nombre:
Escuela de Técnicas de Turismo
5.
Salidas profesionales: Técnico de turismo y guía
especializado
6.
Nacionales
Título secundario (bachiller magisterio - perito
mercantil)
Extranjeros
Estudios secundarios equivalentes
(b) Edad:
Desde los 17 años - sin límite de edad
Dos períodos lectivos de nueve meses cada uno.
Técnico de turismo y guía especializado
9.
1975
Historia de la civilización
Antropología Cultural
Historia del arte
Visión
Introducción a la arquitectura
Introducción al urbanismo
Psicología de la personalidad
Introducción a la psicología social
Arquitectura - organización
Historia del arte II
Psicología social - Dinámica grupal
Técnicas operativas
1.5
1.
ARG-ENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
Escuela de Ciencias Geográficas
Facultad de Historia y Letras
Universidad del Salvador
Calle Callao 542
BUENOS AIRES
M^
2.
Estatuto:
privado
3-
Nivel:
4.
Establecimiento enteramente consagrado a la formación
turística
5.
Salidas profesionales:
6.
universitario
Nacionales
Secundarios (bachiller, maestro, técnico, etc.).
Haber aprobado todo el plan.
Extranjeros
Equivalentes al secundario.
(b) Edad:
Sin límites - el grueso oscila entre
18 y 25 años.
^^
español.
7 • Duración de la enseñanza;
5 años para técnico en turismo.
4 años para experto en turismo.
5 años para licenciado en turismo.
Para la obtención de cada título debe realizarse
un trabajo final de investigación y defenderlo.
8.
1975
Para los cursillos especiales se extienden certificados .
Para técnico, experto o licenciado se extienden
diplomas que se registran en los organismos
estatales de enseñanza universitaria.
./.
9.
Primer año
Prácticas de agencias
Idioma portugués
Introducción a las relaciones
públicas
Técnica fotográfica
Matemáticas aplicadas y estadística
Geomorfología (evolución de
los paisajes)
Geografía turística universal
Historia de la cultura
Vías de comunicación
Idioma inglés
Problemática filosófica contemporánea
Tercer año
Práctica de empresa hotelera
Política de turismo argentino
Turismo en el derecho
Organización hotelera
Nociones de arqueología americana y argentina
Parques, museos y monumentos
Problemática teológica contemporánea
Introducción a la economía
Segundo año
Historia del arte hispanoamericano
Historia de la cultura argentina
Geografía regional argentina
Organización de la empresa
turística
Problemática literaria contemporánea
Política del turismo internacional
Inglés
Portugués
Prácticas de agencias
Técnica del turismo social
Cuarto año
Biogeografía
Técnicas de caza y pesca
Nociones de folklore argentino
Deportes acuáticos y regionales
Promoción turística y publicidad
Psicología de turismo
Inglés
Planeamiento y estudio de
mercado
Inglés
Climatología médica y balneoterapia
Obtiene el t í t u l o de técnico
Trabajo final. Se obtiene
en turismo con trabajo
el título de experto y
final.
asesor turístico.
1.6
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
Escuela Superior de Turismo
San Martín 1153
MENDOZA
2. Estatuto: público
3. Nivel: universitario
4.
turística
5.
Salidas profesionales: (1) Técnico en turismo (con
orientación en planeamiento, promoción u organización
de empresas) - (2) Licenciado en turismo - (3) G-uías
de turismo (cursos abiertos al público).
6.
Nacionales
Secundarios (solamente: aprobado completo)
Extranjeros
Equivalente. Certificado por el Cónsul argentino en el respectivo país.
(b) Edad: no hay restricciones expresas
(c) Idioma de enseñanza: español
7. Duración de la enseñanza: (1) Ciclo técnico: 3 años.
(2; Licenciatura: 2 años más (total: 5). (3) Cursos
abiertos para la formación de guías de turismo: 3, 6
y 12 meses. (1) y (2): dos cuatrimestres por año en
los cuales se realizan cursos, seminarios y trabajos
de práctica profesional.
8. Diplomas o certificados dispensados: (1) Diploma de
técnico en turismo (con certificados separados para
la orientación: planeamiento turístico, promoción
turística u organización de empresas turísticas).
(2) Diploma de licenciado en turismo (de validez nacional o internacional según convenios).
(3) Certificado de guías de turismo.
1975
• /•
9.
Titulo áe los cursos y programa de estudios:
Primer año
Geoturismo nacional
Elocuencia turística
Sociología del turismo
Inglés I
Idioma I
Primeros auxilios
Guías e itinerarios turísticos
Técnicas recreativas y dinámica de grupos
Tercer año
Segundo año
Economía del turismo
Turismo regional y
desarrollo I
Geoturismo internacional
Legislación turística
Inglés II
Idioma II
Psicología de los pueblos
Hotelería
Culturología mendocina y
cuyana
Cuarto año
Planeamiento turístico
Planeamiento turístico II
Organización de empresas
Turismo nacional y
turísticas
desarrollo III
Turismo regional y desTurismo social
arrollo II
Infraestructura turística
Teorometría
Mercados turísticos
Fotografía y filmografía
Inglés IV
Promoción turística y técIdioma IV
nicas publicitarias
Introducción
a la investiInglés III
gación
Idioma III
Culturología nacional
Quinto año
Administración de empresas
turísticas
Turismo y t r a n s p o r t e
H i s t o r i a y a n á l i s i s del turismo
P o l í t i c a y turismo
Deontología t u r í s t i c a
Inglés V
Portugués
1.7
1.
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
Facultad de Ciencias Turísticas
Universidad Provincial de Mar del Plata
Tres de Febrero y San Juan
MAR DEL PLATA
2. Estatuto:
público
turística
Nombre: Facultad de Ciencias Turísticas
5.
Salidas profesionales: Empresas del sector turístico: alojamiento, recreo, transporte, agencias de
viajes, fomento turístico, etc.
6.
Condiciones de admisión:
Nacionales
Certificado de estudios secundarios (bachiller,
perito mercantil, magisterio, técnicos y liceos)
Extranjeros
Según convenios con países.
(b) Edad: (c) Idioma de enseñanza:
español
Asistente (o guía) en turismo: 2 años
Perito en turismo: 4 años
Licenciado en turismo: 5 años.
Títulos de guía en turismo, de perito en turismo y de licenciado en turismo.
9.
1975
1.8
1.
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
Escuela de Dirección de Empresas Turísticas
Facultad de Ciencias Empresariales
San Martin 861
MENDOZA
2.
Estatuto:
privado, reconocido por el Gobierno
Nombre : Escuela de Dirección de Empresas Turísticas
5.
Salidas profesionales: licenciado en dirección de
empresas turísticas y guías de turismo.
6 . Condiciones de admisión
Nacionales
Estudios secundarios completos: bachiller, perito mercantil técnico
Extranjeros
Del mismo nivel que los nacionales, siempre que
existan acuerdos de reconocimiento mutuo
(b) Edad:
surge de la duración de los estudios secundarios
español
Para licenciado: 5 años de estudios
Para guía de turismo: 2 años de estudios.
No se han expedido aún títulos dado que la carrera de turismo ha sido creada hace sólo 3 años.
1975
• /•
9.
Primer año
Segundo año
Teología fundamental
Geografía turística argentina
Historia argentina de aplicación turística
Historia de la cultura I
Derecho privado de aplicación turística
Economía
Inglés (obligatorio). Conocimientos a elección
de: francés, italiano,
alemán, portugués
Teología dogmática I
Geografía turística argentina II
Psicología general
Sociología sistemática
Historia de Cuyo (cuatrimestral)
Folklore (cuatrimestral)
Asistencia médica (cuatrimestral)
Técnicas recreativas (cuatrimestral)
Inglés (obligatorio). Conocimientos a elección de:
francés, italiano, alemán,
portugués.
Al aprobar las materias correspondientes a estos
dos años se egresa con el título de:
Guía turístico
Tercer año:
Cuarto año
Doctrina social de la iglesia
Relaciones humanas
Organización de empresas turísticas
legislación laboral de empresas turísticas
Métodos de investigación
social
Política de empresas turísticas (cuatrimestral)
Técnica publicitaria de
aplicación turística
(cuatrimestral)
Inglés (obligatorio) Conocimientos a elección de:
francés, italiano, alemán,
portugués.
Quint o año
Trabajo sobre la especialidad
Titulo que se otorga: Licenciado en turismo.
Teología dogmática II
Geografía turística (cartografía, crónicas de
viajes)
Contabilidad de empresas
turísticas
Derecho comercial de aplicación turística
turísticas
Psicología social
Inglés (obligatorio). Conocimientos a elección
de: francés, italiano,
alemán, portugués
1.9
1.
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
Instituto Superior de Turismo de la Universidad
de Moron
Machado 951
MORON
2.
Estatuto: privado
3.
Nivel: universitario
turística
"
5.
1. Guía de turismo.
2. Licenciatura en turismo.
6 . Condiciones de admisión
Nacionales
Título secundario (maestro, bachiller o equivalente)
Extranjeros
Título secundario de países que tengan convenio
con la República Argentina
(b) Edad: (c) Idioma de enseñanza: español.
7.
Duración de la enseñanza:
Carrera de licenciatura en turismo: 5 años
Carrera de guía en turismo: 3 años.
Título de guía de turismo
Título de licenciado en turismo.
1975
./•
9.
Plan de estudios.
Segundo ano
Primer año
Geografía turística argenGeografía turística universal
tina
Historia turística universal
Historia turística argenHistoria del arte general
tina
Literatura universal y espaHistoria del arte americañola
no y argentino
Psicología de la personalidad Historia de la ciudad de
Psicología social y relacioBuenos Aires
nes públicas
Literatura americana y arInglés I
gentina
Idioma optativo
Dinámica de grupo y técni(Francés, italiano, portucas de recreación
gués, alemán)
Inglés II
Idioma optativo II
Cuarto ano
Tercer año
Geografía turística americana Derecho turístico
Historia turística americana
Organización turística
turísticas
Asistencia médica de urgencia Técnicas de organización
y ecología sanitaria
de empresas turísticas I
Nociones de derecho
Política de turismo
Tradición y folklore
Inglés IV
Inglés III
Idioma optativo IV
Idioma optativo III
Quinto año
Técnicas de organización de empresas
turísticas II (promoción y publicidad)
Estadística y marketing
Sociología y ética profesional
Derecho turístico comparado
Derecho laboral y fiscal
Política de desarrollo y seguridad nacional
Planeamiento.
1.10
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE
ARGENTINA
Escuela Superior de Turismo
Universidad del Neuquén
Belgrano 485
NEUQUEN
2. Estatuto: 3. Nivel:
Postsecundario
4. Establecimiento con una sección de formación turística;
Nombre: Escuela Superior de Turismo
5.
Salidas profesionales: Guía de turismo, Técnico en
turismo, Técnico de empresas turísticas o Técnico en
turismo y deportes regionales.
6.
Nacionales
Certificado de estudios secundarios. El idioma
de enseñanza es el español, pero el inglés es
obligatorio, y además se requiere un otro idioma.
(b) Edad: (c) Idioma de enseñanza:
- Guía de
- Técnico
- Técnico
Técnico
español
tres años
turismo: un año
en turismo: dos años
de empresas turísticas o
en turismo y deportes regionales:
tres años
Guía de turismo, Técnico en turismo,
Técnico de empresas turísticas o
Técnico en turismo y deportes regionales.
1975
>/.
Titulo de los cursos y programas de estudios:
Primer año
Primer semestre
Historia de Argentina
Geografía turística
Historia del Arte I
Idiomas
Segando semestre
Servicios turísticos I
Historia del Arte II
Ceremonias y protocolo
Segundo año
Primer semestre
Promoción del turismo
Servicios turísticos II
Derecho aplicado al turismo
Estadísticas
Segundo semestre
Economía
Legislación laboral
Relaciones públicas y publicidad
Seminario sobre la economía y el turismo
Tercer año "A"
Primer semestre
Contabilidad
Organización de la empresa
Segundo semestre
Empresas turísticas
Preparación y evaluación de proyectos
Derecho fiscal
Tercer año "B"
Primer semestre
Deportes regionales
Seminario sobre la sociología del turismo
Segundo semestre
Empresas turísticas
Preparación y evaluación de proyectos
Derecho fiscal
AUSTRALIA
AUSTRALIE
AUSTRALIA
2.1 (REV.77)
1.
Name and address of Institution;
Queensland Agricultural College
Sohool of Pood Studies
LAWES, Queensland 4345
2.
Status:
3.
Level!
4.
Institution Including a section/department of Hotel
and Catering Training
Name;
Public Institution
Tertiary Education:(a) Degree Level (Bachelor of Business in
Hospitality Management)
(b) Diploma Level (Diploma of Business-Food
Service Management)
School of Food Studies
Field; Hotel and Restaurant, Industrial, Hospitality
Institutional Management
- Recreation and Resort Management
- Club Management
- Tourism Development
- Transport and Travel Management
5.
Openings leading to;
stated above.
6.
Conditions of admission
(a)
Managerial positions in the field
Certificates. Diplomas, Qualifications;
Nationals
Degree Courses; Required to obtain a prescribed
number of points in the Senior Order of Merit
Scoring System (approximates to normal entrance
for a Degree Course).
Diploma Courses; Entrance to the Diploma Course
is at a slightly relaxed standard.
Foreigners
Degree Courses; Any suitable equivalent to the
above qualification.
Diploma Courses;
A good secondary education,
(b)
Age:
No limit
(o)
Language of studies:
(d)
Fees:
English
Pee paying courses
Duration of studies:
Degree: Four-year course (2 Semesters per Year)
Diploma: Three-year course (2 Semesters per Year)
Diplomas or Certificates:
Bachelor of Business in Hospitality Management
(Degree Course)
Diploma of Business in Food Service Management
(Diploma Course)
Titles of courses and programmes of studies:
Four-year Course
Year I
Semester 1
Catering Operations I
Accounting I
Food Chemistry
Services I
Food and Man
Semester 2
Catering Operations II
Accounting II
Food Science and
Nutrition
Microbiology
Service II
Year 2
Semester 3
Catering Operations III
Management Principles
Statistics
Food Technology
Sociology
Semester 4
Catering Operations IV
Economics I
Computers and Data
Processing
Aooomodation Management
Business
Communications
Year 3
Semester 5
Catering Management I
Purchasing
Personnel
and Industrial
Relations
International Tourism
Semester 6
Catering Management II
Managerial Accounting
for the Hospitality
Industry
Economics II
Domestic Tourism
Quantity Food Sanitation
Study Project
Design and Planning II
Study Project
Year 4
Semester 7
International Catering
Marketing
Business and Hospitality Law
Operations Research
Accounting for Small Business
Recreation and
Resort Management
Catering Technology I
Selected Subjects
Study Project
Semester 8
International Wines
Business Finance
Club Management
Managerial Practice
Travel Management
Catering Technology II
Nutrition II
Hotel and Property
Valuation
Selected Subjects
Study Project
AUSTRALIA
AUSTRALIE
AUSTRALIA
(REV.77)
Name and address of Institution :
Footscray Institute of Technology
Ballarat Road,
Footscray
VICTORIA
3011
Status : Public Institution
Level : University
Institution including a section/department of
Hotel and Catering Training
Name : Hotel and Catering Department
Field : Hotel, Catering and Institutional
activities
Employment.opportunities : Supervisory and
upper Management positions in the field of
Hotel and Catering Industry.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas. Qualifications
Nationals
High School Certificate (Matriculation) or
equivalent
Foreigners
Equivalent to University entrance
(b) Age : No age requirements
(c) Language of studies : English
(d) Fees : Non fee paying course
(e) Fellowships : Financial aids available
Juration of studies : Three years of Academic
Studies coupled with an additional year of
work experience in the Industry.
Degree
Bachelor of Business - Catering and Hotel
Management
Titles of courses and programmes of studies :
Hospitality Studies
During 1975 and 1976 students have :been enrolled
under the Bachelor of Business - Catering and
Hotel Management course as listed below.
These
students will continue on this course and a new
intake in 1977 will also be enrolled into the
first year of the course.
Victoria Institute of Colleges accreditation
procedures are being followed for the Bachelor
of Business - Tourism.
Depending on the
outcome of these, students may be enrolled (on
a part-time basis only) in this course in 1977.
Bachelor of Business - Catering and Hotel
Management
The four-year degree course offers professional
training for the catering and hotel industry
in Australia, and is patterned after degree
courses conducted in Europe and the United
States.
The course aims to provide students with
professional training and a sound academic
background, and includes both academic
training and an "industrial year" during which
the student is actively involved inihe industry.
COURSE OUTLINE - CATERING AMD HOTEL MANAGEMENT
Year 1 - Semester 1
Year 1 - Semester 2
BD101 Basic Accounting A
BD102 Basic AccounBD131 Basic Statistics
ting B
BD141 Economic Principles A BD142 Economic
BD273 Industrial Sociology
Principles B
BD151 Business Law A
HDI70 Social
Psychology
AUSTRALIE
AUSTRALIA
AUSTRALIA
2.3
1.
Name and address of Institution:
The Australian Institute of Travel
110, Bathurst Street, 6th Floor
SYDNEY, N.S.W. 2000
2.
Status:
Private
3.
Level: The Institute's membership is made up of professional
consultants admitted on the basis of academic qualifications
or expertise in the industry, persons who have passed the
examinations approved by the Institute and students currently studying approved courses.
4.
Institution concentrating on Tourism
Training only
5.
Employment opportunities:
industry.
6.
In the travel and tourist
(a) Certificates, Diplomas, Qualifications:
Nationals
School certificates is accepted, but higher school
certificate is preferred.
Foreigners
Certificates corresponding to Australian requirements.
(b) Age:
7.
minimum 16 years; must be studying a course
previously approved by the Institute.
Duration of studies: the courses approved by the Institute
throughout Australia are for not less than two years
duration and a maximum of five years (for the correspondence
course). Most courses are evening lectures:
(a) Two nights per week, 2 1/2 hours each for 2 years.
(b) Three nights per week, 3 hours each for 4 years.
8.
1975
Diplomas or certificates: Diplomas or certificares are
awarded after completion of a recognised course. A
"Graduate Member" or "Associate Member" status in the
Industry is generally granted on application.
./•
9«
Associate and fellow Members of the Institute are represented
on the various Boards of Education throughout Australia, which
construct and alter the courses as necessary.
Correspondence Course 3-5 years (approximate cost $ 330.00)
Subjects Studied:
Commercial English
Outlines
of Book-keeping
Salesmanship
Travel Agency Operation
Currency, Foreign Exchange and Insurance
Travel Geography
Elements of Commercial Law
Documentation and Travel Statistics
Tourist Features
Advertising
AUSTRIA
AUTRICHE
AUSTRIA
3.1
1. Name and address of Institution:
Institute of Tourism and Hotel Management
Schloss Klessheim
A-5O7I SIEZENHEIM near SALZBOURG
2.
Status: private Body under Government contract
3. Level:
University - undergraduate
4.
This institution has 2 courses:
1st course - Hotel Management
2nd course - Management in Tourism
5.
Openings leading to: The
of gifted young men (and
countries in the various
familiar especially with
6.
Institute aims at a further training
women) coming from developing
field of Tourism and to make them
Hotel Management.
The student must have graduated from a school which
enables him to enter University. Some professional
training and practical experience.
(b) Age:
Prom 20 to 28
( c ) Language of s t u d i e s :
English
(d) Fees:
Fee-paying
(e) Fellowships: The Government of Austria, the Federal
Chamber of Commerce, the Province as well as the Town
of Salzbourg offer a limited number of scholarships.
7.
one year - from October to May
8.
Diplomas or Certificates :
Diploma of the School
1975
•A
9.
Course in Hotel Management
Subject
Management of Tourist establishments
Introduction to accounting and
machines used in Office
Kitchen Management
Basic Cooking
Lessons per week
3
4
2
Restaurant Management
3
2
Dining-Room. Service
3
World Transport
3
Hotel Reception
4
2
6
French for beginners
German for beginners
32
N.B. The above Institution is also covered by blue card No. 3.2
related to training activities in the field of tourism
occupations.
AUSTRIA
AUTRICHE
AUSTRIA
3.2
1.
Mame and address of Institution:
Institute of Tourism and Hotel Management
Schloss Klessheim
A-5071 SIEZENHEIM near SAIZBOURG
2.
Status:
private Body under Government contract
3.
Level:
University - undergraduate
4.
Institution indluding a section/department
of Tourism Training
5. Employment opportunities:
of Tourism, etc.
6.
Travel Agencies, Administration
Foreigners
Graduated from a School which enables t) enter University.
Professional training and practical experience in
tourism (Hotels, Travel Agencies, Tourist Management).
Perfect knowledge of English.
(b) Age:
from 20 to 28
(c) language of studies: English
7.
the end of May.
from the beginning of October until
8.
Diplomas or Certificates: Diploma of the School
9.
Course "Management in Tourism"
Tourist economy and Tourist policy
Tourist organisation
Arithmetics and machines used in offices
Management of tourist establishments
Publicity and advertising in tourist
Geography with relation to tourist industry
World Transport
Travel Agency-practice
French for beginners
German for beginners
This Institute gives training for students coming from
developing countries.
N.B. The above Institution is also covered by white card No. 3.1
related to training activities in the field of hotel
occupations.
AUSTRIA
AUTRICHE
AUSTRIA
3.3
1.
Name, .and address of Institution:
Salzburger Unterrichtsanstalten für
Fremdenverkehrsberufe
Schloss Kiessheim
A-5071 SIEZENHEIM near SALZBOURG
2.
Status:
3.
Level: 3 levels of training - Secondary (5 years);
Pre-University (2 years); for young professionals (8 months).
4.
Tourism Training
5.
Employment opportunities: Hotel Industry, Travel Agencies,
Spas und Health Resorts, Tourist Administration.
6.
(a) Age:
Private Body
for secondary level - 14 years
for pre-University level - 18 years
(b) Language of studies:
7.
German
Secondary level - 5 years
1st and 2nd: Hotel
3rd: Travel Agency
4th: Spas and Health Resorts
5th: General Tourist Admin.
Pre-University - 2 years
1st: mainly Hotel
2nd: others
8.
Diplomas or Certificates: Secondary Level - Pinal Certificate
entitling holder to study at Universities. Pre-University
Level - Pinal Certificate.
9.
Titles of course and programmes of studies:
Secondary level: Religion, German, English, French, History,
Sociology, Economy, Natural History, Physics, Chemistry,
Knowledge of Commercial Articles and Technology, Mathematics,
Tourist Industry, Business Management, Book-keeping, Correspondence, Civics, Political Economy, Professional Subjects,
Physical Training.
Pre-University level: English, French, History of Art,
Tourist Geography, Mathematics, Tourist Industry, Business
Management, Accounting, Correspondence, Civics, Professional
Subjects.
1975
AUSTRIA
AUTRICHE
AUSTRIA
3.4
1.
Uame and address of Institution:
Institut für Fremdenverkehrsforschung
der Hochschule für Welthandel
Franz-Kleingasse 1
A-1190 VIENNA 19
2.
Status: Public
3.
Level:
4.
Institution including a section/department
of Tourist Training
University; Post Graduate
5. Employment opportunities: (i) training for leading positions
in the Tourist Industry; (ii) instruction for a medium level
of leadership in the Tourist Industry.
6.
Nationals
School-leaving certificate or other evidence of
alien's adequate preparation for University studies.
Foreigners
Foreign students (whose mother tongue is not German)
have to take a written and oral German Language
Examination at the beginning of regular studies
(if they were assigned to such examinations by the
Academic Authorities), or have to bring evidence
of proficiency in German by passing an examination
at the School of Economics.
7.
(i) The programme of studies is divided into 2 sections
of 4 semesters each, special classes on tourism in
the second section.
(ii) 4 semester University course on tourism, starting
every second year.
8.
(i) Tourism as an option for studies terminating with
Magister or Doctor of Social and Economic Sciences.
(ii) Final Certificate.
1975
•/•
9.
(i) Tourism as an option
Tourism, Tourist Policy, General Instruction in Spas and
Health Resorts, Business Management, Hotel, Travel Agencies,
Seminars on Tourism.
(ii) 4-semester course on Tourism
Introduction to Tourism, Introduction to General Business
Management, Tourist Geography, 2 Foreign Languages, Statistics,
Tourist Promotion, Tourist Transportation, Applied Psychology,
Seminars.
BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
1. Nom et adresse de l'établissement :
4.1 (REV.77)
Institut d'Enseignement
technique Sainte-Marie
B-6830 BOUILLON
2.
Statut : établissement privé, subventionné
par l'Etat belge.
3.
Niveau : technique secondaire inférieur et
supérieur
4.
Etablissement possédant une section de formation hôtelière
Nom : section hôtelière féminine
Domaine : cuisine, service de salle,
réception
5.
Débouchés : emplois techniques de niveau
moyen dans l'industrie hôtelière et touristique.
6.
Conditions d'admission :
(a) Certificats, diplômes, qualifications :
Nationaux
Cycle inférieur : 6ème année primaire réussie
Cycle supérieur : cycle inférieur réussi
avec fruits
Etrangers
Titre correspondant aux trois années
d'études secondaires inférieures et
attestation de poursuivre en supérieur.
(b) Age : 12 ans minimum cycle inférieur
14 minimum cycle supérieur
(c) Langue d'enseignement : français
./.
Durée de l'enseignement :
2-4-6 années d'études du 1.9. au 30.6.
à raison de 38 heures par semaine
plus stages obligatoire à Pâques, Pentecôte
et 1 mois en juillet-août.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés :
Diplôme technique inférieur
Diplôme technique supérieur + certificat
de qualification.
Titres des cours et programmes des études :
Cours généraux : religion, français,
langues étrangères, actualité, cinéma-T.V.,
sciences, arithmétique, éducation physique,
dessin.
Cours techniques : éducation familiale,
savoir-vivre (réception),relations
humaines (tourisme), alimentation,
oenologie, études des menus, comptabilité,
droit (législation), techblogie, service
de salle.
Pratique professionnelle : dactylographie,
cuisine/pâtisserie, service, art floral,
travaux d'entretien, couture, lingerie,
décoration.
BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
4.2 (REV.77)
1.
Nom at adresse de l'établissement :
Ecole hôtelière provinciale
Ermitage 7
B-5000 NAMUR-Citadelle
2.
Statut : établissement public provincial
subventionné et reconnu par l'Etat
3.
Niveau : secondaire supérieur
4.
Etablissement entièrement consacré à la
formation hôtelière
5.
Débouchés : emplois qualifiés dans
l'hStellerie et la restauration
6.
Conditions d'admission
(a) Certificats, diplômes, qualifications
Nationaux
Attestation d'orientation - modèle A de 2ème année de l'enseignement
secondaire inférieur ou enseignement
similaire.
Concours d'admission qui porte sur
quatre branches : français, mathématique, anglais, néerlandais.
Etrangers
Brevet élémentaire 1er cycle (BEPC)
Concours d'admission (idem ci-dessus)
(b) Age : 15 à 20 ans
(d) Frais de scolarité : instruction
payante - internat - externat
(garçon et fille)
7.
Durée des études :
1 année de préparation (année de
sélection)
3 années, soit en section technique
soit en section professionnelle.
.
Diplômes ou certificats délivres :
1. En technique : certificat d'enseignement
secondaire supérieur et diplôme
d'aptitude à 1 "enseignement supérieur,
+ certificat de "Qualification".
2. En professionnelle : certificat de la 6ème
année de. l'enseignement professionnel
secondaire supérieur
+ certificat de "Qualification".
+ dans les deux sections :
Diplôme d'aptitude à l'industrie
hôtelière.
.
Formation générale et technique
Religion ou morale, français, néerlandais,
anglais, allemand.
Mathématiques, histoire, géographie, sciences,
comptabilité hôtelière, législation sociale
et hôtelière, législation sociale et hôtelière,
économie domestique, oenologie, diététique,
technologie de salle et de cuisine, art
floral, dactylographie.
Formation pratique
Salle et cuisine
Stages
Dans les hôtels du pays et à l'étranger, à la
fin de chaque année scolaire.
BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
4.3 (REV.77)
Hoger Technish Institut
Spoorwegstraat 12
Bs-8200 BRUGGE 2 (Sint Michiels)
2.
Statut : privé avec contrat du gouvernement
3.
Niveau : enseignement supérieur (non
universitaire)post secondaire
4. Etablissement possédant une section touristique
5. Débouchés : agence de voyage - bureau de
tourisme, etc.
6.
Nationaux
Diplôme de l'enseignement secondaire
supérieur
C
Etrangers
Equivalent.
Ministère
Avec une permission du
(b) Age : 18 ans
(c) Langue d'enseignement : flamand
7.
Durée de l'enseignemement : 2 ans + 2 mois
de stage
8.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés : Diplômé
de l'enseignement supérieur, section tourisme.
9.
Matières- générales
néerlandais + correspondance, français +
correspondance, anglais + correspondance,
allemande + correspondance, espagnol +
correspondance, économie et statistiques,
morale et savoir vivre, psychologie,
histoire.
.A
matières techniques
Séminaires ltourisme + folklore), art et histoire
de la culture, organisation de l'entreprise,
géographie touristique, infrastructures
touristiques et loisirs, comptabilité, droit,
relations publiques, moyens de communication,
organisation et technique'des agences de
voyages et autres entreprises de tourisme,
organisation administrative, marketing etc.
Matières pratiques
Extra muros
Stages : 2 mois
BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
4.4
1.
Horn et adresse de l'établissement :
Cours organisés par le
Commissariat général au Tourisme
Commissariat général au Tourisme
Gare Centrale
B-1000 BRUXELLES
2.
Statut : gouvernemental
3.
Niveau i -
4.
Etablissement entièrement consacré au tourisme
N.B. Ce cours organisé par le Commissariat général au
Tourisme Belge a pour but de faire connaître aux étudiants
venant des pays en voie de développement l'organisation
du tourisme en Belgique.
5.
Débouchés : -
6.
Conditions d'admission : -
7.
8.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés : -
9.
trois mois chaque année.
(1) Organisation touristique générale dans le pays :
a) le Commissariat général au tourisme
b) les fédérations touristiques provinciales
c) les syndicats d'initiative
(2) Statut légal et administratif :
a) Hôtellerie
b) Agence de voyages
Camping
Crédit hôtelier
Si
(3) Formation professionnelle :
Ecole hôtelière et de tourisme
Cours de perfectionnement
(4) Service d'études statistiques
(5) Propagande - Principes et méthodes :
Editions, expositions, films, radio,
télévision, presse, relations publiques,
accueil, bureaux à l'étranger
1975
(6) Equipement touristique :
Intervention financière
Action vers les provinces et les localités
Réalisations
./.
(7) Thermalisme
(8) Tourisme social :
Subsides et réglementation - réalisation
BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
4.5
Name and address oí Institution:
Provincial Instituut voor
Voedingsindustrieen en Toerisme*
(COOVI/CERIA)
Emile Grysonlaan 1, Anderlecht
B-IO7O BRUXELLES
2.
Status: Public
3.
Level:
4.
of Tourism Training
5.
Openings leading to: Hotel Administration (managing
studies); Public Relations and Reception Techniques;
Tourism.
6.
High degree (post-secondary)
(a) Certificates. Diplomas, Qualifications:
Nationals
C e r t i f i c a t e ^ o f Secondary Level
Foreigners
Equivalent
(b) Age: 18
7.
two years - 3 months training
8.
Diplomas or Certificates delivered: Graduate in Tourism
9.
Mother-tongue: Dutch. Second language: Franch or English or
German or Spanish,Art history, Extra-muros, Guiding techniques
- Documentation visits, Social Law, Civil Law, Accountancy Commercial law, Accountancy of travel agencies, Fiscal Law
(monetary law), Economics, Tourist economy, Statistics,
Applied statistics, Office organisation, Hotel organisation classification, Tourist geography, Sociology, Tourism Law
and organisation, traffic and transport organisation (air?
rail, sea, road), Thesis, Tarification and ticketting,
Conferences, Typewriting, Training.
* Note: The bi-lingual Institute is really two Colleges in one.
Known as CERIA by the French speakers and COOVI by Dutch
speakers, the Institute offers a two-year full-time
course called Graduate in Tourism.
.6
1.
BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
Worn et adresse de l'établissement :
Institut Européen de Recherches
et d'Etudes Touristiques
Rue du Châtelain 55
B-BRUXELLES 5
2.
Statut : -
3.
Niveau : -
4. Etablissement entièrement consacré au tourisme
5. Débouchés : Cadres moyens et supérieurs des organismes
de tourisme; agences de voyages; compagnies de transport.
6.
Nationaux
Etre technicien dans le tourisme ou être appelé
à y travailler (preuves officielles).
(b) Age : 21 ans minimum
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : variable selon la nature des
programmes : 3 mois, 6 mois, 1 an, 2 ans.
8.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés : -
9.
- Organisation juridique et administrative des organismes
touristiques.
- Organisation des agences de voyages : billetterie,
tarification (aérienne, ferroviaire) transports par
route, organisation de voyages à forfait, tourisme
réceptif.
- L'activité touristique et l'économie nationale : la
consommation touristique, la production de services
touristiques.
- Statistiques touristiques. Techniques d'études des
marchés touristiques.
- Problèmes d'aménagement, d'équipement, d'investissement
touristique à localisation, rentabilité, etc.
- Stages dans des entreprises touristiques.
BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
4.7
1.
Agency Training Unit
UFTAA/FUAAV
35 Avenue Marnix
B-IO5O BRUXELLES
2.
Status: Private
3.
Level: Secondary - initial training for recent entrants
in the Travel Agency field.
4.
Institution including a section/department of Tourism
Training
Name : Agency Training Unit
Field: Passenger Agents' Professional Training Course
5.
Openings leading to: Junior Employees of Travel Agencies
are trained to give a better professional performance.
6.
•
(a) Certificates, Diplomas, Qualifications :
Nationals / Foreigners
(i) Employment with a Travel Agency or Airline;
(ii) Ability to work in English or Spanish.
(b) Age: No age limit, except as implied by employment
status.
(c) Language of studies: English and Spanish
(French Section probably available at the end of 1975)
7.
Duration of studies: Period of study runs from a minimum
of 3 months to a maximum of about 12 months.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : UFTAA Preliminary
Diploma
9.
This course is offered locally in 25 countries. The course
consists of a Training Kit containing the following
elements:
- The Training Manual designed by professionals working with
IATA Airlines and Travel Agency members of UFTAA associates
is presented in separate Units according to subject matter
for easy reference and handling. For example the main Units
include:
Travel Terminology familiarision with travel industry
language
^
•
1975
World GeographyAircraft
Travel Guides
Reservations
Air Pares and Tariff
Ticketing
aspects of world geography in
relation to international air
transportation
description of main aircraft
types and their characteristics
training in how to make the best
use of the main travel reference
books
how to effect correct airline
bookings
basic instruction in the principles of fare calculation
how to issue air tickets and
related documents without errors
- The Student's and Helper's Guide gives useful hints on how
to proceed with the study and how to test the student's
knowledge.
- The IATA Ticketing Handbook for reference use in
studies and in
daily work.
- Extracts from some of the main travel guides to be used in
the practical exercices.
- A supply of blank specimen air tickets and other air travel
documents for practising the subject learnt.
BELGIUM
BELGIQUE
BÉLGICA
4.8
Hoger Rijkinstituut voor Toerisme,
Hotelwezen en Voedingsbedrijven
Kempense Steenweg 102
B-5500 HASSELT
2.
Status:
Public
3.
Level:
Secondary + Post-graduate
4.
Mame: Tourism Department
5.
Openings leading to:
on a Higher Level
Tourist Agencies, Tourist Functions
6.
Nationals
Post-graduate: Diploma of Higher Secondary Studies
Foreigners
Equivalent
(b). Age: 18-19 years
(c) Language of studies: Flemish
7.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates delivered: Graduate in Tourism
9.
two years
General Subjects
Dutch (with correspondence), French (with correspondence),
English (with correspondence), German (with correspondence),
Spanish or Italian (with correspondence).
Technical Subjects
Commercial Techniques and Commercial Law, Accounting
(+ fiscality), Administrative Organisation, Civil Law, Social
Legislation, Economics, Market Research and Statistics,
Electronic Data Processing, Tourist (Geography), Tourism
History) (Arts, Culture, Folklore, Museums) etc., Tourism
!Legislation), Organisation and Travel Techniques, Recreation
and Leisure, Publicity, Mass-Media and Public Relations,
Psychology and Tourism, Typewriting. Seminars, Organisation
or training period (minimum two months).
1975
BOLIVIA
BOLIVIE
BOLIVIA
5.1
Name and adress of Institution:
Escuela de Estudios Turísticos
Instituto Boliviano de Turismo
Avenida Camacho Esq. Bueno
Casilla 1868
RB LA PAZ
2.
Status: Public
3.
Level:
4.
Institution concentrating only in Tourism Training
5-
Openings leading to: Tourist Guide
Post Secondary
6 . Conditions of admission
Completed at least fourth year of secondary
studies. Knowledge of a foreign language.
Take an entrance examination.
(b) Age: 18- years old
(c) Language of studies: Spanish
7.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates;
Tourist Promoter-Guide
9.
First Year
World History
Bolivian History I
Art History
Archaeology I
National Folklore I
Theoretical Tourism
Practical Tourism I
Public Speaking
1975
two years
Second Year
Bolivian History II
History of National Art
Archaeology II
National Folklore II
Theoretical Tourism II
Practical Tourism II
Public Relations II
First Aid
Concepts of Accounting
BRAZIL
BRESIL
BRASIL
1. Hombre y dirección del establecimiento:
6.1
SENAC Departamento Regional de Sao Paulo
Divisao de Formaçao para Turismo,
Hospitalidade e Armazenagem
Rua.Dr. Vila Nova, 228 - 4.° andar
BR- SAO PAULO
2.
fe
Estatuto: Público
3. Nivel: Secondario
4. Establecimiento con una sección de formación hotelera
Nombre: Escola SENAC "Lauro Cardoso de Almeida"
rua 24 de maio 208, 1.° et 2.° and., Säo Paulo
Especialidad: Formaçao e aperfeiçoamento de:
- coguiheiro
- garçao, barman
- perteiro, receptionista
- secretario de administraçao
5. Salidas profesionales: Elementos especializados para
o ejercicio de funçSes especificas no comercio
hoteleiro
6.
Nacionales
Para qualificaçao professional: curso primario
completo ou conhecimientos equivalente
_
^
(b) Edad:
16 anos pelo menos
(c) Idioma de enseñanza: Portuguese
(d) Gastos de estudios: -r
(e) Becas: Premios aos alunos classificados em
primeiro e segundo lugar
7.
Ano e meio para qualificaçao professional
variavel para aperfeiçoamento
1975
•/•
Certificado de conclusäo do curso
9.
Título de los cursos y programa de estudios :
Qualificaçao Profissional
Conguiheiro
Garçao - barman - arruinador
Perteiro/receptionista
Administraçao de hoteir e restaurante
Camareira
Aperfeicoamento
Portero receptionista
Garçao
Barman
Dietética
Orgânizaçao do coguiha
Coguiha brasileita
Aperfeicoamento en coguiha
Peixes, moluscos y crustáceos
Hors d'ouvrés, buffet
Sorvetes.
Passus da coguiha
Duraçao
(meses)
18 m
18 m
18 m
4 m
6 m
(horas)
32 h
20 h
32 h
30 h
108 h
144 h
20 h
72 h
118 h
120 h
72 h
BRAZIL
BRESIL
BRASIL
6.2 (REV.77)
1.
Name and address of Institution
2.
Faculdade de Turismo do Morumbi
Rua Visconde de Nácar,
86 - Real Parque - Morumbi
CEP 05685
BR - Sao Paulo
Status : Private Organisation
3.
Level : University Level
4.
Institution concentrating only on Leisure and
Tourism Training
5.
Openings leading to :
6.
Management, Organisation and Planning for :
- Travel and Tour Operating Agencies
- Transport Companies
- Recreational Activities (Public and Private
Offices)
- Events (Congresses, Conventions, Pairs and
Expositions)
- Hotels and Restaurants
- Tourism Development (for Public Offices)
Nationals
Second Degree certificate or diploma,
corresponding to 3 or 4years of High School
education, which is subsequential to 8
years of First Degree schooling.
Foreigners
The same as Brazilians.
In case foreign
students want Certificates registered in
Brazil, they must revalidate their
High School Course through special
formalities.
(b) Age : 18 years old
7.
Duration of studies : 4 year course, divided
into 8 periods of 6 months each.
Every one of
these periods ( a semester) corresponds to 20
weeks of school-time, with 28 school hours and
2 hours of sport activities, every week.
Plus
30 hours of outside school supervised professional
training, per semester.
8.
9.
Bachelor Degree in Tourism, with one of these
specific qualifications :
- Transport Companies and Travel Agencies
Management
- Recreation Planning and Organisation
- Events (Congresses, Conventions, Pairs and
Expositions) Organisation
- Hotels and Restaruants Management
- Tourism Planning and Development (for Public
Offices.)
1st Year
1st Cycle
2nd Cycle
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Theory and Technique I
(Tourism and leisure Studies)
Transport and Agency
(Module A - Operation)
Portuguese
English
Statistic
Psychology
Sociology
General Geography
Brazil History
Physical Education
Training Programme
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Idem
(Idem)
Idem
(Idem)
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
3rd Cycle
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
4th Cycle
Theory and Technique
(Tourism and Leisure
Studies Methodology)
Recreation (Module B)
Events : Congresses,
Conventions, Pairs
and Expositions
(Module C)
English
4.
Research Methods and
5.
Techniques
Economy (Micro)
6.
Brazil Geography
7.
History of Culture
8.
(Universal)
Administration (General 9
Theory)
Physical Education
Training Programme
Idem
(Idem)
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
Idem
History of
Culture
(Brazilian)
Idem
Idem
Idem
3rd Year
5th Cycle
1.
Lodging and Feeding
1.
(Module D - Operation)
Tourism Planning and
Organisation (Module
E)
2a. Theory of Planning
Idem
(Idem)
Idem
2b.
2b.
Introduction
to Urhan Planning
2a.
Planning
Methods
and Techniques
Idem
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
English
Communication
(Scientific Fundamentals of
Communication)
Administration
(Organisation and
Methods)
Marteting
Notions on law,
Economy (Macro)
Accounting
Physical Education
Training Programme
3.
English
4.
Communication
(Introduction to Communication Techniques
5.
Administration of Materials
Marketing
Idem
Idem
9.
Financial
Administration
and Budgets
Idem
Idem
6.
7.
8.
4th Year
7th Cycle
8th Cycle
1.
1.
Tourism
Planning and
Organisation
- Travel Agencies
and Transport
Companies
- Management
(Module A)
- Recreation
Planning and
Organisation, for
Public and Private
Offices (Module
B)
Tourism Planning and
Organisation (Module
E)
la. Planning Practice
2a.
2.
General Theory of
Project
Publicitary Techniques
3.
Tourism Legislation
4
Financial Administration and Budgets
5.
6.
Human Resources
Administration
Brazilian Studies
Physical Education
Training Programme
- Organisation of
Events : Congresses,
Conventions, Pairs
and Expositions
(Module C )
- Hotels and Restaurants Management
(Module D')
- Tourism Planning
and Organisation, for
Puolic Offices
(Module E')
Physical Education
Training Programme
Note :
(a) Modules A - B - C - D - E are conducted at an
information and activities operation level.
(b) Modules A' - B ' - C - D ' - E ' are conducted
at a Planning Organisation and Management level.
(c) At his last semester at school, the student
makes his option for one of these professionalising modules.
(d) These modules are conducted again, at a
Specialisation and/or Post-Graduation level,
after the regular 4 years graduation course.
BULGARIA
BULGARIE
BULGARIA
1. Horn et adresse de l'établissement :
7.1
Institut Supérieur d'Economie Nationale
"Dimitar Blagoev"
Bul. Lenin 77
BG-YARNA
2.
Statut : public
3-
Niveau : (a) universitaire
(b) post-universitaire
(c) par correspondance
4.
Etablissement possédant une section touristique
Nom : Domaine : économie et organisation du tourisme
5. Débouchés : Personnel appartenant au système du Comité des
Loisirs et du Tourisme et aux Agences de Tourisme dans 1
cadre des activités économiques et d'organisation.
6.
Nationaux
Secondaire.
Etrangers
S e c o n d a i r e , après une année d'enseignement de
l a langue b u l g a r e .
( b ) Age : de 18 à 35 a n s
7.
quatre années (8 semestres)
8.
Diplôme d'enseignement universitaire
9.
1975
Titre des cours et programmes des études : -
CANADA
1 (REV.77)
1.
2.
British Columbia Institute of Technology
3700 Willington Avenue,
CDN-BURNABY.
British Columbia, V5G 3H2
Status : Public
3.
Level : University
4.
Name : Hotel, Motel and Food Service
Administration Technology
Field : Hotel, Motel and Food Service
Administration
5.
Employment opportunities : After some experience
at the front desk, in the general office or in
the catering department, positions should be
attainable such as front office manager, catering
manager, or assistant manager.
6.
Conditions of admission :
(a) Certificates, Diplomas. Qualifications :
Nationals
Graduation from senior secondary school
(Grade XII) or equivalent
(b) Age : No age limitation
7.
Duration of studies : 2 years (4 terms) for the
diploma of technology, plus 3 months practical
experience between 1st and 2nd year.
3 years
(6 terms) for the certificate of technology
(extension division; evening courses only).
./.
- diploma of technology
- certificate of technology
Title of courses and programmes of studies :
first Year : weekly average of 15 hours is
spent in lectures; 15 hours in lab.
Business Mathematics
Front Office
Economics
Management
Accounting
Bar Management
Credit and Collection
Rooms Management
Business English
English Speech
Introduction to Data
Basic Management
Processing
Engineering
Food and Beverage
Management
Second Year : Hotel Management Option average 15 hours in lectures and 15 hours
in lab.
Research Project
Hotel Accounting
Front Office Accounting Tourism Plant Design
Food and Beverage
Human Relations
Managemsnt
Food Production and
Food and Beverage
Service
Control
Business Statistics
Hotel law
Tourism and Travel
Marketing and Sales
Promotion
Introduction to
Tourism
British Columbia Institute of Technology
Extension Division
The extension division of BCIT operates as a
service to industry and offers courses
generally at the same level as offered in the
day-time, full-study programme.
CANADA
2 (REV.77)
1.
Southern Alberta Institute of Technology,
1301 - 16 Avenue, N.W.,
CDN-CALGARY
2.
Status : Public
3.
level : University
4.
of Hotel and Catering Training
Name : Hotel, Motel and Restaurant Department
Field : Hotel, Motel and Restaurant ManagementCourses also in : Commercial Cooking, Dietary
Service Technology, Speciality Cooking,
Dining Room Service.
5.
Employment opportunities : Skilled Employees
for Hotels, Motels and Restaurants (one year
programme).
Middle and Upper Management
for Hotels, Motels and Restaurants (two years
programme).
6.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas. Qualifications :
Nationals
An Alberta High School Diploma
(b) Age : Applicants over 18 years of age may
receive special consideration of their
qualifications.
(c) language of studies : English
(d) Fees : $194 per year
7.
Duration of studies : 2 years programme of
6 quarters, each of 12 weeks duration
Diplomas or Certificates
After two years (6 quarters) : Diploma of
Applied Arts in Hotels, Motels and Restaurants.
First year - three quarters
Psychology
Accounting
Business Law
Economics
Human Relations
English
Tourism
Second year
Business Administration
Engineering and Maintenance
Front Office Procedure
Marketing, Advertising
and Promotion
Sociology
- three quarters
Kitchen Management Purchasing and Stewardship
and Sanitation
Hotel Accounting
Personnel Administration
Commercial Food
Mathematics
Preparation
Beverage Management
Dining Room
Hotel Promotion
Service
Theory of Food
Housekeeping
Nutrition
Chemistry of Food
3 (REV.77)
1.
CANADA
Nom et adresse de l'établissement :
Institut de Tourisme et
d'Hôtellerie du Québec
401 rue de Rigaud
CDN - MONTREAL H2L 4P3
2.
Statut : public
3.
Niveau : fin secondaire - collégial éventuellement universitaire
4.
Etablissement entièrement consacré à la formation
hôtelière et touristique"
5.
Débouchés : techniciens pour l'hôtellerie et
le tourisme et professionnels des métiers de
1'alimentât ion
6.
Nationaux
pour le cours secondaire : secondaire IV
(10e année)
pour le cours collégial : secondaire V
(fin d'études secondaires)
(b) Age : (c) Langue d'enseignement : français
(d) Frais de scolarité : enseignement gratuit
inscription $ 30.00
7.
Cours secondaire : 2 ans (Cours universitaire Cours collégial : 3 ans/ 3 ans - PROJET)
8.
Cours secondaire : certificat secondaire V 3 options possibles selon le choix initial :
cuisine professionnelle; service de restaurant; pâtisserie-boulangerie;
./.
Cours collégial : diplôme collégial avec trois
options possible : technique de production et
d'administration de cuisine; techniques
d'hôtellerie; techniques de tourisme
Cours universitaire : baccalauréat en hôtellerie
et en gestion des services alimentaires
9.
Les différents cours offerts correspondent
aux options ci-dessus.
CANADA
.4 (REV.77)
1.
Canadore College of Applied Arts and
Technology,
P.O. Box 5001
CPU-NORTH BAY.
Ont. PlBÔKÔ
2.
3.
level : Post-secondary
4.
5.
Employment opportunities : Middle Management
and Supervisory Positions in the Food,
Hospitality and Travel Industries.
6.
Nationals/Foreigners
Ontario Canada Grade 12 Diploma or
equivalent.
N.B. Mature students who are unable to
meet the full requirements of admission
will be considered on an individual
basis.
(b) Age : No age limit (16 upwards)
(d) Fees : Fee-paying
7.
Duration of studies : 2 years (four semesters)
8.
Diploma Hotel and Resort Management
First Semester
Food Fundamentals I
Hotel Management I
Business Mathematics
Accounting I
language and
Communications
Marketing I
Second Semester
Food Fundamentals II
Hotel Management II
Accounting for Hotels,
Motels, Restaurants
Business Law
Language and
Communications
Hospitality Marketing
Third Semester
Food and Beverage Management I
Hotel, Resort and Restaurant Management I
Institutional Food Services
Tourism and Travel Services
Elective subjects chosen from the following :
Human Relations
Credit Management
Management of small Business
Merchandising
Speed Writing and Typing I
Consumer Behaviour
Individual Hospitality Project
French Conversation I
Fourth Semester
Food and Beverage Management II
Hotel, Resort and Restaurant Management II
Quantity Food Preparation
Elective subjects chosen from the following :
Industrial Engineering Techniques
Personnel Relations
Canadian Economic Issues
Speed Writing and Typing II
Credit Management
Institutional Food Service Administration
Food Service Planning
French Conversation II
CANADA
,5 (REV.77)
1.
Sault College of Applied Arts and Technology,
P.O. Box 60,
443 Northern Avenue, P.O. Box 60,
CDN^SAULT Ste. MARIE, Ont.
2.
3.
level : Post Secondary
4.
Institution, including a section/department of
Name : Course in Hotel and Restaurant Management
Field
5.
Employment opportunities : Managing positions
in the Hotel and Restaurant Field
6.
Nationals
Secondary School Graduation Diploma (27
credits) with English and Mathematics at
Level 4.
Foreigners
Equivalent
N.B. Applications of mature students who
lack the requirements are considered on an
individual and discretional basis.
(b) Age : no restrictions
(d) Fees : Fee-paying
(e) Fellowships : Financial aid available
./.
7.
Duration of studies : Chef Training (2 Semes.ters)
Hotel Restaurant Management (4 Semesters)
8.
Restaurant Management
9.
Titles of courses and programmes of studies
Diploma in Hotel and
Hotel and Restaurant Management
Semester I
Semester III
Food Preparation I
Pood and Bererage
Service I
Sanitation, Safety
and Hygiene
Accounting I
Orientation
Mixology
Economics
Front Office
Procedures
Food Preparation III
Food, Beverage and
Labour Cost
Control
Elementary Computer
Concepts
Function Organisation
Equipment and
Maintenance
Marketing II
Housekeeping
Nutrition
Applied Management
Technique
25
24
Semester II
Food Preparation II
Food and Beverage
Service II
Business Communications
Accounting II
V/ine
Psychology
Marketing I
PurchasingFront Office
Procedures II
Semester IV
6
5
3
3
2
3
2
1
3
28
Food Preparation IV
Management Accounting
Personnel Management
law and Insurance
Facilities Planning
Entertainment
Security
Applied Management
6
3
3
3
3
1
1
6
26
CANADA
8.6
1.
College of Trades and Technology
Confederation Parkway
CDN-ST-JOHN'S
Newfoundland
2.
Status: Public
3.
Level: Senior secondary - University
4.
Name: Hotel Administration Department
Field: Hotel Administration
Other fields: Commercial Cooking (9 months course)
Waiters (12 weeks course)
Front Office (9 months course)
5.
Openings leading to: -
6.
Grade XI Matriculation
(b) Age.: (c) Language of studies: English
(d) Fees: Books $60
1975
7.
Duration of studies: 2 years (term Sep1>-June)
8.
Diplomas or Certificates: -
9.
First Year
Bookkeeping
Food Service
French
Food Preparation
English
Food and Beverage
Communications System
Management
Second Year
Hotel Administration
English
Front Office Procedures
Business Machines
Hotel Housekeeping
Principles of Economics
Food Service
Office Practice
Accounting
Hotel Law
Human Relations
Food Preparation
Hotel Maintenance and Engineering
CANADA
8.7
1.
Uame and address of Institution:
Bed River Community College
2055 Notre-Dame Avenue
CDN-WINNIPEG, Manitoba
2.
Status: -
3.
Level: University
4.
Name: Hotel, Motel and Restaurant Department
Field: Hotel, Motel and Restaurant Management. Also
special courses in : Commercial cooking (lO months);
Chef training (lO months).
5. Openings leading to: Positions such as the Supervision
of the Front Office, Sales, Purchasing, Accounting and
Auditing, Pood and Beverages, Catering, Banquets and
Restaurants, if previously well trained.
6.
Nationals
Grade XII or complete standings in the Pre-Applied Arts,
Pre-Business or Pre-Technology Course, or Mature Student
of at least 20 years of age.
(d) Pees: Tuition
$100 per term
7.
Duration of studies: 2 school years each of 10 months
duration (4. terms).
8.
Diplomas or Certificates S
Diploma of Applied Arts in Hotel, Motel
and Restaurant
1975
•/•
First Year
Term 1
English
Psychology and Human
Relations
Economic Principles
Business Organisation
Pood and Beverages
Sanitation, Safety,
Housekeeping
Accounting
Mathematics
Term 2
Oral and Written Communications
Personnel Relations
Sociology and Human Relations
Pood and Beverages
Building and Equipment
Maintenance
Front Office Management
Cost Control
Second Year
Term 3
Food Service Operations
Marketing, Development
Accounting - Departmental
and Research
Control
Physical Facilities,
Advertising and Other Promotions
Layout and Equipment
Public Relations,
Special Catering,
Hospitality, Law
Waitress Service
Term 4 - Poods Option
Electronic Data Processing
Internal Merchandising
Advanced Foods
Seminar and Field Work
Human Relations, Food Industry
Beverage Management
Kitchen Management,
Project
Design and Equipment
Term 4
Electronic Data Processing
Financial Management
Human Relations,
Hospitality Industry
Interior Design
Accommodation Option
Group Business
Specialty and Resource
Management
Beverage Management
Project
CANADA
8
1.
Name and a d d r e s s of
Institution;
R e c r e a t i o n A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Department
U n i v e r s i t y of A l b e r t a
CND - EDMONTON
T68 2E1
2.
Status: Public
3.
Level :
4.
University undergraduate
Name;
Department of Recreation Administration
Field;
Recreation field
5.
Openings leading to; Administrative positions with public,
private and institutional recreation agencies.
6.
Conditions of Admission
(a) Certificates, Diplomas, Qualifications
Nationals
High School Diploma
Foreigners
Equivalent to nationals
(b) Age;
7.
-
Duration of s t u d i e s ; 4 years
Through a suitable selection of options the student develops a
four year programme in one of the following general areas of
i n t e r e s t and s p e c i a l i s a t i o n .
1. Outdoor Recreation; i s concerned with recreational use of
parks,camps and wilderness areas;
2. Recreation for special groups; i s concerned with the
recreational programmes for the physically handicapped, e t c .
also with i n s t i t u t i o n a l and i n d u s t r i a l recreation and
tourism;
3. Community Recreation; i s concerned with recreational
programmes at i n t e r n a t i o n a l , n a t i o n a l , provincial, municipal
and local l e v e l s . A variety of programmes including
c u l t u r a l and performing a r t s , a t h l e t i c s and handicrafts.
8.
Diplomas or C e r t i f i c a t e s :
Bachelor of Arts in Recreation Administration
•/•
Titles of courses and programmes of studies;
Recreation Options
Course and Title
Outdoor Programming and Counselling
Methods and Materials for Recreation
Instructors
Methods and Materials for Recreation Practices
Public Relations for Recreation Agencies
The Administration of Community Athletics
Recreation Leadership and Group Processes
Recreation for the Handicapped I
Recreation for the Handicapped II
School Community Recreation
Outdoor Recreation Resources
Staging Major Community Events
Planning Recreation Facilities
Parks Operation and Maintenance
Community Organisation Processes
Business Procedures in Recreation Research
Introduction to Recreation Research
Analysis and Interpretation of Recreation Research
8.9
1.
CANADA
Department of Recreation
Faculty of Human Kinetics and Leisure Studies
University of Waterloo
CBN WATERLOO
N2L 361 Ontario
2.
Status;
Public
3.
Level :
University and post-graduate
4-
I n s t i t u t i o n including a section of tourism
Mame; Department of Recreation
F i e l d : Recreation Management, Recreation Resource Development
and Leisure Studies
5.
Openings leading t o :
Public and Private agency administrators
and research s p e c i a l i s t s
6.
Conditions of admission:
Certificates, Diplomas, Qualifications:
Nationals
High School or Secondary School
Foreigners
comparable to secondary school diploma
7.
Duration of s t u d i e s :
Regular Programme: 8 terms of academic work
Co-operative Programme: 8 terms of academic work
6 terms of p r a c t i c a l work
The average student finishes h i s programme in 4 or 5 y e a r s .
8.
- Bachelor of Arts Degree
- Master of Arts Degree programme (being developed)
1975
•/•
Course Sequence (Co-operative and Regular)
Year I
Recreation
Geography
Planning
Psychology
English
Science
Sociology
Year II
Recreation
2 Recreation électives
6-8 électives
Year III
Recreation
6 électives
Year IV
Recreation
6 électives
COLOMBIA
COLOMBIE
9.1
COLOMBIA
Universidad Externado de Colombia
Facultad de Ciencias Económicas
BOGOTA
2. Estatuto:
3. Nivel:
Universitario
Nombre: Departamento de Gerencia Hotelera
Especialidad:
5. Salidas profesionales: Actividades a nivel gerencial
en la industria hotelera
6.
Nacionales
Bachiller superior. Aprobar los exámnes del
Instituto de Educación Superior o las pruebas
realizadas en la Universidad
(b) Edad:
16 años mínimo
10 semestres. Práctica hotelera durante los
semestres octavo, noveno y décimo (15 semanas
en cada semestre)
Diploma de la Universidad en gerencia hotelera
1975
./.
9.
8. Areas de estudio
Administración (A)
Matemáticas (M)
Principios de administración
Psicología aplicada
Administración hotelera I
Administración hotelera II
Administración hotelera III
Administración de personal
Administración de salarios
Administración de restaurantes
Administración de clubes
Matemáticas
Matemáticas
Estadística
Estadística
Matemáticas
Contabilidad (C)
Contabilidad I
Contabilidad II
Costos I
Costos aplicados
Análisis financiero
Control de Alimentos y bebi
Economía (E)
Introducción economía I
Introducción economía II
Jurídica (D)
Instituciones políticas
Constitucional Colombiano
(Derecho Público)
Derecho Laboral I
Derecho Laboral II
Derecho Comercial I
Derecho Comercial II
Derecho Tributario
Legislación turística y
hotelera
I
II
I
II
financieras
Mercados (Me)
Mercadeo
Publicidad
Promoción y ventas I
Promoción y ventas II
Planeación física (P)
Ingeniería de establecimientos hoteleros
Decoración de interiores
y exteriores
Técnicas Hoteleras (TH)
Química de alimentos
Técnica de compras y
abastecimientos
Higiene y conservación de
alimentos
Técnicas de cocina I
Enología I
Técnicas de cocina II
Menús y sistema de
servicios I
Menús y sistema de
servicios II
Enología II
Protocolo
Humanidades (H)
Turismo (T)
Lógica
Historia de Colombia
Patrimonio cultural I
Patrimonio cultural II
Deontología profesional
Humanidades electivas
Teoría y técnica de
turismo I
Teoría y técnica de
turismo II
Geografía turística mundial
colombiana
Organización de eventos
especiales
9 2 (3,V 77)
y . ¿ ut-.v. i i )
COLOMBIA
COLOMBIE
COLOMBIA
1. Hombre y dirección del establecimiento;
Universidad Católica de Manizales
(Colegio Mayor de Caldas)
Carrera 23, No. 60-63
MANIZALES. Colombia S.A.
2.
Estatuto:. Privado
3. Nivel:
4.
Universitario
Establecimiento con una sección de formación turística
Nombre:
Escuela de Turismo
5.
6.
Tecnólogo en Administración
Turística
(a) Diplomas, certificados, calificaciones!
Nacionales
Bachillerato clásico o Normal superior
(no inferior a 3.0)
Extranjeros
Bachillerato clásico o su equivalente
(b) Edad: no se requiere ninguna especial
(c)
7.
Idioma de enseñanza:
español
Duración de la enseñanza;
Tres años:
Seis semestres
Un semestre de práctica
8.
Tecnólogo en Administración Turística
9.
Título de los cursos y programa de estudios;
Primer semestre
Teoría y Técnica del Turismo I
Matemáticas
Contabilidad
Geografía Turísti-ca de Colombia I
Instituciones Políticas
Metodología de la expresión oral y escrita
Primer mes de práctica: Bienestar Social
Segundo semestre
Teoría Turística II
Administración General
Economía
Geografía Turística de Colombia
Ecología
Relaciones humanas y públicas
Etica
Segundo mes de práctica: Oficinas de Promoción Turística
Tercer semestre
Administración de empresas turísticas I
Antropología
Geografía turística universal III
Estadística
Historia de Colombia I
Derecho laboral
Tercer mes de práctica: Hoteles
Cuarto semestre
Administración de empresas turísticas II
Arqueología
Museología
Geografía turística universal IV
Historia II
Historia del Arte
Cuarto mes de práctica: Guianza
Quinto semestre
Administración de empresas turísticas III
Historia del arte americano
Folklore
Historia turística universal III
Comercial
Quinto mes de práctica: Agencias de Viajes
Sexto semestre
Práctica de 300 horas en uno de los medios
ocupacionales anteriores para presentar
trabajo
Seminarios:
Primeros Auxilios
Organización de agencias de viajes
Programación de tours,
COLOMBIA
COLOMBIE
COLOMBIA
9-3
1.
Academia de Estudios Turísticos de Antioquia
Calle 55 núm. 42-58
Apartado Aéreo 050905
MEDELLIN 2
2.
Estatuto:
privado
3.
Nivel: (l) nivel medio p r e - u n i v e r s i t a r i o (guías de
turismo)
(2) nivel u n i v e r s i t a r i o (Técnica de Administración de Empresa Turística)
4.
Establecimiento enteramente consagrado a l a formación t u r í s t i c a
5.
1) Guías de turismo
en Administración de Empresa Turís132) Técnica
tica
6.
Nacionales
Bachiller
Extranjeros
El equivalente al bachillerato
(b) Edad:
no hay límite de edad
7.
español
Guías de turismo; 6 semestres
Técnica en Administración de Empresa Turística:
6 semestres
Certificado guía de turismo
Diploma Técnico en Administración de Empresa
Turística
1975
9.
Título de los cursos y programa de estudios: -
COLOMBIA
COLOMBIE
COLOMBIA
9.4
Colegio Mayor de Antioquia
Calle 65 X Carrera 78
Apartado aéreo num. 5177
MEDELLIN
2. Estatuto:
3. Nivel:
público
educación superior
turística
Nombre:
Escuela de técnicas en turismo
5. Salidas profesionales:
6.
Nacionales
6.° año de bachillerato aprobado
(b) Edad:
el Gobierno no limita la edad, aunque
generalmente las alumnas oscilan entre
18 y 30 años
español
(d) Gastos de estudios:
(e) Becas:
6 semestres
Tánicas en turismo
1975
I Semestre
Pensum Académico
II Semestre
Inglés I
Francés I
Antropología
Metodología de la investigación
Matemáticas generales
Historia general de la
cultura
Mecanografía
Metodología de la expresión oral y escrita
III Semestre
Inglés III
Francés III
Contabilidad II
Economía colombiana
Historia del arte
Teoría turística II
Derecho administrativo
Sociología
V Semestre
Inglés V
Francés V
Geografía turística de
Colombia II
Mercadeo turístico
turísticas
Sicología II aplicada al
turismo
Relaciones humanas y ética
profesional
Inglés II
Francés II
Economía general
colombiana
Contabilidad I
Mecanografía
Derecho constitucional
Teoría turística I
Metodología de la expresión oral y escrita II
IV Semestre
Inglés IV
Francés IV
Economía de la empresa
Colombia I
Historia de la cultura y
arte colombianos
Estadística
Derecho laboral
Psicología I
VI Semestre
Inglés VI
Francés VI
turísticas
Geografía turística del
mundo
Actualidad colombiana
COLOMBIA
COLOMBIE
COLOMBIA
Centro Colombo Americano
Maracaibo por el Palo num. 53-24
MEDELLIN
Estatuto:
privado con contrato del Gobierno
Nivel:
Establecimiento con una sección de formación
turística
Nombre:
Escuela de turismo
Especialidad:
Técnicos de turismo
Nacionales
Diploma de bachillerato (promedio)
Extranjeros
High School (B average)
(b) Edad:
18 años
español
7 semestres (1 semestre de práctica)
Diploma:
técnico en turismo
9.
Primer semestre
Historia del arte I
Metodología de la Investigación científica
Psicología I
Técnica de lectura y lógica
Historia cultural de
Colombia I
Matemáticas generales
Teoría y técnica turística I
El turismo, fenómeno social,
elementos que lo originan.
Alemán I o fracés I
Inglés I
Tercer semestre
Relaciones públicas I
Relaciones humanas II
Historia general de la cultura I
Geografía turística universal I
Micro-economía
Teoría y técnica de turismo III
La corriente turística y
agencias de viajes
Contabilidad I
Principios de derecho constitucional
Alemán III
Francés III
Inglés III
Segundo semestre
Historia del arte II
Relaciones Humanas I
Psicología II
Historia Cultural de
Colombia II
Principios de estadísticas
descriptivas
Micro-economía
Teoría y técnica de turismo II
Organización política del
turismo
Arqueología
Alemán II
Francés II
Inglés II
Cuarto semestre
Relaciones públicas II
cultura II
G-eograf ía turística univer
sal II
Administración turística I
General
Teoría y técnica de turismo IV
Contabilidad II
Principios de derecho admi
nistrativo y comercial
Alemán IV
Francés IV
Inglés IV
3
(9.5)
Quinto semestre
Colombia I
Administración
Turística II nacional
Teoría y técnica en turismo V
El turismo como revelación
Económica
Derecho laboral
Hotelería
Generalidades
Mercados (marketing turístico)
Oferta y demanda
Alemán V
Francés V
Inglés V"
Sexto semestre
Etica profesional
Publicidad
1) Medios
2) D i s e ñ o
Geografía turística colombiana II
Administración turística III
Internacional
Gestión empresarial
legislación turística
Protocolo
Alemán VI
Francés VI
Inglés VI
CYPRUS
CHYPRE
CHIPRE
.1 (REV.77)
1.
Hotel and Catering Institute
Eylenja Avenue,
P.O. Box 4812,
NICOSIA.
2.
Status : Government Institution
5.
level : (of Regular Courses) Basic, Middle and
Higher Level Courses
4.
Institution concentrating only in Hotel and
Catering Training :
Its complex comprises the educational wing.
(This includes hoarding houses for males and
females, a well stocked library and a modern
Language Lat>. ) the Lab. Hotel and the
Conference Centre - two Auditoriums fully
equipped with modern electronic equipment.
5.
Employment opportunities :
Qualified staff for the different Departments of
the Hotel and Catering Establishment, from the
low ranking positions to the middle management
and key supervisory positions.
6.
Conditions of Admission :
(a) Certificates. Diplomas, Qualifications
Nationals and Foreigners
Basic Level : Three years Secondary Education
Middle Level : Secondary Education Graduates,
or Graduates of Basic Level of the H.C.I, or
other equivalent Hotel School.
Higher Level : i.
ii.
Graduates of the Middle
Level Course of the H.C.I.
or respective Hotel
Education;
Two years experience in the
Hotel and Catering Industry
in one's field of specialisation;
,
iii.
Very good knowledge of
English and French and/or
German.
Note : The Cookery Course is also open to
candidates on the basis of Basic
Level Requirements.
(b) Age : Basic 16 maximum, Middle 23 maximum
and Higher level 30 maximum.
(c) Language of studies : Greek for the Basic
Level Course; English for the Middle and
Higher Level Courses.
(d) Fees :
Nationals
Induction Course
CY£ 40
Basic Level Course
CY£ 60
Middle Level Course
CY£ 70
Higher Level Course
CY£ 100
The fees for foreigners are being revised
to £1,000 per academic year and include
full board and lodging, tuition and
relevant expenses; travelling expenses
from and to their country of origin and
personal expenses are not covered.
(e) Fellowships : Each case is considered a
according to its own merits and is
arranged by Bilateral Agreements between
Governments of Foreign Countries and
appropriate Authorities of the Cyprus
Government.
A Scholarships Scheme
providing for up to 4 Scholarships to
foreign students at any specific time is
being considered by the Government.
Duration of studies : Please see No. 9
Diplomas or Certificates : Certificates that
the student has completed successfully any
particular course.
Titles of Courses and Programmes of Studies :
Induction 9 weeks
Basic
Course
Middle
Course
Higher
Course
Front Office
2 years 5 months
Housekeeping 1 year
1 year
5 months
Cookery
2 years 5 months
Waiting
1 year
1 year
5 months
Special Courses : Advanced supervisory and
other usually short-term Courses in the Hotel
and Catering professions are also organised
hy the Institute periodically mainly for ILO
Fellows and individuals from overseas at a
cost of CY£ 7-10.-, all inclusive.
11.1
1.
EI SALVADOR
Instituto Nacional "General Francisco Menéndez"
SAN SALVADOR
2. Estatuto:
3. Nivel:
público
secundario - Educación media
Nombre: Departamentos de Turismo, del Bachillerato
en Hostelería y Turismo
5.
Salidas profesionales: Bachilleres en hostelería y
turismo.
6.
Nacionales
Certificado de 9-
grado (excelente y muy bueno)
Extranjeros
Igual al anterior
(b) Edad:
no se estipula edad mínima, pero sí la máxima no mayores de 19 años.
7.
español
Duración de la enseñanza: la enseñanza del bachillerato comprende 3 años; cada año dividido en 3 semestres. Al final de cada uno se hace una prueba objetiva por materia.
Título de bachilleres en hostelería y turismo.
1975
• /•
9.
A. Materias comunes del bachillerato en hostelería y
turismo:
Letras - Estudios sociales - Inglés - Matemáticas Ciencias biológicas - Ciencias químicas - Ciencias
físicas - Educación estética - Total de horas: 42
B. Materias vocacionales del bachillerato en hostelería
y turismo:
i) Primer año: Teoría y técnica del turismo Inglés vocacional - Geografía - Economía empresarial - Nociones de contabilidad - Iniciación
jurídica.
ii) Segundo año: Geografía turística de Centroamérica - Historia precolombina - Técnica de empresas turísticas - Legislación laboral Estadística - Inglés vocacional - Derecho privado - Nociones de contabilidad - Tecnología
hotelera.
iii) Tercer año: Psicología - Legislación - Inglés
vocacional - Historia de América - Geografía
turística - Técnica publicitaria - Organización
y administración de empresas turísticas Derecho fiscal.
ETHIOPIE
ETHIOPIA
ETIOPIA
Name and address of Institution!
Catering and Tourism Training Institute
P.O. Box 4350
ETH- ADDIS ABABA
Status: Public institution
Level : University level
Institution including a section/department of Hotel and
Catering Training
- name: Hotel and Catering department
- field: Openings leading to: supervisory activities in the field
of the hotel and catering industry.
Nationals
Ethiopian School leaving certificate with "C" in English.
12th grade completed. Must undergo an aptitude test and
an oral examination.
Foreigners
Equivalent qualifications .
(b) Age: 1 7 - 25 years
(c) Language of studies: English
Duration of studies: Reception course: 12 calendar months
Housekeeping Supervisory course: 12 calendar months
Cookery and Pastry course: 24 calendar months
Catering (Waiters) course: 12 calendar months
Diplomas or certificates awarded:
Institute certificates
. The above Institution is also covered by blue card No. 1
related to training activities in the field of tourism
occupations.
ETHIOPIE
ETHIOPIA
ETIOPIA
12.2
1.
Nane and a d d r e s s of
Institution:
C a t e r i n g and Tourism T r a i n i n g
P.O. Box.4350
ETH-APDIS ABABA
Institute
2.
S t a t u s : P u b l i c body
3.
Level : High School g r a d u a t e s who have s a t f o r t h e ESLCE
( E t h i o p i a n School Leaving C e r t i f i c a t e E x a m i n a t i o n ) and who
have o b t a i n e d "C" i n E n g l i s h and i n any o t h e r s u b j e c t . ESLCE
i s an e n t r a n c e e x a m i n a t i o n t o t h e U n i v e r s i t y .
4-
I n s t i t u t i o n i n c l u d i n g a s e c t i o n / d e p a r t m e n t of T o u r i a n
Training
- name : Tourism department
- field
: Tourism i n d u s t r y , t o u r i s m p s y c h o l o g y ,
s o c i o l o g y of t o u r i s m , world geography,
thiopian
geography, n a t i o n a l g u i d e , w o r l d h i s t o r y , h i s t o r y
of E t h i o p i a , C u l t u r a l t o u r i s m , t o u r o p e r a t i o n ,
customer s e r v i c e , t o u r i s m r e s e a r c h , m a r k e t i n g and
demands, r e c e p t i o n , c o o k i n g and p a s t r y , c a t e r i n g .
5.
Openings l e a d i n g t o : s u p e r v i s o r y o c c u p a t i o n s a t d e p a r t m e n t a l
level in h o t e l s , motels, h o s p i t a l s , c a f e t e r i a s , e t c . . .
6.
C o n d i t i o n s of a d m i s s i o n :
Nationals
1 2 t h g r a d e completed. A p p l i c a n t s h o u l d p a s s an a p t i t u d e
t e s t c o n d u c t e d by H a i l e S e l l a s i e I U n i v e r s i t y , and
an i n t e r v i e w .
Must
undergo a m e d i c a l e x a m i n a t i o n
and be d e c l a r e d f i t f o r l e a r n i n g . Should be f r e e from any
o t h e r engagements.
Foreigners
Equivalent qualifications, but only accepted if granted
scholarship.
1975
•/•
Duration of studies :
Reception course - 12 calendar months
Catering (waiters) course - 12 calendar months
Housekeeping supervisors course - 12 calendar months
Cooking and pastry course - 24 calendar months
National guide course - 15 calendar months
Diplomas or certificates ; Institute Certificates
Curriculum for National Guides Course
Professional subjects
Tourism Industry
"
Psychology )„
...
„ . .
„
. (Human relations
Sociology of mTourism;
World geography
Ethiopian "
"
government
World History
History of Ethiopia
Cultural tourism
Travel and Tour Operation
Customer service
Tourism Research, Marketing and Advertising,
Demand
Practical study
total
Hours
200
50
112
90
25
52
100
52
52
52
52
420
1259
General Subjects
English
French
Hygiene and First Aid
200
300
100
100
685
Grand Total
1944
B. The above Institution is also covered by white card No. 12.1
related to training activities inthe field of hotel
occupations.
FRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
13.1 (REV.77)
1.
Section hôtelière du Lycée technique
d'Etat Jacques Coeur
108, rue Baffier
F-18021 BOURGES CEDEX
2.
Statut : établissement public (internat)
3.
Niveau : 2ème cycle secondaire pour la préparation du BTH (Brevet de technicien de
l'hôtellerie)
4.
Section appartenant à un établissement
consacré a la formation des techniciens
de laboratoire
5.
Débouchés : après quelques années d'expérience,
accession à des postes de responsabilité
(emplois techniques supérieurs) pour les
titulaires du BTH.
6.
Nationaux
Pour BTH : niveau de fin de classe de
3ème, examen favorable du dossier scolaire
par une Commission d'admission, tests
d'aptitudes (écrits, oraux), pré-stage
d'un mois en entreprise.
Etrangers
Diplômes aux niveaux équivalents.
(b) Age : pour BTH - 15 à 17 ans
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : pour le BTH, 3 ans
plus examen final. Stages professionnels dans
des hôtels privés en juillet et août.
8.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés : Brevet de
techniciens de l'hôtellerie (réception et
tâches de secrétariat).
./.
En vue du BTH
Disciplines d'information et d'expression
Expression française et culture genérale
Histoire et instruction civique
Géographie touristique
Correspondance commerciale et hôtelière
Législation
Langue vivante A et B
Education artisitique
Disciplines mathématiques et scientifiques
Mathématiques
Economie, vie et gestion de l'entreprise
hôtelière
Organisation de l'entreprise hôtelière
Sciences appliquées à l'hôtellerie
Alimentation et hygiène alimentaire
Disciplines professionnelles
Cuisine : technologie, travaux pratiques
Restaurant : technologie, caisse, maincourante,
Secrétariat : dactylographie et mécanographie, sténographie, organisation du travail de bureau
Stages : 2 stages obligatoires de 2 mois chacun
en juillet et août organisée dans des
hôtels.
13.2 (REV.77)
1.
PRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
Lycée technique hôtelier de Garçons
Rue J.-B. Torrilhon
F-63 CLERMONT-PERRAND
2.
3.
Niveau : 2e cycle secondaire pour la préparation du BTH (Brevet de technicien de
l'hôtellerie)
4.
5.
accession à des postes de responsabilités
(emplois techniques supérieurs) nour les
titulaires du BTH
6.
(a) Certificats, diplômes,
qualifications :
Nat ionaux
Pour BTH : niveau de fin de classe de 3ème,
examen favorable du dossier scolaire par une
commission d'admission, tests d'aptitudes
(écrits, oraux), pré-stage d'un mois en entreprise.
Etrangers
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : pour le BTH, trois
ans plus examen final; stages professionnels
dans des hôtels privés en juillet et août.
8.
Brevet de technicien de l'hôtellerie (cuisine,
restaurant);
./.
En vue du BTH
Expression française et culture générale
Législation
Education artistique
Mathématiques
hôtelière,
Restaurant : technologie, caisse, main-courante
Secrétariat : dactylographie, organisation du
travail de bureau
en juillet et août organisés dans des hôtels.
PRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
13.3(REV.77)
1.
Section hôtelière du Lycée
technique nationalisé
Rue Sidoine-Apollinaire
63- CLERMONT-FERRAND
2.
3.
Niveau : 2 cycle secondaire pour la préparation du BTH (Brevet de technicien de
l'hôtellerie); niveau universitaire pour
la préparation du BTS (Brevet de technicien supérieur de l'hôtellerie production
culinaire option cuisine classique)
4.
Etablissement possédant une section
h5telièrë"
5.
Débouchés : après quelques années
d'expérience, accession à des postes de
responsabilité (emplois techniques
supérieurs) pour les titulaires du BTH et
à des postes de gestion et d'administration importants, notamment dans les grandes
chaînes hôtelières, pour les titulaires du
BTS-GH.
6.
Nat ionaux
pour BTH : niveau de fin de classe de
3e, examen favorable du dossier
scolaire par une Commission d'admission, test d'aptitudes (écrits,
oraux).
pour BTS-PC : Baccalauréat ou
baccalauréat de technicien.
Etrangers
pour BTS-PC - 18 à 19 ans (recul pour
service national)
./.
(c) Langue
d'enseignement : français
+ examen final; pour le BTS-PC, 2 ans +
examen final; stages professionnels dans des
hôtels en juillet et août (mai à août
inclus pour 2ème année BTS).
Brevet de technicien de l'hôtellerie
Option a : Cuisine, restaurant
Option b : Réception et tâches de
secrétariat
Brevet de technicien supérieur
Production culinaire (cuisine classique).
En vue du BTH
Législation
Discipline mathématiques et
"scientifiques
Mathématiques
Economie, vie et gestion de
l'entreprise hôtelière
Organisation de l'entreprise
hôtelière
Alimentation et hygiene alimentaire
Cuisine : technologie, travaux
pratiques
Restaurant : technologie, caisse,
main courante
Secrétariat : Dactylographie,
/
et mécanographie, sténographie,
organisation du travail de bureau
Stages : 2 stages obligatoires de
2 mois chacun en juillet et août
organisée dans des hôtels.
En vue du BTS
(gestion hôtelière)
Technique d'expression
(français, une langue étrangère)
Organisation de la restauration
Etudes juridiques
Economie générale
Sciences appliquées
Gestion
Equipement et entretien
Stages : 2 mois en 1ère année en
France
4 mois en 2ème année.
FRANCE
FRANCE
FRANCIA
13.4 (REV.77)
1.
Lycée technique hôtelier
des Alpes françaises
et Hôtel d'application Lesdiguières
82, cours de la Libération
F-38100 - GRENOBLE
2.
Statut : établis ement public (internat et
externat mixtes)
3.
Niveau : 2ème cycle secondaire pour la préparation du BTH (Brevet de technicien de l'hôtellerie) 2ème cycle secondaire pour la préparation
du B.E.P.
4.
hôtelière
5»
accession à des postes de responsabilité (emplois
techniques supérieurs) pour les titulaires du
BTH.
6.
Nationaux
pour BTH : niveau de fin de classes de 3ème,
examen favorable du dossier scolaire par une
Commission d'admission, tests d'aptitude
(écrits, oraux);
our BEP : niveau de fin de classe de 3ème ftude
du dossier scolaire;
(b) Age : pour BTH : 15 à 17 ans
pour BEP à 15 à 18 ans
7.
plus un examen final. Stages professionnels dans
des hôtels privés en juillet et août. Pour le
BEP, 2 ans plus examen final.
./.
(cuisine, restaurant) garçons
(réception et tâches de secrétariat) filles
Brevet d'études professionnelles :
- option cuisine
- option service
En vue du BTH ou du BEP
Géographie t o u r i s t i q u e
Législation
Mathématiques
hôtelière
Restaurant : technologie, caisse, main-courante
Secrétariat : dactylographie et mécanographie,
sténographie, organisation du
travail de bureau
en juillet et août organisés dans des hôtels.
PRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
13.5 (REV.77)
1.
Lycée technique d'hôtellerie
et de tourisme de Strasbourg
75, route du Rhin
F 67400 ILLKIRCH GRAFFENSTADEN
2.
Statut : établissement public (internat mixte
avec hôtel d'application en projet)
3.
l'hôtellerie); niveau universitaire pour la
préparation du BTS Al et A2 (Brevet de
Technicien supérieur de gestion des hôtels
et des restaurants) et du BTS B2 (production
culinaire)
4.
Tôrmation ho'telière
§.
Débouchés : après quelques années d'expérience, accession à des postes de responsabilité (emplois techniques supérieurs)
pour les titulaires du BTH et à des postes
de gestion et d'aministration importants,
notamment dans les grandes chaînes hôtelières, dans les sociétés de restauration
collective, hospitalière, pour les titulaires du BTS.
6.
Nationaux
jème, examen favorable du dossier
scolaire par une Commission d'admission,
tests d'aptitude;
Pour BTS : diplôme BTH de rang excellent,
ou baccalauréat, examen favorable du
dossier, tests d'aptitude
(b) Age : pour BTH : 15 à 17 ans
pour BTS : 18 à 19 ans
(c) Langue d'enseignement : français.
Durée de l'enseignement : pour le BIT, trois
ans plus examen final; pour le BTS, deux
ans plus examen final. Stages professionnels
dans des hôtels privés en juillet et août, pour
le BTH; du 1er mai au 1er septembre pour le
BTS.
Diplôme ou certificats délivrés : brevet de
technicien de l'hôtellerie (cuisine, restaurant,
réception); brevet de technicien supérieur
de gestion des hôtels et des restaurants
(formation polyvalente); brevet de technicien
supérieur de production culinaire (direction
d'une cuisine).
En vue du BTH
Législation
Education a r t i s t i q u e
Mathématiques
hôtelière
Restaurant : technologie, caisse, maincourante
Secrétariat : dactylographie et mécanographie, sténographie, organisation du
travail de bureau
Stages : deux stages obligatoires de deux
mois chacun en juillet et août organisés
dans les hôtels.
• /.
En vue du BTS (gestion hôtelière)
(français, deux langues étrangères)
Organisation de l'industrie hôtelière
Mathématiques
Economie touristique
Relations humaines
Gestion financière
Comptabilité
Travaux pratiques de cuisine et de
restaurant
Stages : 4 mois en 1ère année en France
4 mois en 2ème année en France
(option A2 - B2)
4 mois en 2ème année à l'étranger
(option Al)
NB : L'institution ci-dessus fait l'objet d'une
deuxième fiche No. 13.13
relative aux
activités de formation dans le domaine du
tourisme.
FRANCE
PRANCE.
FRANCIA
13.6
Nom et adresse de l'établissement
Lycée Technique Hôtelier
144 rue de France
F-06 NICE
2.
Statut : établissement publie (internat garçons)
3. Niveau : 2e cycle secondaire pour la préparation du
BTH (Brevet de Technicien de l'Hôtellerie); niveau
universitaire pour la préparation du BTS-GH (Brevet
de Technicien Supérieur de Gestion Hôtelière).
4.
5. Débouchés : après quelques années d'expérience, accession
à des postes de responsabilité (emplois techniques supérieurs) pour les titulaires du BTH et à des postes de
gestion et d'administration importants, notamment dans les
grandes Chaînes hôtelières, pour les titulaires du BTS-GH.
6.
Nationaux
pour BTH : niveau de fin de classe de 3e, examen
favorable du dossier scolaire par une Commission
d'admission, tests d'aptitudes (écrits, oraux);
pour BTS-GH : diplôme BTH de rang excellent, ou
Baccalauréat.
pour BTS-GH - 18 à 19 ans
(c) Langue d'enseignement :
1975
français
7.
Purée de l'enseignement : pour le BTH, 3 ans plus examen
final; pour le BTS-GH, 2 ans plus examen final. Stages
professionnels dans des hôtels privés en juillet et août.
8.
Brevet de Technicien de l'Hôtellerie
(Cuisine, Restaurant)
(Réception et tâches de Secrétariat)
Brevet de Technicien Supérieur de Gestion Hôtelière
(formation polyvalente)
• /.
En vue du BTH
Législation
Mathématiques
hôtelière
Restaurant : technologie, caisse, main courante
sténographie, organisation du travail de bureau
en juillet et août organisée dans des hôtels
Mathématiques
Relations humaines
Gestion financière
Comptabilité
Stages : 4 mois en Ire année, en France
4 mois en 2e année, à l'étranger
•7 (REV.77)
1.
FRANCE
FRANCE
FRANCIA
Ecole HOtellère de Paris (E.H.P.)
et son annexe le Lycée Professionnel
Hotelier (ex. C E . T . ) ,
20, rue Méfléric,
F - 75 017 PARIS
Télex - Drouant 641 374 F
2.
Statut : Ecole des Métiers
Etablissement crée en 1936 et géré par une
Association Professionnelle des hôteliers,
restaurateurs et des limonadiers.
Etablissement Mixte : Externat et 1/2 pension.
3.
Niveau : 2e cycle secondaire pour la préparation
du BEP (Brevet d'Etudes Professionnelles) en
lycée professionnel ainsi que pour lapréparation du B.T.H. (Brevet de Technicien
de l'Hôtellerie) à l'E.H.P.
- niveau universitaire pour la préparation du
BTS (Brevet de Technicien Supérieur)
hôtelière
4.
5.
accession à dea postes de responsabilité pour
les titulaires du BEP et du BTH, et à des
postes de cadres moyens et supérieurs pour les
titulaires du BTS.
Les profils de carrière
sont très variables selon la dimension des
entreprises, néanmoins, les élèves titulaires
du BTS se voient plus rapidement confier des
postes de responsabilité que les élèves
titulaires du BTH et du BEP, ces derniers étant
plus praticiens.
6.
Pour le BEP ou le BTH : niveau de fin de
classe de 3e de Collège d'Enseignement
Général (CES).
Examen favorable du dossier
scolaire tests d'aptitudes (écrits et oraux).
./.
Entretien avec un jury composé
d'enseignants et de professionnels
de l'Industrie Hôtelière.
Pour le BTS : diplôme de BTH de rang
excellent ou Baccaulauréat.
Tests
d'aptitudes (écrits et oraux), entretien
avec un jury composé d'enseignants et de
professionnels de l'Industrie Hôtelière.
(b) Age : Pour le BEP et le BTH - 15 à 17 ans
Pour le BTS
- 18 à 19 ans
Durée de l'enseignement : pour le BEP, 2 ans
comportant un stage professionnel de 2 mois
plus un examen final.
Pour le BTH, 3 ans comportant deux stages
professionnels de 2 mois plus un examen final
Pour le BTS, 2 ans comportant deux stages
professionnels de 4 mois plus un examen final
les stages professionnels dans les Hôtels
et restaurants privés ont lieu de juillet à
août ou de mai a août.
Brevet d'Etudes Professionnelles Hôtellerie
collect!vitéa.
Option A : Cuisine
Option B : Services
Brevet de Technicien Hôtellerie
Option A : Cuisine, restaurant
Option b : Réception et secrétariat
Brevet de Technicien Supérieur
Option A : Gestion des Hôtels et des
Restaurants
Option B : Production culinaire
En vue du BEP
Disciplines d'expression et d'information
Expression française
Initiation à la vie" civique et professionnelle
Connaissance du monde contemporain
Préparation à la vie familiale et sociale
Langue vivante
Disciplines scientifiques auxiliaires
Mathématiques appliquées
Principes et gestion des entreprises
Sciences appliquées (Equipements)
Initiation économique
Hygiène générale et alimentaire
Enseignements pratiques et technologies
professionnelles
Cuisine
Service de salle - restaurant
Accueil, réception, hall, standard, économat
Technologie et organisation du travail
Dactylographie
Stage : 1 stage obligatoire de 2 mois en juillet
et août organisé dans les hôtels.
En vue du BTH
Histoire et instruction vivique
Législation
./.
Discipline mathématiques et scientifiques
Mathématiques
hôtelière
Secrétariat : dactylographie et mécanographie
travail de bureau
en juillet et août organisés dans
des hôtels
En vue du BTS
(a) Gestion des Hôtels et des Restaurants
Technique d'expression (français, deux
langues étrangères)
Mathémati que s
Relations humaines
Gestion financière
Comptabilité
Stages : 4 mois en 1ère année, en France
4 mois en 2ème année, à l'étranger
(b) Production culinaire
Technique d'expression (français, une
langue vivante étrangère)
Etudes juridiques
Economie générale
Techniques et moyens de gestion
Travaux pratiques de synthèse et travaux
pratiques de cuisine.
Stages : 4 mois en 1ère année du 1er mai au
31 août
4 mois en 2ème année du 1er mai au
31 août.
13.8. (REV.77)
1.
FRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
Lycée polyvalent d'Etat
mixte hôtelier H. Friant.
2, rue H.-Friant
39800 P01IGNY
2.
Statut : établissement public (mixte,internat)
filles et garçons
3.
l'Hôtellerie)
4.
Etablissement comprenant une section
hSt ellerie/t purisme
5.
Débouchés : après quelques années d'expérience, accession à des postes de responsabilité (emplois techniques supérieurs)
pour les titulaires du BTH
6.
Nationaux
Je, examen favorable du dossier
scolaire par une Commission d'admission,
tests d'aptitudes (écrits, oraux);
(b) Age : pour BTH - 15 à 17 ans environ
7.
plus examen final
8.
Brevet de technicien de l'hôtellerie (cuisine,
restaurant)
Brevet de technicien de l'hôtellerie (réception et tâches de secrétariat)
•A
Bn vue du BTH
Législation
KÍathématiques
hôtelière
Restaurant : technologie, caisse, maincourante,
+ réception et étages
Stages : 2 stages obligatoires de 2 mois
chacun en juillet et août organisés dans des
hôtels.
PRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
.9 (REV.77)
1.
Nom et adreBse de l'établissement :
lycée Technique Hôtelier,
40, Boulevard Carnot,
74203 THONON-LES-BAINS
2.
Statut : établissement public (internat
garçons)
3.
Niveau : 2e cycle secondaire pour la
preparation du BTH (Brevet de Technicien de
l'Hôtellerie); niveau universitaire pour la
préparation du BRS-GH (Brevet de Technicien
Supérieur.
Production culinaire.
4.
5.
Débouchés : après quelques années d'expérience
accession à des postes de responsabilité
(emplois techniques supérieurs) pour les
titulaires du BTH et à des postes de gestion
et d'administration importants, notamment
dans les grandes Chaînes hôtelières, pour
les titulaires du BTS.
6.
Nationaux
pour BTH : niveau de fin de classe de 3e,
examen favorable du dossier scolaire par
une commission d'admission, tests
d'aptitude (écrits, oraux)
pour BTS : diplôme BTH de rang excellent,
ou Baccalauréat.
pour BTS - 18 à 19 ans
(c) langue d'enseignement : français
plus examen final: pour le BTS, 2 ans plus
examen final.
Stages professionnels dans
des hôtels privés en juillet et août.
Diplôme ou certificats délivrés :
Brevet de Technicien de l'Hôtellerie (Cuisine,
Restaurant) Brevet de Technicien Supérieur.
Production culinaire.
En vue du BTH
Législation
Discipline mathématiques et scinetifiques
Mathématiques
hôtelière
Restaurant : technologie, caisse, main
courante
travail de bureau
en juillet et août organisés dans
des hôtels, contrôlés par l'école
En vue du BTS (Production culinaire)
Formation générale :
Expression française
langues vivantes
Etudes juridiques
Economie générale
Formation professionnelle
Techniques de gestion
Travaux professionnels de synthèse
Travaux pratiques
Stages : 2 mois en 1ère année
4 mois en 2ème année
PRANCE
FRANCE
FRANCIA
13.10
1.
Nom et adresse de 1'établissement :
Lycée Technique Hôtelier des Pyrénées
23 rue du Conservatoire
F-31 TOULOUSE
2.
Statut : établissement public (mixte, internat garçons)
3.
Niveau : 2e cycle secondaire pour la préparation du
BTH[Brevet de Technicien de l'Hôtellerie); niveau
universitaire pour la préparation du BTS-GH (Brevet
de Technicien Supérieur de Gestion Hôtelière).
4.
Etablissement entièrement consacré à
la formation hôtelière
5.
Débouchés : après quelques années d'expérience, accession
à des postes de responsabilité (emplois techniques supérieurs) pour les titulaires du BTH et à des postes de
gestion et d'administration importants, notamment dans les
grandes Chaînes hôtelières, pour les titulaires du BTS-GH.
6.
Nationaux
pour BTH : niveau de fin de classe de 3e, examen
favorable du dossier scolaire par une Commission
d'admission, tests d'aptitudes (écrits, oraux);
pour BTS-GH : diplôme BTH de rang excellent, ou
Baccalauréat.
pour BTS-GH - 18 à 18 ans
( c ) Langue d'enseignement
1975
: français
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : pour le BTH, 3 ans plus examen
final; pourle BTS-GH, 2 ans plus examen final. Stages
professionnels dans des hôtels privés en juillet et août.
8.
Diplôme ou certificats délivrés :
Brevet de Technicien de l'Hôtellerie (cuisine, restaurant)
(Réception et tâches de Secrétariat)
Brevet de Technicien Supérieur de Gestion Hôtelière
(formation polyvalente)
• /•
En vue du BTH
Législation
Mathématiques
hôtelière
sténographie, organisation du travail de bureau
Stases : 2 stages obligatoires de 2 mois chacun
en juillet et août organisée dans des hôtels
Mathématique s
Relations humaines
Gestion financière
Comptabilité
Stages : 4 mois en Ire année, en Prance
4 mois en 2e année, à l'étranger
PRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
11
Centre d'Etudes et de Promotion du Tourisme
17 rue d'Athènes
PARIS IXe
Statut : Association sans but lucratif, liée par
conventions cadres avec le Ministère du Travail
et de l'Emploi, et le Ministère de l'Education Nationale.
Caractéristiques générales des différents cycles de
formation hôtelière organisés par le C E . P . T .
Institut de Gestion des Cadres du Tourisme
et de l'Hôtellerie de Paris
11 rue Viete
PARIS XYIIe
Type de formation dispensée : Section Hôtellerie perfectionnement et spécialisation dans la gestion
hôtelière
Conditions d'admission : BTS Hôtellerie ou 3 ans
d'expérience professionnelle ou autres diplômes
supérieurs
Age : 24 ans
Durée de l'enseignement à temps complet : 6 mois
Institut de Formation Intégrée de Neuilly (Hotel Ecole)
58 boulevard Victor-Hugo
NEUILLY
Type de formation dispensée : Formation de personnels
spécialisés de l'hôtellerie et des Villages-club de
vacances (i) Réception (ii) Employés de restauration
(iii) Commis de cuisine
Conditions d'admission : pour (i) niveaux baccalauréat
ou fin d'études secondaires; pour (ii) et (iii) BEP ou BEPC
Age : 18 ans
Durée de l'enseignement à temps complet : 6 mois y compris
travaux pratiques actifs
Institut Régional de Formation Hôtelière et Touristique
de Tarbes
Chemin d'Azeirex
TARBES
Type de formation dispensée : Option Hôtellerie Formation de cadres supérieurs en (i) Réception
(ii) Contrôle d'exploitation
Conditions d'admission : Baccalauréat D ou G3 ou BTH
hôtellerie ou solide expérience professionnelle plus une
langue étrangère
Age : 21 ans
)
Institut Régional de Formation Touristique et
Hôtelière d'Ajaccio
Hue Jacques Gavini
AJACCIO
Type de formation dispensée : Section Hôtelière Formation dispensée(i) Assistants de direction
ii) Personnel de réception, d'économat et de gestion
iii) personnel de restauration
Conditions d'admission : Baccalauréat ou fin d'études
secondaires pour les emplois de cadres. BEPC pour les
emplois techniques
Age : 21 ans
)
Institut Régional de Formation Touristique et
Hôtelière de Chambéry
176 rue Ste Rose
CHAMBERY
Type de formation dispensée : Section Formation de
Techniciens de l'Hôtellerie et de la Restauration
(Hôtel d'application de 20 chambres - 3 étoiles)
(i) Réception et contrôle (ii) Restaurant (commis)
(iii) Cuisine (commis)
Conditions d'admission : pour (i) et (ii) niveau baccalauréat
ou fin d'études secondaires; pour (iii) BEP ou BEPC
Age : 18 ans
Purée de l'enseignement à temps complet : 6 mois
) Centre Régional de Formation hôtelière de Vichy
20 boulevard du Président Wilson
VICHY
Type de formation dispensée : Formation de personnels
spécialisés de l'hôtellerie et des Villages-club de
vacances (i) Réception (ii) Employés de restauration
(iii) Commis de cuisine
Conditions d'admission : pour (i) niveau bacclauréat
ou fin d'études secondaires; pour (ii) et (iii) BEP ou BEPC
Age : 18 ans
PRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
13.12
1.
Centre des Hautes Etudes Touristiques (C.H.E.T.)
Faculté de Droit et des Sciences Economiques
3, avenue Robert-Schuman
P-15621 AIX-EN-PROVENCE
2.
Statut : public
3.
Niveau : universitaire et post-universitaire
4.
5.
Débouchés : Cadres du tourisme
6.
Nationaux / Etrangers
Licence ou diplôme universitaire équivalent.
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : deux à trois ans
8.
Doctorat de Spécialité "Troisième Cycle"
Economie et Droit du Tourisme
N.B. De nouvelles dispositions officielles concernant le
Doctorat de Troisième Cycle entrent en vigueur dès l'année
universitaire 1975-1976.
9.
Première année
Lectures dirigées
Conférences et Séminaires
Participation à des travaux de groupes
Rédaction d'un mémoire
Préparation du plan de Thèse
Seconde année
Rédaction de la Thèse
1975
FRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
1 3 . 1 3 (REV.77)
1.
Lycée technique d'Hôtellerie
et de Tourisme de Strasbourg
751 route du Rhin
F 67400 ILLKIRCH GRAFFENSTADEN
2.
Statut : établissement public (internat
mixte avec hôtel d'application en projet)
3.
Niveau : secondaire : brevet de technicien options voyages, information;
universitaire : brevet de technicien
supérieur - options accueil, production et
vente
4.
Etablissement consacré à la formation
hôtelière et touristique
5.
Débouchés : agences de voyages, bureau de
voyages, syndicats d'initiative,guidesinterprètes
6.
Condition d'admission :
Nationaux
Niveau secondaire : concours d'entrée avec
examen du dossier scolaire, tests d'aptitude
Niveau supérieur : baccalauréat + concours
d'entrée avec examen du dossier scolaire,
tests d'aptitude
Etrangers
Niveau baccalauréat
(b) Age : 16 ans - niveau secondaire
19 ans - niveau supérieur
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : 3 ans, niveau secondaire
2 ans, niveau supérieur
./•
DiplSmes ou certificats délivrés : niveau
secondaire, brevet de technicien du
tourisme; niveau supérieur, brevet de
technicien supérieur du tourisme
1. Brevet de technicien du tourisme
Options "-Voy-ages - Transports" , " Information touristique". Le choix de l'une
des deux options s'effectue à l'entrée
du cours de 3ème année
Principales matières enseignées :
français, histoire de l'art, géographie
générale et touristique, anglais, allemand, mathématiques, droit civil et
commercial, gestion des entreprises,
dactylographie, sténographie, correspondance, publicité, documents de transports, vente, billetterie, fret,
techniques de l'hébergement, pratique
de la conduite des groupes
2. Brevet de technicien supérieur du tourisme
Après un tronc commun de six mois, choix
d'une des deux options : "accueil"
(guides interprètes, courriers, informations, animation), production et vente
(agent technique)
Principales matières enseignées :
Allemand, anglais, espagnol, italien,
l'organisation du tourisme, les
agences de voyage, la bibliographie
touristique, le voyage (rail, route,
avion, bateau), le séjour, la géographie touristique, l'histoire de l'art,
l'histoire générale et le folklore, la
législation touristique, la statistique,
la publicité, la correspondance et la
comptabilité commerciales, les enseignements pratiques (visites de monuments et
musées), dactylographie.
l'institution ci-dessus fait l'objet d'une deu
xième fiche No 13.5,
relative aux
activités de formation dans le domaine de
l'hôtellerie.
PRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
13.14
1.
Institut International du Tourisme et des Loisirs
(Ecole des Cadres)
92, avenue Charles de Gaulle
F-92200 NEUILLY-SUR-SEINE
2.
Statut : privé
3-
Niveau : universitaire (2 années d'études après
le Baccalauréat)
4.
5.
Débouchés : Guides, Interprètes, Accompagnateurs, Techniciens
Agences de Voyages, Spécialistes de Bureaux d'Etudes et
d'Aménagement Touristique.
6.
Nationaux
(i) Baccalauréat + concours d'entrée (2 catégories
d'épreuves : 2 langues étrangères, épreuve écrite,
plus interview).
(ii) Niveau Baccalauréat : concours d'entrée, soit :
- construction de texte,
- test de culture générale sous forme de questionnaire
à choix multiple,
- 2 langues étrangères,
plus interview.
Etrangers
Niveau équivalent.
(b) Age : 18 ans
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : 2 années scolaires (4 semestres)
8.
Brevet de Technicien Supérieur du Tourisme (BTST)
1975
•A
1er Semestre - TRONC COMMUN
Formation générale
Histoire de l'art
Psychosociologie du tourisme
Géographie
Le tourisme en Prance
Ire langue vivante
2e langue vivante
3e langue vivante (facultative)
Economie générale
Législation. Droit civil
Organisation et réglementation du tourisme
Techniques d'émission et de vente
Etude et visite de monuments
Dactylographie
Expression orale
2e, 5e et 4e Semestres
Option Techniques de Production et Vente
Formation générale, Géographie, Ire langue
vivante, 2e langue vivante, 3e langue
vivante (facultative), Economie appliquée
à l'entreprise, Législation; Droit commercial;
Droit du travail, Economie touristique, Les
transports, L'établissement du forfait et son
exploitation, Itinéraires, Dactylographie.
Option Accueil
Formation générale, Géographie, Histoire de
l'art, Ire langue vivante, 2e langue vivante,
3e langue vivante (facultative), Législation;
Droit commercial; Droit du travail, Economie
appliquée à l'entreprise, Relations humaines,
Itinéraires, Visites de ville : histoire de
Paris et de ses monuments, Dactylographie.
Option Administration et Aménagement
Formation générale et moyens d'expression,
Travaux pratiques de géographie appliquée,
Ire langue vivante, Economie générale,
Economie appliquée à l'entreprise, Economie
touristique, Mathématiques appliquées et
statistiques, Législation, Aménagement
touristique, Dactylographie, Visites,
conférences, études de cas, rapports.
FRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
13.15
1.
Centre d'Etudes Supérieures du Tourisme
13, rue de Santeuil
F-75OO5 PARIS
2.
Statut : public
3.
Niveau : second cycle universitaire après obtention du
Diplôme d'Etudes universitaires Générales
4.
5.
Débouchés : Cadres supérieurs du Tourisme, Chargés d'études,
Délégués départementaux au Tourisme, Responsables d'une
Agence de Voyage, Compagnie Aérienne, Syndicats d'Initiative.
6.
^_
^^^
Nationaux
D.E.V.G. (Diplôme d'Etudes Universitaires Générales)
Sectionsconseillées: Géographie ou Sciences Economiques,
plus concours d'entrée : 4 épreuves (3 écrites, 1 orale).
Etrangers
(i) D.E.V.G. (conditions d'admission identiques à celles
des étudiants nationaux);
(ii) Baccalauréat (les étudiants suivent les mêmes études
mais ne préparent que le "Certificat d'Etudes Supérieures
du Tourisme" ) .
^^B
^ ^
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : 2 années universitaires plus un
stage d'été effectué dans une entreprise.
8.
Diplôme d'Etudes Supérieures du Tourisme - à titre français
(équivalent à une maîtrise de spécialité)
Diplôme d'Etudes Supérieures du Tourisme - à titre étranger
(Certificat d'Etudes Supérieures du Tourisme)
9.
Principales matières enseignées
Ire année
1975
Aménageme nt
I
Loisirs et Tourisme
II Le Tourisme
III L'es bases du Tourisme
IV L'exploitation touristique et les problèmes
économiques soulevés
./.
Etude de Marché et Publicité
I
La publicité moderne et son objet
II L'étude de marché
III La stratégie publicitaire
IV Les techniques publicitaires
Economie Politique générale
I
Economie politique générale
Sociologie
I
Situation de la sociologie du loisir
II Les outils d'une sociologie du loisir.
Droit public
I
Le Droit constitutionnel
II Droit administratif
III Droit financier
Gestion
I
L'entreprise
II L'organisation générale des entreprises
III La gestion des entreprises
Statistique
I
Notions essentielles de mathématiques indispensables
à la compréhension ultérieure du cours
II Statistique descriptive
III Calcul des probabilités
Anglais
Cartographie
I
De la carte topographique à la carte thématique
II L'interprétation cartographique des données chiffrées
III Cartographie de l'aménagement
2e année
Aménagement
I
Aménagement touristique du littoral
II Aménagement en montagne
Le Tourisme et les Transports •
Le Tourisme et l'Economie
Sociologie du développement culturel
Voyages d'études accomplis au cours de la scolarité
(ire et 2e
- une zone
- une zone
- une côte
année)
balnéaire
de montagne
en voie de développement
FRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
13.16
1
Institut Européen de Management
des Organismes de Tourisme
Secrétariat de l'I.M.T.
151, Boulevard Montparnasse
P-75006 PARIS
2.
Statut : privé
3.
Niveau : post-universitaire
4.
5.
Débouchés : Cadres de l'Industrie Touristique
6.
- Soit posséder un diplôme universitaire européen
ou américain équivalent à un niveau de licence;
ou un diplôme d'Ecole supérieure de commerce
d'Ingénieur ou assimilé.
- Soit avoir au moins trois années d'expérience dans
le domaine du tourisme et avoir montré des aptitudes
à la fonction de cadre.
- Soit être un cadre confirmé.
- Avoir une connaissance de l'anglais et du français
permettant la lecture de textes économiques, la
communication entre participants et la compréhension
des exposés.
(b) Age : entre 22 et 35 ans (sauf exception)
7.
Purée de l'enseignement :
- Six mois d'enseignement résidentiel
- Douze semaines de stage
- Une semaine de session de synthèse
8.
Certificat Européen d'Etudes Supérieures
de Management des Organismes de Tourisme
9.
DISCIPLINES
EXPOSES,CAS,METHODES
TRAVAUX APPLIQUES
MARKETING
108 h.
1 40 h.
AMENAGEMENT
81 h.
1 24 h. !
FINANCES
87 h.
I 28 h. 1
TEC.QUANTITÄT.
66 h.
1 36 h.
1
TEC.QUALITÄT.
63 ti-
1 36 h.
1
POLIT.GENERALE
lOS h.
1 36 h.
1
LEGISL.EUROP.
51 h.
|
20
TOTAL DES
DISCIPLINES
561 heures
|
220 heures
STAGES CONTROLE
ET CESSION DE
SYNTHESE
SPECIALISATION
|
A3
440 heures
|
PRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
13.17
1.
Ecole Parisienne des Hôtesses
41 Boulevard des Capucines
F-75002 PARIS
2.
Statut : privé
3.
Niveau : niveau BEPC - 2 ans de cours
niveau BAC - 1 an de cours
niveau Licence - 1 an ou 3 mois de cours
4.
5.
Débouchés : Hôtesse, dans tous les domaines de l'accueil air, tourisme, congrès, administration, etc.
6.
•
BEPC, BAC ou Licence(ou équivalent)
•
7.
Durée de l'enseignement
niveau de base
: 2 ans, 1 an ou 3 mois selon le
8.
9.
Hôtesse
Cours professionnels : 1ère langue étrangère, fonction
technique et accueil, tourisme international (géographie
touristique, centres d'intérêts touristiques, fuseaux
horaires, monnaies, changes, frontières), constitutions
internationales, histoire générale de l'art, comportement,
soins et esthétique, présentation, phonomatique et conversation, relations publiques et information, psychologie, dactylographie, conférences diverses. Options : 2e langue étrangère, sténographie, Hôtesse de l'air.
Cours accélérés : mêmes que les cours professionnels répartis
sur 3 mois d'études, mais sans dactylographie ni langues.
Cours préparatoires : 1ère langue étrangère, expression
écrite et orale, littérature, organisation des entreprises,
commerce et droit commercial, histoire et géographie du
monde, soins et esthétique, présentation, dactylographie,
visites extérieures. Options : 2e langue étrangère,
sténographie.
1975
GERMANY (Federal Republic of)
ALLEMAGNE (Rép. fédérale jd')
ALEMANIA (República Federal
de)
o ™ -7-7Ï
***•<<>
Hotelfachschule
Fritz Gabler Schule
Rohrabacher Strasse 100
D-69 HEIDELBERG
Status : Baden-WUrttemberg State Institution
Level : Secondary
Catering Training
Openings leading to : leading positions in the
Hotel and Catering Administration (Assistant
Managers. Managers, Food and Beverage
Managers)
Nationals
Mittlere Reife (equal to GCE Ordinary
Level) - 3 years apprenticeship as
waiter or cook and afterwards two years
practical work in the Hotel and Catering
Industry
Foreigners
The same as mentioned above or 7 years
practical work in the industry - Good
working knowledge of German
(b) Age : 21 and older
(c) Language of studies : German
(d) Fees : Fee paying
Duration of studies : 2 years (4 terms)
Diplomas or Certificates : Hotelbetriebswirt
(Economist for the Hotel and Catering
Industry)
./.
1. Compulsory subjects :
German, English or French, French or
English, Economics, Book-Keeping, Hotel
Organisation, Hotel Technology
2. Optional subjects :
Mathematics, chemistry, typewriting.
J
ALLEMAGNE (République fédérale d 1 )
ALEMANIA (República Federal de)
Fachhochschule Mttnchen
Studienrichtung Fremdenverkehr
Lothstrasse 34
D - 8 MUNICH 2
Status:
Public
Level:
post secondary - university
The Fachhochschule, Munich offers a four-year course in
Management Studies and Business Administration with a
Tourism Option.
Openings leading to: hotel and catering industry (principally
in planning and accounting). Tour operators and occasionally
the Regional and Local Boards.
Conditions of admission: Duration of Studies: Four years of approximately 27 weeks per
year and 24 - 30 hours per week. For the first three years,
general business studies course. In the fourth year, students
choose one major option from:1. Business Organisation and Data Processing
2. Industry and Trade
3. Personnel Management
4- Marketing
5- Tourism.
Diplomas or C e r t i f i c a t e s ;
Graduate in Management Studies
•/•
9.
Course Structure for Graduates in Management Studies
Hours per week
SEMESTERS
1 and 2
Business administration
2
Marketing
2
Accountancy
6
Statistics
2
Mathematics
4
Data processing
Taxation
2
2
Economics
2
Econ. Geography or Soc. History
Law
2
English or French
2
German
2
General Education
2
Thesis
Tourism studies
Tourism Accounting
Law of tourism
Business Game
Tourism Seminar
30 hrs.
4 and 5
7 and 8
2
2
4
3
24 hrs.
26 hrs.
N.B. The above Institution is also covered by blue card
No. 4.3 related to training activities in the field
of tourism occupations.
4_ 3
1.
ALLEMAGNE (République fédérale d')
Name and address of I n s t i t u t i o n :
Fachhochschule München
Studienrichtung Fremdenverkehr
Lothstrasse 34
D - 8 MUNICH 2
2.
Status:
Public
3.
Level :
post secondary - university
4.
The Fachhochschule, Munich offers a four-year course in
Management Studies and Business Administration with a
Tourism Option.
5.
Openings leading t o : hotel and catering industry ( p r i n c i p a l l y
in planning and accounting). Tour operators and occasionally
the Regional and Local Boards.
6.
Conditions of admission: -
7-
Duration of Studies: Four years of approximately 27 weeks per
year and 24 - 30 hours per week. For the first three years,
general business studies course. In the fourth year, students
choose one major option from:1. Business Organisation and Data Processing
2. Industry and Trade
3. Personnel Management
4. Marketing
5. Tourism.
8.
1975
Graduate in Management Studies
•/•
9.
Course Structure for Graduates in Management Studies
Hours per week
SEMESTERS
1 and 2
Business administration
2
Marketing
2
Accountancy
6
Statistics
2
Mathematics
4
Data processing
Taxation
2
2
Economics
2
Econ. Geography or Soc. History
Law
English or French
German
General Education
Thesis
Tourism studies
Tourism Accounting
Law of tourism
Business Game
Tourism Seminar
4 and 5
7 and 8
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
30 hrs.
24 hrs.
26 hrs.
N.B. The above Institution is also covered by white card
of hotel occupations.
ALLEMAGNE (République fédérale d')
14.4
1.
Privaten Hotelbernfsfachschule Kermess
Blumenauer Strasse 151
I) - 8 MÜNCHEN 60 (Pasing)
2.
Status; Private body
3-
Level ;
4-
Secondary education
Institution including a section/department of tourism training
N.B. "Fremdenverkehr Slehore" "Wintschafts - u. Verkerhsgeographie" = "Tourism" and "Economic and Traffic
Geography" course.
5.
6.
Openings leading to; every occupation within the hotel and
catering trade as well as basic training for
apprenticeship
in travel agencies.
Conditions of admission;
(a) C e r t i f i c a t e s , Diplomas, Qualifications;
"Nationals
Primary School Certificate
Foreigners
Diploma of a German language course is essential
Adequate knowledge of the language (oral and writing) and
should provide ability to follow thesubjects of all lessons.
(b) Age; Minimum 16 years
(c) Language of Studies; German
7.
Duration of studies; 1 year divided in to 2 theoretical and
1 practical term.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates '.
School Diploma
9>
Tourism - 2 hours per week
Economic and Traffic Geography - 2 hours per week
Guest lecturers are invited from time to time and their
experience is discussed with the students in the respective
subjects.
1975
15
GREECE
GRECE
GRECIA
•1
1.
School of Tourist Professions
Dragatsaniou Street 4
GR-ATHENS_ 122
(Headquarters)
2.
Status: Public Institution
3.
Level: Junior College
4.
Institution concentrating only in Hotel
5.
Openings leading to: Provide a well balanced two year
training, which will prepare the trainee to enter
employment as a Junior Supervisor, with possibilities
to advance into a position of managerial level.
6.
Nationals
High School Diploma
Knowledge of one foreign language
Foreigners
High School Diploma
Knowledge of the Greek Language
(b) Age: up to 25 years old [both sexes]
(c) Language of studies: Greek
(d) Pees: none
(e) Fellowships: All education expenses are paid
by the Government
7.
Duration of studies: two years
8.
Diplomas or Certificates.'
Diploma in Hotel Technology
1975
• /•
9.
Junior College Level School of Tourist Professions of Rhodes
Course
1st year
credits
Bar operations
Wines and liqueur
Behaviour and Conduct
Course
2nd year
Hotel ManagementControl (costing)
1
Quantity ProductionMenu planning
2
6
4
Hotel Accounting
Hotel Building
Installation
English
1
6
French or German
6
2
Tourism
1
1
Hotel Correspondence
Client Psychology
Greek History
1
1
1
Hotel Law
2
Labour Law
Hotel Administration
1
1
0
Hotel OperationsHousekeeping
3
Introduction to
Pood preparation
4
Restaurant operations
and Management
Pood purchasinghandling and storage
General Tourist
Geography
Elements of Economics Accounting
Hygiene - Pood chemistry
English
1
6
French or German
6
Professional behaviour
Professional behaviour
0
Total
credits
2
33
Total
37
The School period lasts from October to May.
Prom June to September trainees are required to work in a Hotel
executing thus their on-the-job training programmes.
All students are boarders.
GREJECE
GRECE
GRECIA
National Tourist Organisation
Guide School
Pilellinon 15
GR - ATHENS
Status:
Public body
Level :
High School
Institution concentrating in Tourism Training
Openings leading to: Tourist Guides
Nationals
Gymnasium (High School) graduation certificate and
proficient in at least one foreign language.
Foreigners
Equivalent to nationals and must be fluent in Greek.
(For the time being there are certain legal restrictions
for getting a working licence).
(b) Age: 18 - 40 years (male candidates must have their
military service completed)
(c) Language of Studies: Greek
(d) Fees:
-
(e) Fellowships: Duration of s t u d i e s : one f u l l year (October u n t i l September
following year) including t r a i n i n g excursions and graduation
examinations.
Tourist Guide Diploma
•/•
9.
T i t l e s of Courses and Programmes of Studies:
Subjects taught
1. Ancient Greek h i s t o r y and c i v i l i s a t i o n
Teaching hours
40
2. Byzantine h i s t o r y and c i v i l i s a t i o n
45
3. History of Modern Greece
30
4« Archaeology of p r e h i s t o r i c Greece
60
5. Archaeology of c l a s s i c a l Greece
90
6. Archaeology of Byzantine and post-Byzantine period 90
7. History
of European and Modern Greek Art
60
8. Ancient Greek, Roman and Modern Greek Theatre
30
9. Greek Popular Art
20
10. Greek f o l k - l o r e
30
1 1 . Greek Geography
12. F i r s t Aid p r a c t i c e
25
15
13. Techniijue of Guiding
20
14. Tourist l e g i s l a t i o n
15
15- Lectures on various subjects
30
16. P r a c t i c a l teaching in a l l the Museums of Athens 100
17. Excursions around Greece for p r a c t i c a l
teaching in nearly a l l the Museums,
Archaeological S i t e s and H i s t o r i c a l Monuments
70 days
1 6 . 1 (REV.77)
1.
INDIA
INDE
INDIA
I n s t i t u t e of Hotel Management,
Catering Technology and Applied
2.
Nutrition,
Veer Sawarkar Marg (Cadell Road)
Opp. Veer Sawarkar Marg Post Office
Dadar-, (w. Railway)
BOMBAY 400 028
Status : Sponsored by the Ministry of Pood
and Agriculture
3.
level : Graduate for the 3 years diploma
course - post graduate for the one year
diploma course
4.
Catering Training
5. Employment opportunities : The course and
training imparted at the Institute will
fully equip the students to take up a position of responsibility in the yarious
branches of the Hotel Industry, such as
Hotel Management, General Pood Management
and Catering Management*, and in crafts of
Bakery, Cookery, Reception, Restaurant and
Counter Service and allied fields.
* Hospital and industrial feeding.
6.
Nationals
For the three years Hotel Management and
Catering : Pass in pre-university course
(12 years)/Pirst year university with and
in (1) English (2) Mathematics, or Science
(Physics and Chemistry,or Commerce, or
Indian Schools Certificates (with credit)
with and in (1) English and (2) Mathematics,
or Physics and Chemistry,or Commercial
Studies and principles of Accounts, or
H.S.C. (12 years) with and in English
(Higher Level) and Gr. Ill (Physics, Bio*logy and Chemistry),or Gr. IV (Mathematics and
Statistics), or Grade V (Home Science),or
Grade VI (Commerce).
./•
(b) Age :
(d) Fees : According to the type of course
Diploma Courses :
Diploma in Hotel Management
and Catering Technology
3
Post Diploma in Specialised
Hotel Management
1 year
Post Diploma in Dietetics
1 year
Post Diploma in Teacher
Training in Hotel Management
and Catering Technology
21 weeks
years
Certificate Courses :
Certificates in Pood Service
Management (Elementary Management)
21 weeks
Craft Certificate Courses :
Canning and Pood Preservation
1 year
Cookery
1 year
Bakery and Confectionery
1 year
Hotel Reception and Bookkeeping
24 weeks
Restaurant and Counter Service
24 weeks
Housekeeping
24 weeks
Diplomas or Certificates : See No.7 above.
All diplomas and certificates are recognised
by the Department of Technical Education,
Government of Maharashtra.
For the three years diploma course
First year : Cookery and Bakery; Nutritlon; Basic Science;. Restaurant and Counter
Service; Hotel Housekeeping and Services;
Calculation and Book-keeping; Hygiene
and Sanitation; First Aid; Commodities;
English (39 hours per week).
Second Year : Cookery and Bakery; Nutrition;
i'ood Science; Restaurant and Counter
Service; Housekeeping; Book-Keeping; Catering
Management; Hotel Reception; Law; English;
French; (39 hours per week)
Third Year : Cookery and Bakery; Food
Science; Restaurant and Counter Service;
Housekeeping; Furnishing and Decor; Bookkeeping and Accountancy; Catering Management; Hotel Reception; Law; Introduction to Management; Economics of Hotel
and Catering Industry; Maintenance;
French (39 hours per week).
INDIA
INDE
INDIA
16.2
1.
2.
Oberoi Hotel School
c/o Manpower Development Division
Hotel Oberoi Maidens
7 Alipur Road
Civil Lines
DELHI-110045
Status: Private
3.
level: Post Graduate Training in Hotel Management
4.
Institution concentrating only in Hotel and Catering Training
5.
6.
Junior Management Levels
Diploma in Hotel Management. Minimum 3 years course
after school. Graduate from recognised University i.e.
Minimum 3 years after school.
(d) Pees: Rs.50.000/- including Boarding. Allowance and
Lodging i.e. US$6.000 approximately (exchange rate
1 $ = Es.8.50).
7.
Duration of studies: 2 years. Held every two years.
Next Programme commencing 1 January 1978.
8.
Diplomas or certificates awarded: Post Graduate Diploma
in Hotel Management.
9.
Theory: Accounting, Engineering, Pood and Beverage,
Management, Purchasing, Room and Guest Services, Languages.
On-the-Job Training: Accounts and Pood and Beverage Controls,
Front Office and Lobby, Laundry, Engineering, Kitchen
Stewarding and Sanitation, Housekeeping, Telephones, Pood
Production, Pood and Beverage Service, General Administration.
1975
INDIA
INDE
INDIA
16.3
College of Vocational Studies
University of Delhi
7 Doctor's Lane, Gole Market
NEW DELHI 11001
2.
Status: Public Body, under University of Delhi
3. Level: Under-graduate. Post-graduate and Honours
Courses being introduced from next Academic Session.
4.
of Tourism Training
Name: Department of Tourism
Field: Covering general study of all aspects of Travel
and Tourist Trade. Propose specialising in Cultural Tourism,
Economics of Tourism and Travel Trade.
5.
Openings leading to: Generally for Middle Level Occupations.
for Travel Agencies, Department of Tourism, Civil Aviation
desk job), Guides, Indiam Tourism Development Corporation
! ITDC).
6.
Nationals
Higher Secondary or its equivalent Certificate
Foreigners
School leaving Certificate. Equivalence to be
granted by the Academic Council, Delhi University.
(Secondary or 11 years schooling).
(b) Age: minimum 16
1975
7.
Duration of studies: Three years as part of B.A.(Pass) Course
8.
Diplomas or certificates: Bachelor of Arts Degree.
?rom next year B.A.^Hons.) in Tourism and Postgraduate Diploma will be started. B.A. (Hons) 3 years and
Post-graduate Diploma 2 years (evening course).
9.
1st year: General subjects like History, Language, Economics,
Commerce, Political Science, etc.
2nd year: Tourism and General
3rd year: Mostly Tourism
IRELAND
IRELANDE
IRLANDE
17.1
1.
Regional Technical College
CARLOW
2.
Status: Semi-State Body under the co-ordination of the
Council for Education, Recruitment and Training for the
Hotel Catering and Tourism Industries (CERT).
3.
Level: Upper secondary - University
4.
5. Employment opportunities: Managerial positions in hotels
6.
Nationals
Leaving Certificate plus at least three years
experience full-time in the hotel industry.
Persons who do not possess the Leaving Certificate
must have at least five years' full-time experience
in the hotel industry and be approved by the
selection board.
(b) Age:
at least 20 years old
(d) Fees:
£160 per annum
(d) Fellowships: Limited financial assistance from
the CERT(Council for Education Recruitment and
Training for the Hotel Catering and Tourism Industry).
7.
2 years - 26 weeks per year from October to April.
Training period in selected hotels between the
2 years.
For further details write to CERT, 1 Ailesbury Road, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4.
1975
IRELAND
IHELANDE
IRLANDA
17.2
1.
Name and address of I n s t i t u t i o n
:
St-Mary'College
Cathal Brugha Street
DUBLIN 1
2.
3.
Level : Upper secondary - university.
Advanced training
4.
Institution including a section/department of Hotel and
Catering Training
- field : Hotel Management
5.
Openings leading to : -
6.
Nationals
Secondary School C e r t i f i c a t e
(b) Age : (c) Language of studies : English
7-
Duration of studies : 3 years
8.
Diplomas or certificates: -
9-
Titles of courses and programmes of studies s
-
Dietetics
Catering apprenticeship
Culinary art
Organisation of provision and reception services.
IRELAND
IRLANDE
IRLANDA
17.3. (REV.77)
1.
Shannon College of Hotel Management
Shannon Airport
RINEANNA
Co. Clare
2.
Status : Private Institution, supervised by the
National Ministry of Education
3.
4.
Catering Training
5.
Employment opportunities : Managerial positions
in Hotel, Motel and Restaurant Industry
6.
Nationals
Secondary School Certificate (University
standards).
Foreigners
University standards or equivalent
(t>) Age : 17 years and above
(d) Fees : Nationals £475 Foreigners £l,100(all in
(e) Fellowships : Scholarships and prizes
available
7.
Duration of studies •: 4 years (2 years
theoretical training; 2 years practical training).
8.
Diploma in Hotel Adminsitration(Recognised)
Culinary Courses
Methods of CookeryCommodities
Nutrition
Kitchen Management
Kitchen Organisation
Menu Planning
Buying Procedures
Frozen Pood
Processes
Kitchen Procedures
Elementary Dietetic
First Aid
Principles of Portion
Control
Quality Control and
Pood Storage
Hotel Organisation Courses
Reception Procedures
Furnishing and
Maintenance
Stores
Architecture
Kitchen, Bar, Dining
Equipment Control
Room Cost Checking
The Control Office
Systems
Hotel Correspondence
Stocktaking
Housekeeping
Service Courses
Principles of Waiting
Methods of Service
(a) French Service
(b) Silver Service
(c) Buffet Service
(d) Banqueting
Service
Working Discipline
Management
lighting, Floral
Decoration, Table
Arrangements
Care of Equipment
Menu Terminology
Wines, Oenology, Bar
and Cellar
Principles of
Management
Accountancy
Economics
Budgetary Control
Financial Analysis
Industrial Relations
Business Policy
Introduction to
Computers
Psychology
Work Study
Hotel Law and Company
Law
Tourism
Marketing
Courses
1 (REV.77)
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
Iatituto Professionale Alberghiero di Stato
"Pietro D'Abano",
Via Monteprtone 9,
35031 ABANO TERME (Padova)
Status : State School depending upon the
Ministry of Public Instruction
Level : Intermediate Standard
Institute concentrating only in Hotel
Administration and Catering TrainingEmployment opportunities : Qualified staff for
the different Hotel Departments
(a) National Diploma, Scuola Media, "Intermediate
Diploma
(b) Age : 14 - 18
(c) Language of studies : I t a l i a n
(d) Fees : Free
Hotel Administration Course (Secretariat)
Reception and Hotel Porters Course
Cookery and Pastry Course
Restaurant and Bar Service Course
(Walters)
Diplomas or Certificates delivered :
3 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
Final Examination Pass : Qualification Diploma
Titles of Courses and Programmes of Studies :
Hotel Administration School (Segreteria) :
Religion, General Culture and Civic Instruction,
Foreign Languages (English, German, French),
Professional Techniques, Geography and
./.
Organisation of Tourism, Book-keeping, Hotel
Administration, Study of goods, Professional
Hygiene, Typing, Physical Education, Practical
Work in the Secretariat, Administration and other
Departments.
Reception and Head Porters Course : Religion,
General Culture and Civic Instruction, Foreign
Languages (English, German, French), Professional
Techniques, Geography and Organisation of Tourism,
Introduction to Hotel Administration, Typing,
Physical Education, Practical Work in different
Departments.
Cookery Course : Religion, General Culture and
Civic Instruction, Foreign Languages (French,
English), Professional Techniques, Introduction
to the Study of Goods, Professional Hygiene,
Introduction to Administration, Physical Education,
Practical Work in the Kitchen and Pastry Department.
Bar and Restaurant Services (Course for Waiters) :
Foreign Languages (French, German), Professional
Techniques, Introduction to the Study of Goods,
Professional Hygiene, Introduction to Administration,
Typing, Physical Education, Practical Work in the
Departments
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.2
1.
Instituto Professionale Alberghiero
Via Adelsais 22
ALASSIO
(Savona)
2.
Status: State School depending upon the Ministry
of Public Instruction
3.
Level:
4.
5.
Employment opportunities: Qualified staff for the
different Departments of the Hotel Establishment.
6.
Intermediate Standard
Nationals
"Intermediate" Diploma required
(b) Age: 14 to 18
(c) Language of studies:
(d) Pees:
7.
Italian
Free
Secretariat and Administration Course
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diplomas or Certificates delivered:
At the end of the curriculum in the Professional
Institute, the students receive a Qualification Diploma.
Secretariat and Administration School
Religion, General Culture and Civic, Instruction, Foreign
Languages, Professional Techniques, Geography and Organisation of Tourism, Book-keeping, Hotel Administration,
Marketing, Professional Hygiene, Typing, Physical Education
and Recreation, Practical Work (Secretariat, Administration).
School for Head Porters
Rel igion, General Culture and Civic, Instruction, Foreign
Languages (English, German, French), Professional Techniques,
Geography and Organisation of Tourism, Introduction to
Administration, Typing, Physical Education and Recreation,
Practical Work.
Cookery School
Religion, General Culture and Civic, Instruction, French
Language, Professional Techniques, Introduction to Marketing,
Physical Education and Recreation, Practical Work.
Dining Room and Bar School
Languages, Professional Techniques, Introduction to Marketing, Professional Hygiene, Introduction to Administration,
Typing, Physical Education and Recreation, Practical Work.
18.3 (REV.77)
1.
gjgg
ITALIA
Name and address of Institute :
Istituto Professionale Alberghiero
di Stato "Armando Perotti",
Via Niceforo 8, telef.22.69.97
70124 BARI
2.
Status : State School supported by the
Italian Ministry of Education
3.
Level : Intermediate and advanced courses
4.
5.
Employment opportunities : qualified staff
for the various hotel departments
6.
Intermediate course : Diploma of the
Italian "scuola media"
Advanced course : Any of the diplomas of
the four intermediate courses organised
by the school
(b) Age : No age limits, but most students
aged 14-18
(c) Language of studies : Italian; some
lessons in English, French, German.
(d) Fees : Free
7.
Administration course
Hall Porters' course
Cookery course
Restaurant/Bar course
Advanced course
3
3
3
3
2
years
years
years
years
years (plus preceding 3 years)
•/.
a) At the end of the intermediate courses, professional diplomas relating to the sector
chosen;
b) at the end of the advanced course, advanced
diploma in hotel studies giving access to
the faculties of Italian universities.
Administration course :
Italian and Civic Education; Religious
Instruction; English, French and German;
Professional Techniques; Geography and
Tourist Organisation; Book-keeping;
Hotel Administration; Principles of
Alimentation and Professional Hygiene;
Typing; Physical Education; Practical
Administrative and Secretarial Work.
Hall Porters' course :
Instruction; English, French and German;
Professional Techniques; Geography and
Tourist Organisation; Introduction to
Administration; Typing; Physical Education; Practical Work.
Cookery course :
Education; French and English; Professional Techniques; Principles of Alimentation and Professional Hygiene; Introduction to Administration; Physical
Education; Practical Work.
Restaurant/Bar course :
Education; Choice of two foreign languages
(at the moment English and French); Professional Techniques; Principles of Alimentation; Typing; Physical Education; Practical
Work.
./.
Advanded course :
Italian Language and Literature; Religious
Education; History; Economics: Political
Economics and the Economics of Tourism;
Civil and Commercial Law, Social Legislation, Hotel and Catering Laws; Civic
Education; History; Sociology and Psychology of tourism; Geography-physical, political and touristic; Hotel Organisation and
Administration; Principles of Alimentation;
Hotel and Catering Technology and practical
application; First foreign language; Second
foreign language; Physical education.
/
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.4 (REV.77)
1.
Instituto Professionale Alberghiero,
Viale Delia Vittoria 6,
BERGAMD
(S. Pellegrino Terme)
2.
3.
4.
Catering Training
5.
Employment opportunities : Qualified staff for
the different Departments of the Hotel Establishment
6.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas, Qualifications :
Nationals
(b) Age : 14 to 18
(d) Fees : Free
7.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
3
3
3
years
years
years
years
Institute, the students receive a Qualification
Diploma.
./.
Religion, General Culture and Civic, Instruction,
Foreign Languages, Professional Techniques,
Geography and Organisation of Tourism, Bookkeeping, Hotel Administration, Marketing,
Professional Hygiene, Typing, Physical Education
and Recreation. Practical Work (Secretariat,
Administration;.
Professional Techniques, Geography and Organisation of Tourism, Introduction to Administration
Typing, Physical Education and Recreation,
Practical Work.
Cookery School
French Language, Professional Techniques,
Introduction to Marketing, Professional Hygiene,
Introduction to Administration, Physical
Education and Recreation, Practical Work.
Introduction to Administration, Typing, Physical
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.5
1.
Via N. Sauro
BRINDISI
2.
Status: State School depending upon the
3.
Level:
4.
Institution concentrating only in
5.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age_:
14 to 18
(d) Fees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
1975
Practical Work.
Cookery School
18.6
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
(SSV.77)
1.
Harne and address of Institution:
Instituto Professional Alberghiero "Saffl",
Via Mannelli 113
FIRENZE
2.
Status; State School depending upon the Ministry
of Public Instruction
3.
Level:
4.
Institution concentrating only in Hotel and Catering
Training
5.
6.
Nationals
(b)
Age:
14 t o 18
(c)
Language of s t u d i e s :
(d)
Fees:
Italian
7.
8.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Dining Room and Ear Course
Post-qualification Course
3
3
3
3
2
years
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
At the end of the two years Post-qualification
course the student must pass a national
examination awarding a National Certificate.
(Por Expert in the Hotel and Catering Field).
This certificate entitles him to attend courses
at University level.
Secretarial and Administration School
Foreign Languages, Professional Techniques, Geography
and Organisation of Tourism, Book-keeping, Hotel
Administration, Marketing, Professional Hygiene, Typing,
Physical Education and Recreation, Practical Work
(Secretariat, Administration).
Professional Techniques, Geography and Organisation of
Tourism, Introduction to Administration, Typing,
Cookery School
French Language, Professional Techniques, Introduction
to Marketing, Professional Hygiene, Introduction to
Administration, Physical Education and Recreation,
Practical Work.
Introduction to Administration, Typing, Physical
Expert in the Hotel and Catering Field
Religion, Italian, History, Tourist and Political
Economics, Civic Culture, Fundamental Legal Concepts,
Catering Law, History, Sociology, Psychology of
Tourism, Georgraphy and Organisation of Tourism,
Business Studies, Nutrition and Food Science +
Management and Control, two Foreign Languages,
Physical Education.
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.7
Piazza Vinta 10
FORLI
(Riccione)
2.
3. Level:
4.
5. Employment opportunities: Qualified staff for the
6.
nationals
(b) Age_: 14 to 18
(c) Language of studies: Italian
(d) Pees:
Free
7.
8.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
1975
• /.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.8
Via A. Diaz 6
FROSINONE
(Fiuggi)
2.
3.
Level:
4.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Fees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.9
1.
Instituto Professionale Alberghiero "Via Alba"
GARDONE RIVIERA
(Brescia)
2.
3.
Level:
4.
5.
Qualified staff for
the different Departments of the Hotel Establishment.
6.
Intermediate Standard,
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Pees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
1975
•A
languages (English, German, French), Professional Techniques,
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.10
1.
"Marco Polo"
Via Niccolo Oderico 10
GENOVA
2.
3.
Level:
4.
Catering Training
5. Employment opportunities: Qualified staff for
the different Departments of the Hotel Establishment.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Pees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
Pining Room and Bar School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.11
1.
"Villa Margherita"
Via Cremato
ISCHIA
2.
3.
Level:
4.
5.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Pees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Hoom and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.12 (REV.
1.
Istituto Professionale Alberghiero,
via Casamicciola,
Marina di Massa
(Massa Carrara)
2.
Status : Upper School depending upon the
3.
Level : Upper Intermediate Standard
4.
Institution concentrating in Tourism, Hotel
catering and management training
5.
the different sectors of the Hotel Establishment.
6.
Nationals
Lower Intermediate Diploma required
(b) Age : 14 to 18
(d) Fees : Free
7.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Restaurant and Bar Course
8.
3
3
3
3
years
years
years
years
At the end of a 3 year course of studies the
pupils must pass a qualifying exam in order
to obtain the relative diploma which allows
them to enter the chosen sector of the hotel.
./.
After the 3 year course the students possessing
a Qualification Diploma, can continue their
studies.
That is, they c JI attend a 2 year
course in Hotel Technology and then take the
matriculation exams; having passed these exams
they then qualify for admission to university.
During the summer season, the students are
sent to high class hotels in Italy and abroad
to improve and perfect their knowledge of the
hotel and the foreign languages they have
studied.
Titles, of courses and programmes of studies :
Foreign languages (English, German and French),
Professional Techniques, Geography and Organisation of Tourism, Book-Keeping, Hotel
Administration, Commercial Technology, Marketing,
Administration).
Course for Head Hall Porters
Religion, General and Civic Instruction,
Foreign Languages (French, German and English),
Organisation of Tourism, Introduction to
Administration, Typing, Physical Education and
Recreation, Practical Work.
Cookery Course
Foreign languages (French and English),
Professional Techniques, Introduction to
Marketing, Professional Hygiene, Introduction
to Administration, Commercial Technology,
Physical Education and Recreation, Practical
Work.
Foreign Languages, (French, English and German),
to Administration, Commercial Technology,
Work.
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.13
Via G-iovenale 2 bis
NAPOLI
2.
Status: State School depending upon
the Ministry of Public Instruction
3.
Level:
4.
Catering Training
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Fees: Free
7.
8.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
1975
• /•
Practical Work.
Cookery School
Pining Room and Bar School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.14
1.
Via Lincoln 73
PALERMO
2.
3.
Level:
4.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Fees:
7.
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
8. Diplomas or Certificates delivered:
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.15 (REV.77)
1.
Istituto Professionale Alberghiero di Stato
"G. Magnaghi" ,
V. le Romagnosi n. 7 .
43039 SALSOMAGGIORE TERME (PR)
2.
Ministr-y of Public Instruction.
3.
4.
Catering Training
5.
Employment opportunities : qualified staff for
the different Departments of the Hotel
Establishment.
6.
Nationals
(t>) Age. : 14 to 18
(c) Language of studies : Italian
(d) Fees : Free
7.
Secretariat and Administration Cours~e
Cookery Course
8.
3 years
3 years
3 years
Diploma.
Administration;, Hotel Legislation
Cookery School
French and English Language, Professional
Techniques, Introduction to Marketing,
Professional Hygiene, Introduction to
Administration, Physical Education and Recreation,
Practical Work.
Restaurant and Bar School
Introduction to Marketing, Professional
Hygiene, Introduction to Administration,
Work.
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.16
1.
PIEDIMONTE D 1 ALIFE
(Caserta)
2.
3.
Level:
4.
5.
Employment opportunities: qualified staff for the
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Fees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Boom and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
1 8 . 1 7 (REV.77)
1.
Name and address of Institution. :
"Ferdinando Martini",
MONTECATINI TERME.
Pistoia
2.
3.
4.
Catering Training
5.
Establishment.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age : 14 to 18
(d) Fees : Free
7.
8.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Dining Room and Bar Course
3
3
3
3
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Foreign languages (English, French, German),
Administration, Marketing, Professional Hygiene,
Practical Work (Secretariat, Administration).
School for Head Portera
Foreign languages (English, German, French),
Cookery School
Religion, General Culture' and Civic Instruction,
French and English, Professional Techniques,
Introduction to Administration, Physical
Foreign Languages (French and English),
to Administaation, Typing, Physical Education
and Recreation, Practical Work.
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
. 18.18
1.
Rione Lucoanses
POTENZA
2.
the Ministry of Public. Instruction
3.
Level:
4.
5. Employment opportunities; qualified staff for the
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
Italian
(d) Pees: Free
7.
8.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
1975
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.19
1.
I n s t i t u t o Professionale
P i a z z a Adriano
RIETI
Alberghiero
2.
3.
Level:
4.
Institution concentring only in
5.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age: 14 to 18
(d) Fees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.20
1.
Piazza Stazione 10
R0CCARAS0
(L'Aquila)
2.
3.
Level: Intermediate Standard
4.
Institution concentring only in
5. Employment opportunities: qualified staff for the
6.
nationals
(b) Age: 14 to 18
Italian
(d) Pees: Free
7.
Duration of s t u d i e s :
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
.21 (REV.77)
1.
Via S. Calenda 6,
84100 SALERNO
2.
Ministry of Public Instruction.
3.
4.
Catering Training
5.
for the different Departments of the Hotel
Establishment.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age : 14 to 18
(c) Language o-f studies : I t a l i a n
(d) fees : Free
7.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
3
3
3
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
• /.
Professional Hygi-ene, Typing, Physical Education
Admini s trati on;.
Administration, Typing, Physical Education
and Recreation, Practical Work.
Cookery School
French language, Professional Techniques,
Work.
Practical Work.
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.22
1. Käme and address of Institution:
Via Molescott 17
SASSARI
2.
3.
Level:
4.
Institution concentrating only
in Hotel and Catering Training
different departments of the Hotel establishment.
6.
Nationals
"Intermediate" Diploma required.
(b) Age_: 14 to 18
(d) Pees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Hoom and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Institute, the students receive a qualification
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
.23 (REV.77)
1.
Istituto Professionale Alherghiero,
Via Podesti, 75,
SENIGALLIA
(Ancona)
2.
Status : State .School depending upon the
3.
4.
Catering Training
5.
the different departments of the Hotel
Establishment.
6.
Nationals
(t>) Age : 14 to 18
(d) Fees : (Free) L. 4.480 + 320 for attendance
L. 1.500
for enrolment
7.
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3 years
3 years
3 years
Diploma.
./.
Title's of courses and programmes of studies :
Foreign Languages (English, French, German),
Organisation oí Tourism, Book-keeping,' Hotel
Administration, Marketing, Professional Hygiene,
Practical Work (Secretariat, Administration).
Cookery School
French language (English, French), Professional
Administration, Physical Education and
Foreign languages (English, French),
to Administration, Physical Education and
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.24
1.
Warne and address of Institution:
"Pellegrino Artusi"
Via Véneto 51
SIENA
2.
3.
Level:
4.
5.
different departments of the Hotel Establishment.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Pees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
languages, Professional Techniques, Geography and Organisation of Tourism, Book-keeping, Hotel Administration,
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.25
1. Mame and address of Institution:
SOVERATO
2.
3.
Level:
4.
6.
Hationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
Italian
(d) Fees: Free
7.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Institute, the students receive a qualification
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ÏTASA
18.26 (REV.77)
1.
Via S. Carlo,
SPOLETO
(Perugia)
2.
Ministry of Public Instruction.
3.
4.
5.
Establishment.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age : 14 to 18
(d) Pees : Free
7.
Secretarial and Administration Course
Head Porter's Course
Cookery Course
Dining-Room and Bar Course
8.
3
3
3
3
years
years
years
years
Upon successful completion of the Institute's
curriculum and after passing a qualifying exam,
the student receives a Diploma of Qualification.
./.
Secretarial and Administration Course
Foreign languages, Professional Techniques,
Geography and Organisation of Tourism,
Book-keeping, Hotel Administration, Marketing,
Professional Hygiene, Typing, Physical
Education and Recreation, Practical Work
(Secretariat, Administration).
Professional Techniques, Geograhpy and
Cookery School
French and English, Professional Techniques,
Work.
Dining-Room and Bar School
Practical Work.
Syllabus for the further two year course
leading to the School Leaving Certificate
for Technicians in the Hotel and Catering
Industry :
Religious Instruction, Italian Language and
Literature, History, Political and Tourist
Economics, Law (Civic and Tourist Legislation),
./.
Civic Instruction, The History, Sociology
and Psychology of Tourism, Physical, Political
and Tourist Geography, Hotel Management and
Administrative Techniques, Principles of
dietetics, Hotel Technology and Practical
Studies, Two Foreign Languages, Physical
Education.
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.27
1.
"E. Maggia"
Via Regina 3
STEESA
2.
3. Level:
4.
Institution concentraring only in
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Fees: Free
7.
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Boom and Bar Course
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.28 (REV.77)
1.
Mame and address of Institution :
Corso Principe Oddone 19,
TORINO
2.
3.
4.
Institution concentrating only on Hotel and
Catering Training
5.
Establishment.
6.
Nationals
(b) Age : 14 to 18
(d) Fees : Free
7.
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3 years
3 years
3 years
Diploma.
• /.
Religion, General Culture and Civic, Foreign
Languages (French, English and German),
Administration, Marketing, Professional
Hygiene, Typing, Physical Education and
Recreation, Practical Work (Secretariat,
Administration).
Cookery School
Religion, General Culture and Civic, French
Language and English Language, Professional
Religion, General Culture and Civic, Foreign
Languages (French and English), Professional
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.29
1.
Wame and address of Institution:
Via M. Tanaredi Rossi
VERCELLI
(Varallo Sesia)
2.
3.
Level:
4.
5- Employment opportunities: qualified staff for the
6.
Nationals
(b) Age: 14 to 18
(d) Fees:
7.
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.30
1.
Hame and adress of Institution:
Fonti
VICENZA
2.
3.
Level:
4.
Institution concentrating only
in Hotel and Catering Training
6.
Nationals
(b) Age:
14 to 18
(d) Fees:
7.
Italian
Free
Concierge Course
Cookery Course
Room and Bar Course
8.
3
2
2
2
years
years
years
years
Diploma.
Practical Work.
Cookery School
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.31
1.
Universita degli Studi di Eirenze
Via Curtatone
I-5OI23 FIREMZE
2.
Status: Public
3.
Level : University
4.
Training (in the Faculty of Economics and Commerce)
Field: Course of expertise in the Economics of Tourism
5.
Openings leading to: -
6.
Conditions of admission: -
7. Duration of studies: each year from February to June
(classes are held on weekday evenings from 18.00 to 20.00
hours).
8.
Diplomas or Certificates delivered: Certificate of
Proficiency of the University
9.
Corso di Perfezionamento in Economia del Turismo
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1975
Economics of Tourism
Italian and Foreign Tourist Law
Economics of the Tourist Enterprises
Tourist Statistics
Tourist Publicity
Geography of Tourism
Economics of Transport Enterprises
Technique of Foreign Exchange
ITALY
ITALIE
ITALIA
18.32
1.
Istituto Técnico per il Turismo
Via Bernadino Veno N.33/6
1-20141 MILANO
2.
Statut : public
3. Hiveau : secondaire,supérieur
4. Etablissement entièrement consacré au tourisme
5.
Débouchés : Technicien du tourisme au niveau de la recherche
et de la direction
6.
Nationaux
Certificat d'Enseignement Secondaire
Etrangers
Equivalent, reconnu par le Conseil de Professeurs
de l'établissement.
(b) Age : 14 ans
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : cinq ans
8.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés : Diplôme de Technicien
en Tourisme
9.
Culture générale : religion; langue et littérature
italienne; Histoire et éducation civique; Histoire de l'Art;
Mathématiques; Physique.
Langues étrangères : français, anglais, allemand.
Matières professionnelles et complémentaires : géographie ;
transports; techniques du tourisme; informatique; comptabilité générale; Economie politique; Statistiques et finances;
promotion, publicité et relations publiques; fonctionnement
des agences.
1975
ÍÍÜfíL,
J^LIE
18.33
1.
(IUOTO/WTO)
^UIOOT/oMTj
Nom e t adresse de l ' é t a b l i s s e m e n t :
Centre I n t e r n a t i o n a l d ' E t u d e s
S u p é r i e u r e s du Tourisme
(CIEST)
Palazzo del Lavoro
1-10127 TORINO
2.
Statut : -
3.
Niveau : post-secondaire et universitaire
4.
(cours par correspondance;cycles d'études de perfectionnement général)
5.
Débouchés : formation permanente des cadres du tourisme)
(organisations des secteurs public et privé)
6.
Conditions d'admission (certificats, diplômes,
qualifications)
- cours par correspondance : fin d'études secondaires
ou expérience dans une organisation touristique
- cycles d'études de perfectionnement général : diplômes
universitaires ou formation pratique dans un poste de
responsabilité (organisation touristique)
7.
Cycle d'études de perfectionnement général : 3 semaines
Cours par correspondance : voir Programmes des études
8.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés : Cours par correspondance
un certificat pour chaque cours. Cycles d'études de perfectionnement général : - certificat d'assiduité; - diplôme
(examens de fin de cycles).
9.
A.
1975
Cours par correspondance
1.
Cours d'initiation au tourisme
Diffusé en anglais, français, espagnol
Durée : neuf mois
Enseignement : en neuf chapitres
Date de création : 1963
2.
Formation au marketing du personnel des entreprises
nationales de tourisme
Durée : un an
Enseignement : en douze chapitres
3. Etude de marché
Durée : quatre à six mois
Enseignement : les six premiers chapitres du
cours de formation au marketing
4.
Prévisions - distribution - promotion
Durée : q.uatre à six mois
Enseignement : les chapitres VII à XII du cours
de formation au marketing
Hôte : Les étudiants qui auront suivi les cours 3 et 4
ci-dessus, bénéficient du diplôme attribué pour
le cours No. 2.
5.
Promotion des services touristiques (planification action - contrôle)
Durée : cours accéléré de quatre à six mois
Enseignement : six chapitres
6.
Distribution and sales of tourist services
Diffusé en anglais seulement(provisoirement)
Durée : cours accéléré de quatre à six mois
Enseignement : six chapitres
En préparation :
Réglementation et législation touristique
Diffusé en français la première année
Durée : six mois
Date de création : courant 1975
B. Cycles d'études de perfectionnement général
Six enseignements de base, à raison de deux par semaine
- Sociologie et psychologie en tourisme
- Tourisme et économie
- Politique de gestion
- Marketing et management
- Aménagement touristique du territoire
- Interdépendance du tourisme et des transports
- Conférences programmées; Séminaires de travaux
d'application dirigés, par petits groupes; Réunions
- débats de synthèse, visites techniques; Cas
d'entreprises de tourisme.
JAPAN
JAPON
JAPON
19.1
1.
Name and address of I n s t i t u t i o n ;
Tourism Department
Osaka Seiki Women's Junior College
2 - 5 Aikawa Nakadori
Higashi - Ypdogawa - Ku
OSAKA
2.
Status: Private body under government contract
3-
•
Level ;
College level training
N.B. Only senior high school (primary school 6 years; junior
high school 3 years; senior high school 3 years) graduates
or persons, whose qualifications are recognised as equal
to these are eligible for admission to the college.
4-
5-
Openings leading to: Government or corporation employees
relating to tourism. Tourist Agency business office employees.
Foreign trading firm employees.
Hotels and inns or other
tertiary industry, clerks etc.
6.
Nationals
Diploma or certificate of graduation from senior high
school or qualifications corresponding.
Foreigners
Equivalent qualifications and must have a good knowledge
of the Japanese language. (Accommodation is not provided
and therefore must be arranged by the student accordingly).
^ ^
^ ^
(b) Age:
7-
18 - 21 years
Total duration is 2 years
First Seminar: April 1 - July 20
Summer vacation: July 21 - August 31
Autumn vacation: September 16 - September 30
Second Seminar: October 1 - March 31
Winter vacation: December 25 - January 7
N.B. Hotel training is emphasized during the course.
8.
1975
Diplomas or Certificates*
Diploma of graduation from Tourism Department.
Students are given qualifications appointing them as chief
official statisticians, if they take Statistics, and secretary
if they are qualified as junior upper class secretary.
/
Subjects;
Outline of Tourism; History of Tourism; Tourism Policy;
Tourist Industry; Outline of International Tourism; Tourist
Resources; Tourism facilities; Tourism publicity; Tourist
induction; Tourist Survey; Accounting for tourist industry;
Outline of Cultural Asset for Tourism; Greeting and
Arrangement of and for Tourists; Tourist Geography; Practical
Business on Hotels, Inns, etc.; Special Lectures on Tourism;
Dietetics; Hygiene; Tourist English; Commercial English;
Secretarial Practice; Tourist English Conversation;
Statistics; Japanese Geography; Tourist Traffic; Tourism
Field Training; Outline of "Secretary" Services; English
Typewriting; French, German and Spanish.
JAPAN
JAPON
JAPON
19.2 (REV.77)
1.
Department of Tourism,
College of Social Relations,
Rikkyo (St. Paul's) University,
3, Chôme Nishi - Ikebukuro,
Toshimaku,'
TOKYO
2.
Status : Private body
3.
4.
of Tourism
Name : 1.
2.
Department of Tourism in the
College of Social Relations
School of Hotel Administration
and Tourism of the Rikkyo
Institute of Tourism (the purpose
of the school is to offer education
in the management of hotels and in
Tourism, not only to students of
Rikkyo University, but also to
students of other universities and
those who are actually working in
the related industries).
5.
Employment opportunities : hotel, restaurant,
travel agency, land development, passenger
carrier, retailing business, etc.
6.
Nationals
High school level education and entrance
examination
Foreigners
Equivalent to nationals and entrance
examination in Japanese
(b) Age : 18 years
.
7.
1.
2.
8.
1.
2.
9.
4 years : freshman year, sophomore year,
junior year, senior year
Three times per week for one year
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology
Schools Diploma
1.
2.
Curriculum for the degree of Bachelor of
Arts in Sociology for the Department of
Tourism (completion of 80 credits in the
Department of Tourism and of 54 credits
in the Department of General Education for
the B.A.)
Introduction to Tourism
Governmental Policies in Tourism
law in Tourism
Social Tourism
Domestic Tourism
Economic Problems in To'urism
Sociological Problems of Leisure
Psychological Problems of Tourism
Travel Agent Administration
Principles of Transportation
Principles of the Tourist Industry
Statistics in Tourism
Resources in Tourism
Principles of Area Development in Tourism
Principles of National Parks
Principles of Sea Parks
Others
20.1
1.
MEXICO
MEXIQUE
MEXICO
Escuela Mexicana de Turismo
Plaza Río de Janeiro núm. 65
MEXICO 2
2.
Estatuto: Fundada por la Asociación Mexicana de Hoteles y Moteles, A.C. La escuela se rige por la ley
federal de turismo.
Nivel:
Establecimiento con una sección de formación hotelera
Nombre : Especialidad: La escuela tiene dos especialidades:
Técnico en hotelería y técnico en turismo.
5.
Salidas profesionales: El alumno que termine el curso de técnico en hotelería se podrá iniciar dentro
de la industria hotelera y gastronómica como ayudante en los siguientes departamentos en hoteles y restaurantes: recepción, relaciones públicas, costo de
alimentos y bebidas, auditoría de ingresos, capitán
de cafetería y de comedor y almacén, entre otros.
6.
Nacionales
Certificado de enseñanza secundaria, comercio o
prevocacional. Carta de buena conducta de la
escuela de donde procede. Dos cartas de recomendación de firmas.
(b) Edad: (c) Idioma de enseñanza: español
(d) Gastos de estudios: sí
3 años.
Diploma de técnico en hotelería.
1975
• /•
9.
Plan de estudios
Técnico en hoteleria y turismo
Primer año
Segundo semestre
Primer semestre
Inglés I
Inglés II
Contabilidad I
Contabilidad II
Mecanografía I
Mecanografía II
Organización de oficinas
Geografía turística de México
Introducción al estudio de
Lengua española II
turismo
Personal uniformado
Servicio de restaurante
(sala) II
(sala) I
Lengua española I
Especialidades
Técnico en hoteleria
Segundo año
Tercer semestre
Cuarto semestre
Inglés III
Inglés IV
Contabilidad III
Contabilidad IV
Psicología de las relacioPromoción y ventas
nes humanas
Introducción al estudio de
Correspondencia en español
investigación del mercado
turístico
Principios de economía
Ley
del trabajo y S.S.
Recepción
Reservaciones
(manejo de equipo y
Servicio de restaurante (teoutensilios) III
ría de preparación de alimentos) IV
Tercer año
Quinto semestre
Sexto semestre
Inglés V
Inglés VI
Técnica de la disertación
Correspondencia en inglés
Auditoría de ingresos
Historia del arte
Técnica hotelera
Grupos y convenciones
Costo de alimentos y bebidas Instalaciones y mantenimiento
Ama de llaves y ropería
Operación de restaurantes.
N.B. Existe una segunda ficha Uo. 20.2 azul de la Institución
más arriba mencionada, que cubre las actividades de
formación para el turismo.
20.2
1.
MEXICO
MEXIQUE
MEXICO
Escuela Mexicana de Turismo
Plaza Río de Janeiro núm. 65
MEXICO 2
2.
Estatuto: Fundada por la Asociación Mexicana de
Hoteles y Moteles, A.C. La escuela se rige por la
ley federal de turismo.
3.
Nivel: Superior.
4.
Establecimiento con una sección de formación de
técnicos en turismo!
5.
Salidas profesionales: Técnicos de Turismo.
6.
Certificado de enseñanza secundaria, comercio o
estudios equivalentes. Carta de buena conducta y recomendación de la escuela anterior.
(b) Edad: 17 años mínimo.
(c) Idioma de enseñanza: español.
(d) Gastos de estudios: sí.
7.
8.
Diploma de técnico en turismo.
9.
Plan de estudios
Técnico en turismo
Primer año
Primer semestre
Inglés I
Contabilidad I
Mecanografía I
Administración I
Introducción al estudio del
turismo
Servicios de restaurante I
Estadística
3 años (seis semestres).
Segundo semestre
Inglés II
Contabilidad II
Mecanografía II
Geografía turística de Méxi
Administración II
Servicios de restaurante II
Ley Federal del Trabajo
y S.S.
Segundo año
Tercer semestre
Cuarto semestre
Inglés III
Inglés TV
Contabilidad IV
Contabilidad III
Psicología de las relacio- Promoción y ventas
Investigación de mercados
nes humanas
Correspondencia en español Administración IV
Tráfico y ventas
e inglés (2 horas cada
Seminario de investigación
idioma)
turística nacional
Administración III
Agencia de viajes
(Turismo de importación)
Geografía turística internacional
Tercer año
Sexto semestre
Quinto semestre
Inglés V
Seminario de investigación
turística internacional
Grupos y convenciones
Administración pública
turística
Boletaje y reglamentación
IATA
Agencia de viajes
(Turismo de exportación)
Inglés VI
Operación de agencia de
viajes
Artesanías
Publicidad especializada
Laboratorio de boletaje y
tráfico
N.B. Existe una segunda ficha No. 20.1 blanca de la Institución
formación para la hotelería.
MOROCCO
MAROC
MARRUECOS
21.1
1.
Institut Supérieur de Tourisme
TANGER
2.
Statut : public
3.
Niveau : post-secondaire
4.
Cet établissement comprend 2 sections préparant au Diplôme
Supérieur d'Etudes Touristiques et au Diplôme Supérieur de
Gestion Hôtelière.
5.
Débouchés : Agences de voyages, compagnies de transports,
guide-interprète, animateur, animateur-responsable de
relations publiques dans une organisme touristique,
société d'aménagement ou tout autre organisme de tourisme,
officiel ou privé.
6.
Nationaux/Etrangers
Baccalauréat ou diplôme équivalent. Admission sur
concours-.
(b) Age : 18 ans minimum et 25 ans maximum au 31 décembre
de l'année du concours.
Note : d'une manière générale, la priorité est accordée
aux candidats marocains, maghrébins et africains.
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : deux ans, soit quatre semestres.
Le premier semestre comporte un tronc commun, l'ensemble
des disciplines étant enseigné à tous les élèves. A partir
du deuxième semestre de la première année d'études, peuvent
fonctionner trois options.
8.
Diplôme Supérieur d'Etudes Touristiques
1975
• /•
Titres des cours et programmes des études
A.
B.
Tronc commun (ler semestre) 37 heures
(i) Disciplines de formation générale et de culture
touristique (psycho-sociologie du tourisme, géographie,
histoire); (ii) Langues vivantes et étrangères;
(iii) Disciplines de formation économique et juridique
(économie générale, touristique, législation);
(iv) Enseignement pratique et technologie (dactylographie,
émission et ventes).
Option : Techniques de production et de vente 36 heures
(i) Disciplines de formation générale et de culture
touristique (arabe, français, géographie); (ii) Langues
vivantes étrangères; (iii) Disciplines de formation
économique et juridique (économie d'entreprise,
législation, économie touristique; (iv) Enseignement
pratique, technologie professionnelle (dactylographie,
transports, forfaits, ininéraires).
C.
Option : Accueil
(i) Arabe,français, géographie, histoire de l'Art;
(ii) Deux langues obligatoires, une facultative;
(iii) Economie d'entreprise, législation, relations;
(iv) Dactylographie, itinéraires, documentation.
D.
Option : Administration et Aménagement
(i) Formation générale, géographie appliquée; (ii) Une
langue; (iii) Economie générale, économie d'entreprise,
économie touristique, mathématiques appliquées,
statistiques, législation; (iv) dactylographie,
Aménagement touristique, documentation.
NETHERLANDS
PAYS-BAS
PAISES-BAJOS
22.1
1.
School voor Toeristisehe Vorming
Boschstraat 32-34
NL-BREDA
2.
Status: Private Body
3.
Level:
4.
5.
Openings leading to: All Higher Occupations in Tourism
6.
Post Graduate
Nationals
Secondary School plus Admission Test
Foreigners
Same as for Nationals
(b) Age: 18 years
7.
2 years (breakdown 20 weeks)
8.
Tourism Certificate
9.
Physical geography of Netherlands, physical geography of
other countries, air transport, inclusive tours, mass
tourism, cruises, ferries, ticketing, railways, bus
excursions, rate-making, travel agencies, field research,
correspondance, telex service, telephone service, project
training, publicity, sales techniques, law, social training,
history or art, general training, social science, representation, reception, organisation, public speaking, booking,
Spanish conversation, English, German, tourism techniques
(English), tourism techniques (German), cartography,
Advanced Dutch, budget-making.
1975
23.1
1.
PERU
PEROU
PERU
Escuela Nacioril de Turismo
Jirón Junin num. 393
LIMA
2.
Estatuto:
público
3.
Nivel:
4.
Establecimiento enteramente consagrado a la formación turística
5.
universitario
Guía nacional de turismo y
tración turística
6.
técnico en adminis-
Nacionales
Certificados de estudios secundarios, de
buena conducta, de salud, etc.
Extranjeros
Los mismos, pero revalidados por el Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores
(b) Edad:
hasta 25 años
español
7.
seis semestres (3 años)
8.
Guía nacional de turismo
Técnico en administración turística
9.
Dos semestres de estudios generales; cuatro
semestres de especialidad: guías o técnicos
1975
PERU
PEROU
PERU
23.2
1.
Escuela Superior de Turismo del Perú
Jirón Puno 248
PE-LIMA
^P
2.
Status: Public
3.
Level:
4.
5»
Openings leading to: Tourist Guides, Tourist Assistants
6.
Post Secondary
Completed Secondary Education + Entrance Examination
(b) Language of studies: Spanish
7. Duration of studies" Three years and three months of
practical work in industry.
»
8.
Diplomas or Certificates!
Official Tourist Guide, Official Tourist Assistant
9.
First Cycle: English, Concepts of Law, Mathematics, Spanish,
Tourism Geography, History of Art and Culture, Tours and
Touring, Introduction to Psychology.
Second Cycle: English, National Tourism Organisation, Theory
and Techniques of Tourism I, Folklore I, History of Peruvian
Art and Culture, First Aid, Techniques of Guiding I,
Archeology I.
Third Cycle : English, History of Peruvian Culture II, Theory
and Techniques II, International Tourism Organisation, Public
Relations, History of Peruvian Art, Peruvian Tourism Circuits.
Fourth Cycle : English, History of Peruvian Culture III,
Organisation and Administration of Enterprises, Market
Analysis, Techniques of Guiding II, Folklore II, Travel
Agencies I, Archeology II.
Fifth Cycle: English, Communications and Records, Accounting,
Transportation I, Hotel keeping I, Travel Agencies II,
Publicity and Advertising, Methodology of Thesis.
Sixth Cycle: English, World Tourist Circuits, Hotelkeeping II, Transportation II, Techniques of Guiding III,
History of Lima, Statistics, Professional Ethics.
1975
PUERTO RICO
PORTO RICO
PUERTO RICO
24.1 (REV.77)
1. Hombre y dirección del establecimiento;
Escuela de Administración Hotelera
de Puerto Rico
Universidad de Cornell
P.O. Box 12112, Loiza Station
SAHTURCE, Puerto Rico 00914
2.
Estatuto:
3.
Nivel;
4.
hotelera de personal gerencial
5.
Salidas profesionales; Posiciones de supervisión
(gerenciales - ejecutivas) en la industria de la
hospitalidad
6.
Condiciones de .admisión
Universitario
(a) Diplomas, certificados, calificaciones;
Nacionales
índice académico no menor de 2.00 (Escuela superior
o institución acreditada equivalente); Examen de
Ingreso a instituciones universitarias.
Extranjeros
Igual a lo anterior
(b) Edad;
No hay límite establecido
Español
7.
Duración de la enseñanza; Dos años divididos en
dos semestres cada uno. Los semestres (cuatro en total)
tienen una duración aproximada de cinco meses cada uno.
8.
Diploma (Grado Asociado para un curso de 2 años
en administración hotelera)
9.
Título de loa cursos y programa de estudios:
Primer aflo
Frimer semestre:
Orientación turística
'Fundamentos de contabilidad
Inglés I
Ley hotelera
Administración de hoteles
Nutrición
Administración de personal hotelero
Segundo semestre:
Etica
Contabilidad Intermedia
Inglés II
Ley comercial
Saneamiento
Principios de ingeniería hotelera
Psicología aplicada
Segundo año
Primer semestre:
Mantenimiento y administración de planta física
Manejo de alimentos y bebidas
Economía III
Ventas
Inglés III
Compostura
Matemática de finanzas
•Principios de producción de alimentos
Segundo semestre:
•Programación hotelera preliminar
Preparación de menú
Fundamentos de estadísticas
Administración de la oficina de recepción
Compra de abastos
Relaciones obrero patronales
Finanzas de empresas
Estos cursos tienen laboratorios
SENEGAL
25.1
1.
Institut Universitaire de Technologie
B.P. 5085
DAKAR
2.
Statut : public
3.
Niveau : universitaire (2 années après le BAC ou BSEC)
4.
Etablissement possédant une section de formation hôtelière
Nom : Gestion hôtelière (Hotels)
5.
Débouchés : Cadres moyens - Gestion hôtelière
(Contrôle restauration, Comptabilité)
6.
Nat ionaux/Et ranger s
BAC ou BSEC
(b) Age_ : 18 ans et plus
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : 2 ans (lère année : formation
générale; 2e année : spécialisation)
8.
Diplôme Universitaire de Technologie
avec Mention de la Spécialité
9.
Première année : Tronc Commun
Groupe I
Groupe II
Expression
..-4.1. j
4.-J- iMéthodes quantitatives
Mathématiques générales
Mathématiques financières
Statistiques
Informatique
Environnement .juridique
Problèmes juridiques
J
, ,
^
Droit
TW.«-: + des
/i^o affaires
Droit social
Economie
Economie et Marketing
Marketing
Techniques comptables
Comptabilité générale
1975
• /•
Deuxième année : Option Hôtellerie
Groupe I
Expression
Techniques d'expression
Psychosociologie
Anglais
Méthodes quantitatives
Statistiques
Informatique
Sroupe II
Environnement du Tourisme
Economie
Economie du Tourisme
Géographie du Tourisme
Techniques de Gestion Hôtelière
Economie de l'entreprise
Législation hôtelière
Contrôle
Comptabilité
Marketing
N.B. L'institution ci-dessus fait l'objet d'une deuxième fiche
No. 25.2 (bleue) relative aux activités de formation dans
le domaine du tourisme.
SENEGAL
25.2
1.
Horn et adresse de l'établissement
:
Institut Universitaire de Technologie
B.P. 5085
DAKAR
2.
Statut
3.
Niveau : universitaire
4.
Etablissement possédant une section
Nom
: public
(2 années après le BAC ou B S E C )
: Gestion touristique
touristique
(Agence de
voyage)
5.
Débouchés :
Cadres moyens - Gestion touristique
(Gestionnaire A g e n c e , Responsable c o m p t a b i l i t é )
6.
Conditions
d'admission
Nationaux/Etrangers
BAC ou BSEC
(b) Age : 18 ans et plus
Durée de l'enseignement : deux ans (ire année : formation
générale; 2e année : spécialisation)
Diplôme Universitaire de Technologie avec Mention de
la Spécialité
Première année : Tronc Commun
Groupe I
Groupe II
Expression
,,.., ,
. . . ..
Environnement .juridique
Problèmesd juridiques
. ,
,. .. - rr-^
;—:: ;—
Mathématiques generales
Mathématiques financières
Statistiques
Informatique
généraux
Droit
affaires
„
.. des
,
Droit social
Economie et Marketing
Economie
Marketing
Techniques comptables
Comptabilité générale
1975
• /•
Deuxième année : Option Tourisme
Groupe I
Groupe II
Expression
Techniques d'expression
Psychosociologie
Anglais
Environnement du Tourisme
Economie
Economie du tourisme
Géographie du tourisme
Statistiques
Informatique
Techniques de Gestion
Economie d'entreprise
Billeterie - Tarification
Technique de vente
Comptabilité
Forfait
Accompagnement
Accueil
B. L ' i n s t i t u t i o n c i - d e s s u s f a i t l ' o b j e t d'une deuxième f i c h e
No. 2 5 . I ( b l a n c h e ) r e l a t i v e aux a c t i v i t é s de formation dans
l e domaine de l ' h ô t e l l e r i e .
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
26.1
Escuela Sindical Superior de Hostelería
y Turismo
Paseo del Angel (Casa de Campo)
MADRID 11
2.
Estatuto: Propietario: Delegación Nacional de Sindicatos - Inspección: Ministerio de Educación Nacional.
y Ministerio de Turismo
3. Nivel:
Secundario - Universitario
Nombre:
Especialidad: La escuela tiene dos departamentos:
hostelería y turismo
5.
Salidas profesionales: Técnicos calificados en hostelería (.oficiales y maestros en cocina, servicios y
gobernanta)
6.
( a) Diplomas, certificados, calificaciones:
Nacionales
Bachiller elemental (para hostelería)
(b) Edad: 14 años de edad ambos sexos sin límite de
edad máxima
Cuatro cursos de nueve meses para hostelería
8.
Diplomas o certificados dispensados
Diploma de especialidad de la escuela
1975
./.
9.
Título de los cursos y programa dé estudios:
Plan de estudios de hostelería (oficiales y maestros en cocina, gobernanta y servicio)
Los dos cursos de aprendizaje u oficialía son los
dispuestos por el Ministerio de Educación y Ciencia para
estas enseñanzas.
Segundo curso de aprendizaje por convalidación de
estudios de bachillerato.
Materias
Horas semanales
Matemáticas comerciales
3
Francés o inglés (1)
6
Tecnología de la especialidad
4
2
Higiene y alimentación
2
Prácticas de la especialidad
18
Formación religiosa
1
Formación del espíritu nacional
1
Educación física
2
(l) Para los alumnos de cocina, exclusivamente francés
Para los de otras especialidades estudiarán el idioma que
no hayan aprobado en el bachillerato elemental.
Primer curso
Horas semanales
Materias
Cocina Gobernanta Servicio
4
3
4
Francés
2
4
4
Inglés
3
3
3
Economía y contabilidad general
2
2
2
Geografía gastronómica
2
2
2
Ciencias aplicadas a la
2
2
hostelería
2
2
3
Dibujo y ornamentación
18
16
18
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
Formación del espíritu nacional
Educación física
./.
3
(26.1)
Segundo curso
Horas semanal es
Materias
Cocina Gobernanta Servicio
Francés
Inglés
Contabilidad hotelera
Ciencias aplicadas a la
hostelería
Organización de servicios
hoteleros
legislación
Dibujo y ornamentación
Formación de espíritu
nacional
Educación física
3
2
2
4
4
2
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
-
3
18
1
2
16
1
2
18
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
N.B. Existe una segunda ficha No. 26.9 (azul) de la institución
formación para el turismo.
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
26.2
Escuela de Turismo de la Caja de
Ahorros Provincial de Alicante
calle Felipe Bergé, 16
ALICANTE
2. Estatuto:
3. Nivel:
privado
profesional técnico
4. Establecimiento enteramente consagrado a la formación turística"
6.
Técnico de empresas turísticas
Idioma de enseñanza:
español
tres años
Título de empresas turísticas, concedido por el
Ministerio de Información y Turismo del Gobierno español. (Reválida, estudios en la Escuela
oficial de turismo.)
9.
Primer curso
Contabilidad ( l i b r o de t e x t o )
Inglés (libro de texto)
Geografía de España (apuntes
profesor)
Francés (libro de texto)
Economía (libro de texto)
Religión y moral (libro de
texto)
Organización turística (libro
de texto)
Historia (libro de texto)
Iniciación jurídica (libro de
texto)
Horas
semanales
3
4
3
3
2
1
2
2
2 ./.
Primer curso (cont.)
Horas
semanales
Política
Geografía turística. Itinerarios
1
1
Contabilidad de empresas (libro
de texto)
Geografía del extranjero (libro
de texto)
Técnica de empresa turística
(apuntes profesor)
Derecho laboral (libro de texto)
Derecho privado (libro de texto)
Historia general de la cultura
(apuntes profesor)
Itinerarios (apuntes profesor)
Deontología (libro de texto)
Política
3
Segundo curso
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
Tercer curso
Legislación administrativa turística (libro de texto)
Psicología R.H. (apuntes profesor)
Organización administrativa empresarial turística (libro de
texto)
Derecho fiscal (libro de texto)
Estadística (libro de texto)
Contabilidad aplicación empresa
turística (libro de texto)
Técnica publicitaria (apuntes
profesor)
Política (apuntes profesor)
Geografía (apuntes profesor)
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
2
2
1
1
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÇA
26.3
1.
Escuela de Turismo Santa María de España
Paseo Reina Elisenda de Monteada, 18 bis
BARCELONA -17
2.
Estatuto:
privado con contrato del Gobierno
4.
Establecimiento enteramente consagrado a l a formación
turística.
5.
6.
(a) Diplomas, c e r t i f i c a d o s ,
calificaciones:
Nacionales
Título de bachillerato
Extranjeros
Equivalente al bachillerato español
(b) Edad: 17
español
tres años
Título de técnico de empresas turísticas
9. Titulo de los cursos y programa de estudios:
m
Primer año:
1975
„ „„„„„„
Iniciación jurídica
Economía
Contabilidad
Inglés
Horas
sémanaies
4
2
2
2
3
2
3
Hör
s em
Primer año:
(cont.)
v
'
Francés
Religión y moral
Formación política
Enseñanzas complementarias
3
1
1
2
Segundo año:
Técnica de empresas turísticas
Derecho privado de aplicación
turística
Contabilidad
Inglés
Francés
Deontología
Derecho fiscal
Psicología y relaciones humanas
Estadística descriptiva
Inglés
Francés
Deontología .
4
2
2
Tercer año:
2
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
1
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
2
SPAIN
ESPAfiNE
ESPANA
26.4
Escuela de Turismo,
Universidad de Deusto,
Avenida de las Universidades s/n,
Apartado 1,
E-BILBAO 14.
2. Estatuto: Privado
3. Nivel: Universitario
4.
Nombre:
Escuela de Turismo
Especialidad:
5. Salidas profesionales: Técnicos de empresas turísticas: dirección y gerencia de empresas hoteleras,
agencias de viajes, centros de fomento turístico,
compañías de transporte, etc.
6.
Nacionales
Bachiller superior o equivalente
Extranjeros
Los mismos convalidados por el Ministerio de
Educación y Ciencia español
(b) Edad:
17 años cumplidos dentro del año natural
Tres cursos de 9 meses
8.. Diplomas o certificados dispensados:
Diploma del Rector de la Universidad de Deusto
Título del Ministerio de Información y Turismo
de técnico de empresas turísticas
1975
./.
9.
Curso primero:
Geografía turística de España y complemento: itinerarios
Historia general de la cultura I
Iniciación jurídica (conceptos generales de Derecho Civil,
Penal, Procesal y Administrativo)
Economía general y de la empresa
Cálculo mercantil
Lengua inglesa I
Lengua francesa o alemana I
Religión y moral
Curso segundo:
Geografía turística del extranjero y complemento:
itinerarios
Historia general de la cultura II
Contabilidad general
Lengua inglesa II
Lengua francesa II o alemana II
Deontología
Formación política II
Curso tercero:
Geografía turística (cartografía, historia y crónicas de
viajes)
Contabilidad de empresas turísticas
Organización y administración de empresas turísticas
Legislación administrativa turística
Nociones de derecho fiscal
Psicología general, psicología aplicada y relaciones
humanas
Lengua inglesa III
Lengua francesa III o alemana III
Formación política aplicada a la profesión
Prácticas:
A lo largo de la carrera se tendrá cierto número de
prácticas, señaladas por la Dirección, indispensables
para la obtención del diploma.
SPAIN
26.5 /T)Q„ nn\
ESPAGNE
(Rev. 7 7 )
ESPAÑA
Centro de Nuevas Profesiones
p a r a l a Mujer
c / Sánchez de F e r i a , 1
E-CORDOBA
3. Nivel: Intermedio entre secundario y universitario.
Son tres años de estudios desüués del bachillerato
ticas
6.
Técnicos de empresas turís-
Nacionales
C«O.TJ.
(Curso de Orientación U n i v e r s i t a r i a )
Extranjeros
Equivalentes a b a c h i l l e r superior (prácticamente
,
no hay alumnos e x t r a n j e r o s en e l Centro) a p r o x . 2.J/o
(b) Edad:
16 años
Tres años y una reválida final ante la Escuela
Oficial de Turismo de Madrid
Técnico de empresas turísticas, expedido por el
Ministerio de Información y Turismo
1975
./.
9.
Título de los cursos y programa de estudios :
Primer curso/horas semanales
Cálculo
2
Inglés
5
Mecanografía
3
Francés
3
Geografía
1
Organización
3
Historia de la cultura . . 2
Economía
2
Derecho
2
Teología
1
Derecho Político
1
Segundo curso/horas semanales
Derecho Privado
. 2
Francés
5
Contabilidad
3
Técnicas turísticas . . . . 3
Mecanografía
2
Derecho Laboral
2
Sociología
1
Derecho Político
1
Inglés
5
Geografía
Tercer curso/horas semanales
Derecho Turístico
Francés
Publicidad
Correspondencia comercial .
Psicología
Teología
Derecho Fiscal
Contabilidad
Estadística
Inglés
Organización
Derecho Político
Cartografía . _
Mecanografía
Nota:
2
5
3
3
2
1
2
2
2
5
5
1
3
k
2
U
4
2
h
4
k
^
1
—
^
¿i
1
2
Son cursos con clases teóricas, trabajos prácticos
y prácticas en agencias de viajes y hoteles.
9.
Título de loe cursos y programa de. estudios:
Primer curso/horas semanales
Cálculo
2
Inglés
4
Mecanografía
2
Francés
4
Geografía
4
Organización
2
Economía
2
Derecho
2
Teología
1
Derecho Político
1
Segundo curso/horas semanales
Derecho Privado
Francés
Contabilidad
Técnicas turísticas . . . .
Mecanografía
Derecho Laboral
Sociología
Derecho Político
Inglés
Historia de la cultura . .
Geografía
Tercer curso/horas semanales
2
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
4
2
4
Derecho Turístico
2
Francés
4
Publicidad
1
Correspondencia comercial .
Psicología
2
Teología
1
Derecho Fiscal
2
Contabilidad
2
Estadística
2
Inglés
4
Organización
4
Derecho Político
1
Cartografía
1
Mecanografía
2
Nota;
Son cursos con clases teóricas,
trabajos prácticos
y prácticas en agencias de viajes y hoteles.
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
26 6
1.
Escuela de Turismo "Alhamar"
Reyes Católicos 39
GRANADA
2.
Estatuto:
privado, reconocido por el Ministerio de
Información y Turismo
3.
Nivel:
4.
preuniversitario y profesional
Nombre:
Escuela de Turismo de Granada
Escuela Internacional de Azafatas
5.
6.
Técnico de empresas turísticas
Azafatas
Nacionales
Título de bachiller superior
Extranjeros
No hay distinción
(b) Edad:
indeterminada
español
(e) Becas:
7.
Tres cursos y una reválida ante la Escuela oficial de Turismo de Madrid. Dicha reválida se
celebra en esta escuela
8.
1975
- Título de Técnico de empresas turísticas expedido por el Ministerio de Información y
Turismo
- Diploma de Azafata internacional
V.
9.
(1) Escuela de turismo
e Granada
Segundo curso
Primer curso
España
Geografía turística del extranjero
Geografía turística, comple- Geografía turística, complemento, itinerarios
mento, itinerarios
Historia general de la cul- Historia general de la cultura, hasta el Renacimientura, desde el Renacimiento (arte, historia y liteto (arte, historia y literatura de interés turísratura de interés turístico)
tico)
Iniciación jurídica (concep- Técnica de empresas turístitos generales, nociones
cas
de derecho penal, procesal
y administrativo)
Derecho privado de aplicación
turística (contratos y tíOrganización turística (natulos de crédito)
cional e internacional,
control de viajeros)
Economía general de la empresa
Contabilidad (nociones de
cálculo mercantil, ídem.
de contabilidad general)
Inglés
Francés o alemán
Inglés
Deontología
Francés o alemán
Religión y moral
(26.6)
3
Tercer curso
Geografía turística (cartografía, gráficas, fotografía,
historia y crónica de viajes)
Psicología general y psicología aplicada, relaciones
humanas
Inglés
Francés o alemán
Formación política aplicada a la profesión
(2) Escuela Internacional de Azafatas
1.
Formación cultural
2. Aviación comercial
3. Relación directa con el público
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
Instituto Superior de Estudios Turísticos
Internacionales (INSETI)
- Centro de Estudios Turísticos de Canarias
Tomás Morales 35,
LAS PALMAS DE GRAN CANARIA
- Instituto Latinoamericano de Estudios Técnicos de Turismo,
Murillo 3,
SANTA CRUZ DE TENERIFE
26.7
2.
Estatuto:
3.
Nivel:
Privado
(l) Enseñanza especializada ( u n i v e r s i t a r i a )
(2) Enseñanza profesional (secundaria)
(3) Enseñanza especializada ( p o s t - u n i v e r s i taria)
4. Establecimiento enteramente consagrado a la formación turística
5. Salidas profesionales: Técnico de empresas turísticas; Técnico superior de turismo; Perito en
Turismo; Graduado turístico; Técnico en recepción
turística, especialistas en aviación comercial, congresos, etc.
6.
(a) Diplomas, c e r t i f i c a d o s , calificaciones:
(b) Edad: de 14 años en adelante
(c) Idioma de enseñanza: español
(e) Becas:
- formación especializada (l. ) tres cursos escolares de nueve meses;
- formación profesional (2.°) dos ciclos de dos
cursos escolares cada uno, de nueve meses (ingreso solamente con 4 años de bachiller);
- formación especializada (3. ) seminarios y cursos de intensidad y duración variable.
1975
./•
8.
Título de "Técnico de empresas turísticas"
con reválida, ante el Estado español.
Diplomas de los distintos estudios en todas sus
modalidades.
9.
Programa oficial del Estado español.
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
26.8
Escuela de Turismo de León
Padre Isla, 36
E-LEON
Estatuto : Privado
Nivel: Otras: puede decirse qué enseñanza especializada de tipo profesional. De nivel académico equivalente al técnico de grado medio.
turjíst_ic_a
Salidas profesionales: Solamente se preparan las enseñanzas de la carrera de turismo
Nacionales
Solamente se precisa el título de bachiller
superior o equivalente
Extranjeros
ídem.
(b) Edad:
no se exige
Tres años, al final de los cuales hay una reválida
ante un tribunal del Ministerio de Información y
Turismo
Se concede el título oficial de técnico en empresas turísticas por el Estado a quienes superen
las pruebas de la reválida.
• /.
9.
Plan de estudios
Primer curso
Geografía turística de España
Geografía turística de complemento. Itinerarios
Historia general de la cultura (hasta el renacimiento)
Iniciación jurídica (conceptos generales. Nociones de
derecho penal, procesal y administrativo)
Organización turística (nacional, internacional y control
de viajeros)
Contabilidad (nociones de cálculo mercantil y de contabilidad general)
Inglés. Francés. Religión y moral
Segundo curso
Geografía turística complemento. Itinerarios
Historia general de la cultura (desde el renacimiento)
Derecho privado de aplicación turística (contratos y
títulos de crédito)
Inglés. Francés. Deontología. Formación política
Tercer curso
historia y crónicas de viajes)
Psicología
Estados tica descriptiva
Inglés. Francés
Formación política aplicada a la profesión.
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
V
ESPANA
26.9
(REV. 7 7 )
Escuela Sindical Superior de Hostelería
y Turismo de Madrid
Paseo del Angel (Casa de Campo)
E-MADRID - 11
2. Estatuto: Privado con corttrato del Gobierno
3. Nivel: Formación Profesional 23 Grado, y Estudios Medios
Nombre:
Técnico de empresa turística
Especialidad:
5.
Salidas profesionales: Directores de hoteles y
paradores, guías e intérpretes de turismo
6.
Nacionales
Bachiller superior para turismo. Estudios primarios, para hotelería
Extranjeros
Convalidación de estudios equivalentes a los
españoles
(b) Edad: .Mínima 14 años para hotelería y 16 para
îïïrismo. No hay límite en cuanto a la edad.
7.
Cuatro cursos de nueve meses-para hotelería
Tres cursos de nueve meses para turismo
Diplomados en la especialidad correspondiente
1975
./•
9.
Plan de estudios de turismo (técnico de empresas
turísticas)
El plan de estudios actualmente vigente
que rige en la Escuela Oficial de Turismo.
las asignaturas de matemáticas, gastronomía
y prácticas de gerencia de establecimientos
es el mismo
Se han afiadj^û
y alimentacj^Ä
hoteleros. ^ ^
Tres cursos de duración de octubre a junio.
Materias
Horas semanales
1.°
Geografía turística de España y del
extranjero e itinerarios
3
2
4
Inglés
4
Francés
Formación política aplicada a la
1
profesión
2
2
2
1
Religión y moral
2
Contabilidad general y cálculo
mercantil
Derecho privado de aplicación turística Legislación laboral
Contabilidad empresas turísticas
Matemáticas
Gastronomía y alimentación
Deontología
Organización y administración de
empresas turísticas
Psicología general y aplicada y
relaciones humanas
18
Prácticas de restaurante y cocina
elementales y de gerencia de
empresas hoteleras con mecanografía y correspondencia
2.°
3.°
3
1
4
4
2
4
4
1
1
-
-
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
-
-
2
1
2
11
15
1
4
3
1
./.
(26.9)
3
Conferencias: Principalmente sobre: relaciones humanas,
historia y arte español, técnica de la venta, publicidad y propaganda, organización del trabajo, etc.
Visitas: Principalmente a hoteles y restaurantes, salas
de fiestas, instalaciones de grandes cocinas, centros
de producción, mercados, lugares turísticos, monumentos, museos, etc.
N.B. Existe une segunda ficha No. 26.1 (blanca) de la institución
formaciín para la hotelería.
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
1. Nombre y dirección del establecimiento :
26.10
Escuela de Turismo del Departamento
de Formación Profesional de las
Hermandades del Trabajo
Plaza de la Paja, 4
E-MADRID 5
3. Nivel: Nivel técnico; se requiere para su ingreso
nivel de bachillerato superior
4. Establecimiento con una sección de formaciónturística
Nombre:
Escuela de turismo
Especialidad:
5.. Salidas profesionales: Técnicos de empresas turísticas
6.
Nacionales
Bachillerato superior
Extranjeros
Convalidación de estudios por los correspondientes españoles
(b) Edad: (c) Idioma de enseñanza: Español
Tres cursos (tres años)
Certificado de estudios
1975
./.
9.
Plan de estudios
Horas
semanal
Primer curso
Geografía turística, complemento, itinerarios .
Historia general de la cultura hasta el renacimiento (arte, historia y literatura de interés turístico)
Iniciación jurídica (conceptos generales, nociones de Derecho Penal, Procesal y Administrativo)
Organización turística (nacional e internacional, control de viajeros)
Contabilidad (nociones de cálculo mercantil,
nociones de contabilidad general)
Inglés
Francés o alemán
Religión y moral
Total horas semanales .
Segundo curso
Geografía turística, complemento, itinerarios .
Historia general de la cultura, desde el renacimiento (arte, historia y literatura de interés turístico)
Derecho privado de aplicación turística (contratos y títulos de crédito)
, .
Inglés
Francés o alemán
Deontología
T o t a l h o r a s semanales .
3
1
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
1
_1
24
3
1
2
4
2
2
2
3
3
1
_1
24
3
(26.10)
Horas
semanales
Tercer curso
Geografía turística (cartografía, gráficas.
fotografía, historia y crónica de viajes) . .
Organización y administración de empresas
turísticas
Nociones de Derecho Fiscal
Psicología general y psicología aplicada, relaciones humanas
Inglés
Francés o alemán
Formación política aplicada a la profesión . .
Total horas semanales .
1
4
4
1
3
1
2
3
3
1
_1
24
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
26.11
Escuela Oficial de Turismo
c/ Capitán Haya, 22
E-MADRID 20
2.
Estatuto: Público
^^
3. Nivel: Técnico de grado medio (pendiente de reconocimiento por el Ministerio de Educación y Ciencia).
^^
4.
Cursos intensivos por los directores de empresas
turísticas
El estatuto de directores de empresas turísticas, establecido por una orden de 1972, ha previsto ciertas
condiciones de calificación profesional, así como la
organización de cursos destinados a que los directores de empresas turísticas puedan adquirir esta calificación. La creación de estos cursos fue establecida por una orden publicada en diciembre de
1974. Los establecimientos elegidos para esta enseñanza son la Escuela Oficial de Turismo, situada en
Madrid, o cualquier otra escuela privada reconocida
por el Gobierno y que haya obtenido además una autorización especial.
5. Salidas:
6.
Nacionales
^B
^^
Para seguir estos cursos, es necesario ser titular
de una autorización expedida por la dirección
general de empresas y actividades turísticas
Extranjeros
7.
1975
Tres secciones de tres meses cada una, que se desarrollan respectivamente en invierno, primavera y
verano u otoño.
Cada curso comprende un examen, que se desarrolla
en dos partes. Las personas que hayan aprobado
todos los exámenes deberán inscribirse en el
"Registro de personas legalmente capacitadas para desempeñar el cargo de director de establecimientos de empresas turísticas".
9.
El programa de los cursos, divididos en "unidades
didácticas" (horas de curso), es el siguiente:
Primera sección
Economía aplicada al turismo
Tecnología de empresas turísticas
Relaciones humanas
Segunda sección
Derecho laboral turístico
Derecho administrativo turístico
Tercera sección
Organización de empresas turísticas
Administración financiera
Nociones de marketing turístico y
publicidad
Número de horas
25
25
45
15
110
35
20
20
55
110
30
36
14
20
100
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
26.12
Escuela Oficial de Turismo
c/ Capitán Haya, 22
E-MADRID 20
2.
Estatuto:
Público (oficial)
3. Nivel: Técnico de grado medio (pendiente de reconocimiento por el Ministerio de Educación y Ciencia).
turística
5.
Para técnicos de empresas turísticas (hoteles,
agencias de viajes).
6.
Nacionales
Bachiller superior o equivalente
Extranjeros
ídem, convalidados por el Ministerio de Educación
y Ciencia
(b) Edad:
Indiscriminada
(c) Idioma de enseñanza: Español.
7.
Tres años de nueve meses de duración cada uno de
ellos, dividido cada año en dos períodos
cuatrimes trale s.
Título de "técnico de empresas turísticas" expedido por el Ministro de Información y Turismo
a propuesta del Director de la escuela.
1975
./•
9.
Primer curso
Horas semanales
3
Geografía turística, complementos,
itinerarios
1
Historia general de la cultura,hasta
el renacimiento (arte, historia y
literatura de interés turístico)
2
Iniciación jurídica (conceptos generales,
nociones de derecho penal, procesal y
administrativo)
2
Organización turística (nacional e internacional, control de viajeros)
2
2
Contabilidad (nociones de cálculo mercantil, nociones de contabilidad general)
2
Inglés
4
Francés o alemán
4
Religión y moral
.
1
1
24
Segundo curso
3
Geografía turística, complemento,
itinerarios
1
Historia general de la cultura, desde el
renacimiento (arte, historia y literatura de interés turístico)
2
4
2
2
2
Inglés
3
Francés o alemán
3
Deontología
1
1
24
Tercer curso
Geografía turística (cartografía, gráficas, fotografía, historia y crónica de
viajes)
1
turísticas
4
4
1
./.
3
(26.12)
Horas semanales
Psicología general y psicología
aplicada, relaciones humanas
Inglés
Francés o alemán
Formación política aplicada a la
profesión
3
1
2
3
3
1
1_
24
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
26.13
ESPAÑA
Escuela de Turismo "Costa del Sol"
Paseo de Sancha 9
MALAGA
Estatuto: Privado
Nivel:
Equiparable a universitaria, enseñanza técnica
1) Técnico de empresas turísticas - ámbito nacional
2) Técnicos medios de agencias y hoteles
) vuelo
- Azafatas ) congresos
) recepcionistas
- y técnicos de aviación comercial
(1) Puestos de dirección (hoteles, agencias de viajes,
oficinas de turismo, etc.)
(2) Otros profesionales medios en la rama turística
(en alojamientos turísticos, en agencias de viajes, en congresos, en aviación comercial)
(a) Diploma, certificados, calificaciones:
Nacionales
(1) Bachiller superior o equivalente
(2) Bachiller elemental o equivalente
Extranjeros
Convalidar a los correspondientes españoles
(b) Edad:
-
(1) Tres años en ciclos de nueve meses (octubrejunio)
/
(2) El mismo
Los dos primeros ciclos son comunes a las distintas profesiones y el tercero de especialidad
8.
(1) Técnico de empresas turísticas (título expedido
por el Ministerio de Información y Turismo)
(2) Diplomas del Sindicato Nacional de Enseñanza
(Agrupación de escuelas de turismo)
9.
Título de los cursos y programa de estudios
Plan de estudios:
Primer curso
Geografía turística de España - Itinerarios turísticos
de España - Historia de la cultura I - Iniciación jurídica - Organización turística - Economía - Contabilidad Inglés - Francés - Moral - Derecho político.
Segundo curso
Geografía turística de itinerarios - Historia general
de la cultura II - Técnica de empresas turísticas - Legislación laboral - Contabilidad de empresas turísticas Inglés - Francés - Deontología - Formación política.
Tercer curso
Geografía turística - Organización y administración
de empresas turísticas - Legislación administrativa turística - Nociones de derecho fiscal - Psicología general
y psicología aplicada - Relaciones humanas - Técnica publi
citaría - Estadística descriptiva - Inglés - Francés Deontología profesional - Formación política aplicada a
la profesión.
Plan de estudios: Asignaturas comunes
Primer curso
Francés (o alemán I) - Inglés I - Cálculo comercial Derecho privado de aplicación turística - Mecanografía I Taquigrafía I - Redacción I - Prácticas I - Formación moral I - Formación política I - Historia de la cultura I Geografía turística de España - Gramática española.
./.
(26.13)
3
Segundo curso
Inglés II - Francés o alemán II - Contabilidad general de
la empresa - Mecanografía II - Estenotipia I - Taquigrafía II - Redacción y correspondencia II - Prácticas II Nociones de derecho empresarial (laboral, mercantil y
fiscal) - Historia de la cultura II - Geografía turística
universal - Formación política II - Formación moral II.
Tercer curso de especialidad
Técnicos medios de agencias de viajes y
alojamientos hoteleros
Teoría y técnica de turismo - Contabilidad de empresas - legislación administrativa turística - Organización
de servicios hoteleros - Técnica de agencias de viajes Inglés III - Francés o alemán III - Psicología empresarial - Relaciones humanas y dinámica de grupos - Deontología profesional III - Formación política III.
Azafatas recepcionistas y de congresos
Teoría y práctica de congresos, ferias y convenciones
Protocolo - Relaciones públicas - Publicidad - Socorrismo
y primeros auxilios - Inglés III - Francés o alemán III Psicología empresarial III - Relaciones humanas y dinámica de grupos - Deontología profesional III - Formación
política III.
Azafatas de vuelo y técnicos de aviación comercial
Geografía del transporte aéreo - Teoría y técnica de
aviación comercial - Hostelería práctica a bordo - Nociones de derecho aeronáutico - Medicina aeronáutica y primeros auxilios - Inglés aeronáutico - Inglés III - Francés
o alemán III - Psicología empresarial - Relaciones humanas
y dinámica de grupos - Deontología profesional III - Formación política III.
Secretariado internacional de dirección
Mecanografía en dos idiomas - Estenotipia III - Taquigrafía III - Correspondencia y archivo - Contabilidad de
empresas y contabilidad mecanizada - Inglés III - Francés
o alemán III - Psicología empresarial - Relaciones humanas
y dinámica de grupos - Deontología profesional III - Formación política III.
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
26 1
•4
2.
à
W
Escuela de Turismo
Instituto Asturiana de Nuevas Profesiones
Mendizábal 6,
E- OVIEDO
Estatuto: Privado, reconocido por el Ministerio de
3. Nivel: Pendiente de clasificación definitiva, actualmente forma parte de la formación profesional
turxsjixca
Nombre:
Especialidad:
5.
Salidas profesionales: (1) Técnico de empresas turísticas. Dirección y puestos técnicos en empresas de
alojamiento, de transporte, agencias de viajes, etc.
(2) Técnico medio de actividad turística, azafatas en
las compañías de transporte, de congresos, exposiciones, etc.
6.
Nacionales
(1) Bachiller superior o título equivalente
(2) Bachiller elemental o título equivalente
"
(1) Tres años; (2) dos años
1975
(1) Título de técnico de empresas turísticas (oficial),
carta expedida por la AMEORT (Asociación Mundial
para el Desarrollo de la Formación Profesional
Turística)
(2) Diploma de azafatas (privado).
./.
9.
Plan de estudios
Número 1
Primer curso
Segundo curso
Geografía turística extranjera
cultura
Derecho privado
Contabilidad (2)
I n g l é s (2)
Francés o alemán (2)
Deontología
Formación p o l í t i c a (2)
Tercer curso
España
Geografía turística, com
plemento e itinerarios
cultura (1)
Economía
Contabilidad (1)
Inglés (1)
Religión y moral
Formación política (l)
Legislación administrativa
Derecho fiscal
Organización y administración
de empresas
Psicología general y aplicada,
relaciones humanas
Inglés (3)
Formación política (3)
• /•
(26.14)
Número 2
Primer curso
1. Materias básicas
Segundo curso
1. Materias "básicas
Inglés
Francés
cultura
España
Itinerarios turísticos de
España
Contabilidad
2. Materias complementarias
Inglés
Francés
Geografía turística extranjera
Psicología general y relaciones humanas
Técnica de la información
Salvamento y socorrismo
Protocolo
Redacción comercial
Actualidad periodística
Estructura empresarial
Medios de información
Técnica de ventas
Organización de oficinas
Técnica de decoración
Hostelería
2. Materias complementarias
SPAIN
!5 (REV. 77)
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
Escuela de Turismo y Azafatas
Centro Técnico de Nuevas Profesiones
T. Villarroel 1, l.o _ E-SALAMANCA.
Estatuto: Privado reconocido por el Ministerio de
Nivel:
Secundario
Nombre: Escuela de Turismo
Especialidad:
NB:
Técnicos de empresas turísticas
En este centro hay también una escuela de técnicos en congresos y azafatas recepcionistas
Salidas profesionales: Carrera de técnicas de empresas turísticas (agencias de viajes, líneas aéreas,
etcétera)
^(a) Diplomas, certificados, calificaciones:
Nacionales
Requisito imprescindible para los alumnos de
turismo, estar en posesión del título de bachiller superior; para los alumnos de azafatas:
bachiller elemental
Extranjeros
Convalidación de estudios - títulos equivalentes
a nuestro bachiller superior y elemental respectivamente
(b) Edad:
Sin límite
Tres años para cada una de las distintas escuelas
8. Diplomas o certificados dispensados
Título de "Técnico de empresas turísticas"
Diploma de "Técnico en congresos y azafatas recepcionistas"
9.
Escuela de Turismo
Plan de estudios turismo;
Primer curso
Geografía turística de España. Geografía turística, complemento, itinerarios. Historia general de la cultura
hasta el Renacimiento (arte, historia y literatura de
interés turístico). Iniciación jurídica. Organización
turística. Economía general y de la empresa. Contabilidad. Inglés. Francés o alemán. Religión y moral.
Formación política.
Segundo curso
Geografía turística del exgranjero. Geografía turística,
complemento, itinerarios. Historia general de la cultura desde el renacimiento (arte, historia y literatura
de interés turístico). Técnica de empresas turísticas.
Derecho privado de aplicación turística. Legislación
laboral. Contabilidad de empresas turísticas. Inglés.
Francés o alemán. Deontología. Formación política.
Tercer curso
historia y crónicas de viajes). Organización y administración de empresas turísticas. Legislación administrativa y turística. Nociones de Derecho Fiscal. Psicología general y psicología aplicada. Relaciones Humanas. Técnica publicitaria. Estadística descriptiva.
Inglés. Francés o alemán. Deontología. Formación
política.
Esöuela de técnicos en congresos y azafatas recepcionistas
Primer curso
Organización empresarial. Geografía turística de España.
Historia general de la cultura. Organización turística.
Mecanografía, Inglés, Francés.
./.
Segundo curso
Técnica turística. Geografía turística extranjero.
Psicología. Historia general de la cultura.
Mecanografía. Inglés. Francés.
Tercer curso
Teoría y práctica de oongreso. Relaciones humanas.
Correspondencia comercial. Arte y folklore español.
Mecanografía. Inglés. Francés.
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
26.16
Escuela de Turismo "San Pol de Mar"
Anexos del Hotel Gran Sol
E-SAN POL DE MAR, BARCELONA
2.
Estatuto:
Privado, reconocido por el Gobierno
3. Nivel: Técnico; se requiere para su ingreso nivel
bachillerato superior
turística
5.
Salidas profesionales: Técnicos en empresas turísticas: hoteles, agencias de viajes, campings, etc.
6.
Nacionales
A nivel de bachillerato superior más reválida
Extranjeros
Convalidación de estudios a nivel español
(b) Edad:
A partir de los 16 años
B
Tres años (cursos de octubre a junio)
Título de "Técnico en empresas turísticas" expedido por el Ministerio de Información y Turismo
9.
Primer curso
Geografía turística complemento, itinerarios
Historia general de la cultura y del arte hasta el
renacimiento
1975
,
•/•
Organización turística (nacional e internacional)
Economía general de la empresa
Contabilidad
Inglés - francés o alemán
Religión y moral
Segundo curso
Geografía turística, complemento, itinerarios
Historia general de la cultura y del arte (desde el
renacimiento)
Deontología
Tercer curso
Geografía turística (cartografía, gráfica, topografía,
historia y crónica de viajes)
Psicología general y psicología aplicada, relaciones humanas y relaciones públicas
Formación política aplicada a la profesión.
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPANA
26.17
1.
Escuela de Turismo en San Sebastián
Apartado 1359
SAN SEBASTIAN
2. Estatuto:
privado (reconocido por el Gobierno)
4.
Establecimiento enteramente consagrado a la formación turística
5.
Salidas profesionales: Para el desempeño de funciones directivas y de especial responsabilidad del sector turístico y cualesquiera otros puestos que se refieran a la organización, gestión y administración
en hostelería, agencias de viaje, empresas de transporte, etc.
6.
Nacionales
Bachillerato superior (estudios secundarios)
Extranjeros
Convalidación con el bachillerato superior español
(b) Edad:
17 años
español
Tres años académicos consecutivos más un curso
de verano, finalizados los tres años de carrera.
Título de técnico de empresas turísticas.
1975
• /.
9.
Primer año
España
Inglés
Francés
Contabilidad
Economía general y de la
empresa
Religión y moral
Derecho político
Tercer
Segundo año
Inglés
Francés
Contabilidad
Derecho mercantil
Derecho laboral
Deontología
Derecho político
año
Inglés
Francés
Contabilidad
turísticas
Derecho fiscal
legislación administrativa turística
Derecho político
SPAIN
ESPAGNE
ESPAÑA
18
2.
Escuela de Turismo de Zaragoza
Conjunto residencial "Isabel la Católica",
torre 5
Avenida de Isabel la Católica, s/n
E-ZARAGOZA
Estatuto: Privado
3. Nivel: Especializada. Se exige título de bachiller
superior para el ingreso
turística
5.
Salidas profesionales: Técnico de empresas turísticas
6.
Nacionales
Bachiller superior
Extranjeros
El mismo (homologado)
(b) Edad:
sin límite
7.
Tres cursos de nueve meses (octubre a junio)
Título de técnico de empresas turísticas
9.
Plan de estudios:
por curso)
(24 horas semanales de clase
a) Clases teóricas
Primer curso
Segundo curso
España
cultura I
Economía general y de
la empresa
Contabilidad
Inglés I
Francés I
Religión y moral
Geografía turística del
extranjero
Historia general de la cultura II
Inglés II
Francés II
Deontología
Tercer curso
Cartografía
Org. y admin. de empresas turístic.
Inglés III
Francés III
Formación política aplicada
b) Clases prácticas
Viajes de estudio
Visitas a lugares de interés turístico
Conferencias y coloquios
Proyecciones cinematográficas y de diapositivas
Prácticas de hostelería, transporte, billetaje y
facturación en hoteles y agencias de viajes.
SRI
.1 (REV.77)
1.
1ANKA
The Ceylon Hotel School
25, Galle Pace Centre Road
COLOMBO
2.
3.
Level : Post secondary education
4.
5.
Employment opportunities : Careers in the
Hotel and Catering Industry at all levels
6.
Nationals
GCE (Ordinary level) with six passes
at not more than 2 sittings including
a pass in English and Arithmetic/Mathematics.
A credit pass in English is necessary for
those taking a course in reception or
restaurant service.
Foreigners
So far no foreigners have been admitted
(b) Age : between 18 and 22 years
7.
Basic Level Course in Cookery - 10 months
Basic Level Course in Restaurant Service/
Reception/Housekeeping - 4 months
Intermediate Level Courses in Cookery - 18 months
Intermediate Level Courses in Restaurant Service/
Reception/Housekeeping - 6 months
Advanced Level Courses in all subjects - 6 months
Management Level - 6 months
Total duration of specialised courses - 4 years
Total duration of Management course - 6 years
Refresher courses for Hotel Employees - 2 weeks
to 3 months
./.
"In-Plant" training for Hotel Staff - 2 weeks
to 2 months
Certificates for all courses
Diploma at advanced level
Degree at management level
Three years diploma course :
-
International Cookery - Ceylonese Cookery
Hotel Reception
Restaurant and Bar Service
Hygiene
Maintenance Service
Nutrition
Book-keeping
Pood Science
Cost Calculations
Basic Management
Economics
- Catering Organisation
- English
- French
- German
SWEDEN
SUEDE
SUECIA
28.1
1. Mame and address of Institution:
Kristinebergs Gymnasium
Kristinebergsparken
112 52 STOCKHOLM
2.
Status: Directed and owned by the Community of Stockholm
3.
Level: Higher Special Course (no Courses with Higher Level
within this field exists elsewhere in Sweden)
4.
5.
Openings leading to: Higher positions in Hotel and Catering
Administration (Management Level).
6.
Nationals
Upper Secondary Education and at least two years
Hotel or Catering experience.
Foreigners
Equivalent. Knowledge of Swedish; permission given
by the Department of Immigration to study in Sweden.
(b) Age:
20
(c) Language of studies: Swedish
(d) Pees:
None
(e) Fellowships: Possibilities to get economic support of
the studies can be received after two years stay and with
necessary permission.
7.
1 School year
8. Diplomas or Certificates :
Certificate on passing examination
1975
.A
9.
Hours/Week
Swedish Correspondence
English
2
3
Civics
2
Business Economy
7
Distribution
Administration
5
3
Organisation of Work
Science of Law
5
2
Hotel and Catering (special course)
Planning of Hotel and Catering
2
3
French or Arithmetic
3
SWITZERLAND
SUISSE
SUIZA
29.1 (REV.77)
1.
Institut International de Glion,
CH-1823 GLIOM sur MONTREUX
2.
Statut : établissement privé créé dans le
cadre du Centre International de Formation
Hôtelière et Touristique (CIFHT) par la
Société d'Expansion Touristique S.A.
3.
Niveau : terminale secondaire - universitaire
4.
formation hôtelière et touristique
5.
Débouchés : la section "hôtellerie" forme du
personnel dirigeant et qualifié pour
l'hôtellerie et la para-hôtellerie.
6.
Nationaux
Cours 1 : formation scolaire secondaire
Cours 2 : formation scolaire préuniversitaire (maturité,
baccalauréat, ou titre
équivalent) éventuellement
expérience professionnelle de
valeur.
Expérience préalable
dans les domaines de la cuisine
et du service, ou avoir suivi
le cours préparatoire.
Etrangers
Titres équivalents à ceux exigés pour
les nationaux.
(b) Age : Cours 1 : 19 ans révolus
Cours 2 : 20 ans révolus
(d) Frais de scolarité : enseignement payant
Cours 1 - Administration et technique
hôtelières
2 semestres d'études du 15.9
au 15.6
6 mois de stage du 15.6 au
15.12 suivants
Cours 2 - Cours complet d'hôtellerie et de
connaissances fondamentales du
tourisme
5 semestres d'études
2 fois trois mois de stages
alternés
Cours 1 : Certificat de l'Institut
Cours 2 : Diplôme de l'Institut? reconnu
par l'Etat (donne accès à
l'Université de Cornell, USA)
Cours 1 :
Technique hôtelière I, technique hôtelière II,
main-courante, comptabilité, langues
(anglais, allemand), bâtiments,/installations,/
machines, gestion du personnel, cuisine,
service, économie commerciale, économie
politique, organisation touristique et
animation, agence de voyages, promotion
commerciale, français/correspondance,
dactylographie, travail de bureau, aidesgouvernantes, éducation physique.
Cours 2 :
Technique hôtelière.I, technique hôtelière II,
main-courante, comptabilité générale,
économie d'entreprise, économie politique,
bâtiments/installations/machines, théorie
et politique du tourisme, gestion du
personnel, langues (anglais, allemand,
espagnol), séminaires, cuisine, service,
système uniforme américain, économie
commerciale, organisation du travail,
géographie générale et touristique, droit,
statistique, promotion commerciale,
organisation touristique et animation,
agences de voyages, sociologie,
architecture et aménagement du territoire,
architecture et décoration intérieure,
informatique, français/correspondance,
communication dans l'entreprise, étude
de marché, dactylographie, travail de
bureau, questions culturelles, oenologie,
aides-gouvernantes, éducation physique.
SWITZERLAND
SUISSE
SUIZA
.2 (REV.11)
1.
Ecole hôtelière de la Société suisse des
hôteliers,
Le Chalet-à-Gobet,
CH-1000 LAUSANNE 25
2.
Statut : Fondation reconnue d'utilité publique
3.
Niveau : Ecole professionnelle supérieure
4.
5.
Débouchés : le titulaire du diplôme d'études
hôtelières supérieures, après avoir acquis
une certaine expérience pratique et suivi
les cours pour chefs d'entreprises organisés
par la SSH (Société suisse des hôteliers) et
l'Ecole hôtelière de Lausanne, doit être
capable de diriger seul un établissement de
150 lits avec un restaurant de 150 places et
de remplacer momentanément n'importe lequel
de ses chefs de service.
La titulaire du
diplôme d'assistante de direction doit être
capable de remplacer momentanément le
directeur ou la directrice d'un établissement.
6.
Nationaux
Certificat de Maturité ou Baccalauréat
ou Diplôme d'une école de commerce officielle
ou Diplôme de commerce officiel de niveau.
équivalent.
Etrangers
Titre donnant accès à une faculté
universitaire, études commerciales.
(b) Age : 18 - 25 ans
./.
(o) langue de l'enseignement : français
(d) F r a i s de s c o l a r i t é : enseignement payant
Etudes hôtelières : 3 ans et demi à raison de
5 mois d'études- et 5 mois de stage chaque année
(vacances en juillet-août).
Pas de stage
pour le 4e cours.
Etudes d'assistante de direction : 2 ans à
raison de 5 mois d'études et 5 mois de stage
chaque année (vacances en juillet-août).
DiplOmes ou certificats délivrés : Diplôme
d'études hôtelières supérieures délivré par
l'Ecole hôtelière de Lausanne, reconnu par la
Confédération helvétique, par les autorités
cantonales-et par de nombreux pays.
Diplôme
d'assistante de direction.
I. Etudes Hôtelières
Cours I. : Production (cuisine)
Enseignement théorique : technologie,
connaissances des marchandises et des lois sur
les denrées alimentaires, physiologie et chimie
alimentaires, politiques d'achat, étude et
calculation des recettes, technique opérationnelle de l'exploitation du restaurant, langues,
arithmétique professionnelle.
Enseignement pratique : établissement du menu
du jour et préparation des plats, pâtisserie
et entremets, garde-manger, utilisation des
systèmes modernes de congélation, cuission
aux micro-ondes, entretien et choix du matériel,
travail collectif et individuel.
Préparation
des repas pris à l'école.
./.
Cours 2. ; Vente (service)
Enseignement théorique : connaissance des
boissons et corrélation avec les mets, technique
et psychologie de la vente, élaboration d'un
programme de vente sur la base d'une politique
donnée, technique opérationnelle de
l'exploitation du restaurant selon la
nature et l'importance de l'établissement,
règlement du travail, répartition et
planification du travail de groupe, hygiène
professionnelle, langues, machines à
calculer.
Enseignement pratique : différents systèmes
de service à l'hôtel et au restaurant,
boissons, pratique du bar, entretien du
matériel, service proprement dit (banquets,
buffets et réceptions à l'extérieur ou à
l'Ecole, service à table des étudiants).
Cours 3. : Hôtel et technique
Branches enseignées : planification technique,
technique opérationnelle (hôtel), informatique,
technique et organisation comptables,
comptabilité des clients, mécanographie,
correspondance hôtelière (français, allemand
et anglais), droit, économie politique.
Cours 4. : Gestion et administration :
Branches enseignées : gestion et organisation
de l'organisation de l'entreprise, gestion
du personnel, analyse et gestion financières,
statistique comptable, économie touristique
et marketing, informatique opérationnelle,
informatique hôtelière, pratique d'exploitation,
étude des institutions touristiques,
hôtelières et para-hôtelières, planification
de la restauration.
./.
II. Programme des assistantes de direction
(¡jeunes filles)
Cours 1. : Gouvernante d'hôtel
Branches enseignées : installations techniques,
technique opérationnelle (restaurant),
économat, lingerie, étages et ameublement,
service et connaissances des boissons, cuisine
théorique et pratique, diététique, hygiène
et premiers soins, gestion du personnel,
arithmétique professionnelle, langues
(français, allemand, anglais, italien ou
espagnol).
Cours 2. : HOtel et technique
Branches enseignées : installations
techniques, technique opérationnelle (hôtel),
informatique, technique et organisation
comptables, comptabilité des clients,
mécanographie, correspondance hôtelière
(français, allemand, anglais), droit,
économie politique.
SWITZERLAND
SUISSE
SUIZA
3
Mom et adresse de l'établissement :
Faculté de Sciences Economiques et Sociales
Université de Berne
Hochschulstrasse 4
CH-3012 BERNE
Statut : public
Etablissement possédant une section de formation touristique
Option tourisme dans le cadre de la licence en sciences
économiques et sociales.
Débouchés : -
(a) Certificats, dipldmes, qualifications :
Maturité; Baccalauréat.
(b) Age : (c) Langue d'enseignement : allemand
Durée de l'enseignement : 4 ans
Diplomes ou certificats délivrés :
Licence es Sciences Economiques
Titres des cours et programmes des études : -
SWITZERLAIJD
4
SUISSE
SUIZA
Mom et adresse de l'établissement :
Institut de recherohes touristiques
à l'Université de Berne
Monbijoustrasse 29
CH-5001 BERNE
Statut : public
Hive au : post-universitaire
Débouchés : Conditions d'admission
(a) Certificats, diplômes, qualifications:
Licence
(b) Age. : ( c ) Langue d'enseignement
: allemand
Purée de l'enseignement : 6 ans minimum
Dipl3mes ou certificats délivrés :
Doctorat es Sciences Economiques
SWITZERLAND
SUISSE
SUIZA
29.5
Agency Training Unit
IATA
26 chemin de Joinville
P.O. Box 160
CH-1216 COINTRIN-gENEVE
2.
Status: Private
3.
Level: Secondary - initial training for recent entrants
in the Travel Agency field.
4.
Training
•
Name : Agency Training Unit
Field: Passenger Agents' Professional Training Course
5.
Openings leading to: Junior Employees of Travel Agencies
are trained to give a better professional performance.
6.
Nationals / Foreigners
(i) Employment with a Travel Agency or Airline;
(ii) Ability to work in English or Spanish.
(b) Age: No age limit, except as implied by employment status.
(c) Language of studies: English and Spanish (French Section
probably available at the end of 1975).
7.
Duration of studies: Period of study runs from a minimum
of 3 months to a maximum of about 12 months.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : IATA Preliminary Diploma
9.
Titles of courses and programmes of studies: This course
is offered locally in 25 Countries. The course consists
of a Training Kit containing the following elements:
- The Training Manual designed by professionnals working with
IATA Airlines and Travel Agency members of UPTAA associates
is presented in separate Units according to subject flatter
for easy reference and handling. Por example the main Units
include:
Travel Terminology
familiarisation with travel
industry language
World Geography
aspects of world geography in
relation to international air
transportation
^^k
1975
Aircraft
Travel Guides
Reservations
Air Fares and Tariff
Ticketing
description of main aircraft types
and their characteristics
training in how to make the best
use of the main travel reference
books
how to effect correct airline
bookings
basic instruction in the principle
of fare calculation
how to issue air tickets and
related documents without errors
- The Student's and Helper's Guide gives useful hints on
how to proceed with the study and how to test the student's
knowledge.
- The IATA Ticketing Handbook for reference use in studies
and in daily work.
- Extracts from some of the main travel guides to be used
in the practical exercices.
- A supply of blank specimen air tickets and other air
travel documents for practising the subject learnt.
SWITZERLAND
SUISSE
SUIZA
29.6 (HSV.77)
1.
Horn et adresse de l'établissement :
Institut International de Glion,
CH-1823 GLION sur MONTREUX
2.
Statut : établissement privé créé dans le
cadre du Centre International de Formation
HOtelière et Touristique (CIFHT) par la
Société d'Expansion Touristique S.A.
3.
Niveau : post-secondaire
4.
formation touristique et hôtelière
5.
Débouchés : la section "tourisme" forme du
personnel dirigeant et qualifié pour les
complexes touristiques, les offices du
tourisme, les agences de voyage, les
entreprises de transports touristiques.
6.
Nationaux
Formation scolaire pré-universitaire
(Maturité, Baccalauréat ou titre
équivalent) éventuellement expérience
professionnelle de valeur.
Etrangers
Titres équivalents à ceux exigés pour
les nationaux.
(b) Age : 20 ans révolus
(d) Frais de scolarité : enseignement payant
Durée de l'enseignement : deux ans : 2
semestres d'études, du 15 septembre au 15
juin, 3 mois de stage facultatif, du 15
juin au 15 - 30 septembre; 2 semestres
d'études, du 1er octobre au 15 juin.
DlplOme ou certificats délivrés :
Diplôme de l'Institut, reconnu par l'AMFORT
(Association Mondiale pour la Formation
Professionnelle Touristique)
Cours de formation complète en tourisme
(4 semestres)
Economie commerciale, comptabilité
générale, analyse financière et
comptabilité analytique, théorie et
politique touristiques, organisation
touristique, promotion commerciale,
marketing, entreprises hôtelières, agence
de voyage, géographie générale et
touristique, statistique touristique,
organisation du travail, travail de
bureau, correspondance commerciale,
dactylographie, allemand, anglais,
espagnol, questions culturelles, éducation
physique, économie de l'entreprise
touristique, informatique, gestion du
personnel, communication dans l'entreprise,
économie politique, aménagement du
territoire et architecture, étude du
marché touristique, problèmes juridiques,
sociologie, animation des stations
touristiques, complexes touristiques,
agences de voyages, congrès, étude de
cas, préparation méthodologique.
SWITZERLAND
SUISSE
SUIZA
29-7
1.
Ecole des Hautes Etudes Economiques
et Sociales de St.Sali
Dufourstrasse 50
CH-9000 ST.&ALL
^^B
2.
Statut : public
3-
4.
Section d'études avec programmes de cours et séminaires
obligatoires sur le tourisme (option tourisme dans le
cadre de la licence en Sciences Economiques et Sociales).
5.
Débouchés : professions touristiques au niveau universitaire
et professions d'économie des transports au niveau
universitaire.
6.
Maturité, Baccalauréat.
(b) Age : (c) Langue d'enseignement : allemand
7.
Durée de l'enseignement
: 4 ans
8.
DiplSmes ou certificats délivrés :
Licence es Sciences Economiques
9.
Titres des cours et programmes des etudes :
Plan d'études touristiques de l'Ecole des Hautes Etudes
de Saint-Gall
1er au 4e semestre, étape de base :
Conférence et exercices préliminaires à l'étude de l'économie politique, du droit commercial, de la technologie et
des langues vivantes.
5e au 8e semestre, étape avancée, avec spécialisation dans
le tourisme :
1975
Conférences et exercices généraux portant sur les matières
suivantes : gestion industrielle, administration du personnel, planification et controle, comptabilité, finances,
législation économique, droit fiscal, législation du travail,
automation, traitement des informations, politique de
développement et d'expansion du commerce, droit (notions
générales) et langues vivantes.
Conférences et exercices portant sur les matières spécifiques
suivantes :
Théorie du tourisme, ses rapports avec les différents
milieux : santé publique (climat, sources thermales,
sports), culture, politique sociale, société (prise de
conscience du tourisme par le public).
Organisation des opérations de tourisme (types, structure,
organisation, analyse et modalités de l'exploitation :
hôtels, lieux de villégiature, établissements d'enseignement, agences de voyages, bureaux de tourisme).
-
Séminaire sur la prospection des marchés et la publicité
touristiques.
Politique du tourisme (considérée d'un point de vue
économique intérieur et extérieur, organismes nationaux
et internationaux, planification et politique en matière
de stations touristiques).
Comptabilité des opérations de l'industrie touristique
(hôtels, agences de voyages, planification et politique).
Politique en matière de communications, moyens de
transport touristiques.
Exercices : discussion d'exemples pratiques particuliers,
études de cas, excursions d'étude.
SWITZERLAND
SUISSE
SUIZA
Institut de Tourisme de l'Ecole des
Hautes Etudes Economiques et Sociales
de Saint-Gall
Varnbuestrasse 19
CH-9000 SAINT-GALL
Statut : public
Niveau : post-universitaire
Débouchés : professions touristiques au niveau universitaire
et professions d'économie des transports au niveau universitaire .
Licence
(b) Age : (o) Langue d'enseignement : allemand
Durée de l'enseignement : de 3 à 6 trimestres
Doctorat es Sciences Economiques
TUNISIA
TUNISIE
TÜNEZ
3 0 . 1 (REV.77)
1.
Institut national d'Hôtellerie
et de Tourisme
SIPI-DHRIF par Sidi Bou Saïd
2.
Statut : établissement public placé sous la
tutelle de l'Office nationale du Tourisme
tunisien.
3.
Niveau : enseignement supérieur
4.
formation des cadres supérieurs de
l'hôtellerie et du tourisme
Domaine :
a) Techniciens supérieurs dans les spécialités suivantes :
- réception
- cuisine
- restaurant
- étages
- tourisme "voyages"
- tourisme "accueil"
b) Professeurs techniques pour les écoles
hôtelières
c) Techniciens de direction (en cours de
création;
5.
Débouchés : cadres supérieurs spécialisés,
enseignants techniques spécialisés et
cadres dirigeants de l'industrie hôtelière
(futurs chefs de département, sous-directeurs,
directeurs techniques de grandes unités
hôtelières).
6.
Nationaux
- Pour la formation des techniciens supérieurs:
Baccalauréat complet - anglais obligatoire
- Pour la formation des professeurs techniques:
Baccalauréat + diplôme de technicien
supérieur de l'Institut ou diplôme
équivalent
- Pour la formation des techniciens de
direction dans la gestion hôtelière :
Baccalauréat + diplôme du technicien
supérieur de l'Institut ou diplôme
équivalent".
Etrangers
Candidats de pays africains francophones et
du Moyen Orient principalement. Mêmes
conditions d'accès que les nationaux.
Cependant leurs candidatures doivent
obligatoirement être présentées par leurs
gouvernements.
(h) Age : 18 à 23 ans
enseignement mixte
(d) Frais de scolarité : les Nationaux
sont boursiers du gouvernement tunisien; les étrangers sont, suivant
les accords entre gouvernements,
soit boursiers de leurs pays, soit
boursiers du gouvernement tunisien.
L'Institut peut accepter également
des étudiants payant leurs frais de
scolarité calculés sur la base des
frais généraux de fonctionnement.
- Techniciens supérieurs : cycle de 2 ans,
comprenant un stage pratique d'été
- formation des futurs professeurs techniques :
une année à l'Institut;
- Techniciens de direction : une année à
l'Institut (système encore à l'étude).
a) diplôme de technicien supérieur
b) certificat d'aptitude de pédagogie
professionnelle
c) Diplôme de technicien de direction
hôtelière (appellation provisoire)
a) Techniciens supérieurs de l'hôtellerie
et du tourisme
Enseignement professionnel
- Travaux pratiques (dans
- Travaux pratiques
la spécialité
(dans la spécialité)
- Technologie profession- Technologie profesnelle (dans la spécialisionnelle (dans la
té)
spécialité)
- Organisation de l'er
- Hygiène générale
treprise
- Législation du travail
- Hygiène alimentaire
composition des
menus
Enseignement connexe
a) Disciplines scientifiques auxiliaires
- mathématiques appliquées
- comptabilité-commerce
b) Disciplines d'expression et d'information
- arabe
- français
- anglais
- allemand
- géographie touristique
b) formation des futurs professeurs techniques
cours de pédagogie avec séances d'application dans les classes;
- formation générale : organisation générale de l'enseignement en Tunisie - planification de la scolarisation liée au
développement économique et social du
pays.
c)
- formation des techniciens de direction
(en cours de création) :
enseignement économique, commercial.
Organisation et gestion de l'entreprise
hôtelière et touristique.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
,, -,
1.
The Technical College and School of Art
Palatine Road
BLACKPOOL
(Lancashire)
2.
3.
Level:
4.
5.
Employment opportunities: Supervisory and managerial
positions following appropriate industrial experience
in the Hotel and Catering Industry.
6.
Post-secondary
Nationals
To prepare Ordinary National Diploma: 4 General
Certificates of Education with "0" level.
To prepare Higher National Diploma: 5 GCEsselected from
a specified list (see No. 9) with one at
"A" level, or OND Diploma in Hotel and Catering
Operations, or OND Diploma in Institutional Housekeeping
and Catering.
Foreigners
Students from abroad generally admitted at
equivalent conditions.
(b) Age:
16 or 18 according to the Diploma prepared
(d) Pees: Fee-paying courses except for
students under a specified age.
7.
Duration of studies: Full-time courses, for OND, 2 years; for
HND, 3 years with practical work on a sandwich basis. Also
part-time courses, for HCIMA Intermediate and Final
Membership.
8.
Ordinary National Diploma in Hotel and Catering
(and Institutional) Operations
Higher National Diploma in Hotel and Catering
(and Institutional) Management
1975
.
/
•
Hotel and Catering Operations
Practice of Trade Cookery, Theory of Kitchen Operationsand
Trade Cookery, Restaurant Operationsand Service of Pood and
Drink (Theory and Practice), Housekeeping, Reception and
Office Organisation, Uniformed Staff, Hotel and Catering
Planning, Maintenance and Engineering.
Science
Scientific aspects of Hotel Keeping and Catering.
Hotel and Catering Administration
Accounting, Law, Economics, Introduction to Management.
Languages
English, French.
Tutorial and Private Studies
List of subjects for " 0 " and "A" Levels
English Language, English Literature, Mathematics, Geography,
History, Modern Language, Classical Language, Economics,
Sociology, and up to two approved Science subjects.
The subjects must include a subject which tests the
applicant's command of English. A science subject is
desirable at HND level.
HUD entry only: where applicants hold acceptable " 0 " level
passes, the following subjects may be offered at "A" level
only - Home Economics, Law, Business Studies, Commerce and
Accounting.
M I TED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
.2 (REV.77)
1.
Bournemouth, and Poole College,
Lansdowne,
BOURNEMOUTH,
Dorset
Bournemouth and Poole College,
North Road,
Parkstone,
POOLE,
Dorset
Principal Designate : R. Bailey, B.Sc, PhD.,
M.B.I.M.
2.
3.
Level : Post-Secondary
4.
5.
Employment opportunities : craft, supervisory
and managerial positions following appropriate
industrial experience in Tourism, or the Hotel
and Catering and the Tourist industry.
6.
Nationals
To prepare for Ordinary National Diploma :
4 General Certificates of Education at
"0" Level.
Foreigners
Students from abroad are generally admitted
at equivalent conditions.
It is important
that they are competent in written and
spoken English.
(b) Age : 16 or 18 according to the Diploma
prepared.
./.
(c) language of Studies : English
(d) Pees : Fee-paying courses, except for
students under a specified age
Duration of studies
Full-time courses, for O.N.D., 2 years.
Ordinary National Diploma in Hotel and
Catering (and Institutional) Operations.
Hotel and Catering Operations : Practice of
Trade Cookery, Theory of Kitchen Operations
and Trade Cookery, Restaurant Operations and
Services of Food and Drink (Theory and
Practice), Housekeeping, Reception and Office
Organisation, Uniformed Staff, Hotel and
Catering Planning, Maintenance and Design.
Science : Scientific aspects of Hotel
Keeping and Catering.
Ho tel and Catering Admini s tration : Accounting,
law, Economics, Introduction to Management.
languages : English, French
Tutorial and Private Studies :
list of subjects for "0" and "A" levels
English language, English literature,
Mathematics, Geography, History, Modern
language, Classical language, Economics,
Sociology, and up to two approved Science
subjects.
The subjects must include a
subject which tests the applicant's command
of English.
31
1.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
3
North Gloucestershire Technical College
The Park
CHELTENHAM
(Gloucestershire)
2.
Status:
Public Institution
3.
Level:
4.
5.
in the Hotel andCatering Industry.
6.
Post-secondary
Nationals
Certificates of Education with " 0 " level.
Operations, or OND Diploma in Institutional Housekeeping and Catering.
Foreigners
(b) Age:
(c ) Language of studies:
English
(d) Fees: Fee-paying courses except
for
7.
part-time courses, for HCIMA intermediate and final
Membership.
8.
1975
•/•
Trade Cookery, Restaurant Operationsand Service of Food and
Science
Languages
English, French.
List of subjects for "0" and "A" Levels
HND entry only: where applicants hold acceptable "0" level
Accounting.
UNITED KINGDOM
HOYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
31 4
1.
Huddersfield College of Technology
Queensgate
HUDDERSFIELD
(Yorkshire)
2.
Status: Publie Institution
3.
Level:
4.
Post-secondary
5. Employment Opportunities: Supervisory and managerial
6.
Nationals
Foreigners
Students from abroad generally admitted at equivalent
conditions.
(b) Age:
^^ß
(d) Pees: Pee-paying courses except for students
under a specified age.
1975
7.
Duration of studies: Pull-time courses, for OND, 2 years; for
part-time courses, for HCIMA Intermediate and Pinal Membership.
8.
./.
Trade Cookery, Restaurant Operationsand Service of Food and
Science
Languages
English, French.
HND entry only: where applicants hold acceptable " 0 " level
Accounting.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
31.5 (REV.77)
1.
Leeds Polytechnic
Calverley Street
LEEDS LSI 3HE
2.
3.
Level : Postrsecondary
4.
5.
Employment opportunities : Supervisory and
managerial positions following appropriate
industrial experience in the Hotel and
Catering Industry
6.
Nationals
To prepare Ordinary National Diploma :
4 General Certificates of Education with
"0" Level.
To prepare Higher National Diploma :
5 GCEs selected from a specified list
(see No. 9) with one at "A" Level, or
OND Diploma in Hotel and Catering
Operations, or OND Diploma in
Institutional Housekeeping and Catering.
Foreigners
Students from abroad generally admitted
(b) Age : 16 or 18 according to the Diploma
prepared.
./.
(d) Fees : Fee-paying courses except for
7.
Duration of studies : Full-time courses, for
OND, 2 years; for HND, 3 years with practical
work on a sandwich basis.
Also part-time
courses, for HCIMA Intermediate and Final
Membership.
8.
(and Institutional) Operations.
Higher National Dinloma in Hotel and Catering
(and Institutional) Management.
9.
Practice of Trade Cookery, Theory of
Kitchen Operations and Trade Cookery,
Restaurant Operations and Service of
Food and Drink (Theory and Practice),
Housekeeping, Reception and Office
Organisation, Uniformed Staff, Hotel and
Catering Planning, Maintenance and
Engineering.
Science
Scientific aspects of Hotel Keeping and
Catering.
Accounting, Law, Economics, Introduction to
Management.
Languages
English, French
list of subjects for "0" and "A" Levels
English language, English Literature,
Mathematics, Geography, History, Modern
Language, Classical Language, Economics,
Sociology, and up to two approved
Science subjects.
The subjects must
include a subject which tests the
applicant's command of English.
A
Science subject is desirable at HMD
Level.
HND entry only :
Where applicants hold acceptable "0" Level
passes, the following subjects may be
offered at "A" Level only - Home Economics,
Law, Business Studies, Commerce and
Accounting.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME UNI
REINO UNIDO
31.6 (REV.77)
1.
Middlesex Polytechnic Hendon Site
The Burroughs
Hendon
LONDON. N.W.4 4 BT
2.
Status;
3.
Level:
4.
Institution including a section/department of Hotel
5.
6.
(a)
Public Institution
Post-secondary
Nationals
To prepare Higher National Diploma: 5 GCEs
selected from a specified list (see No. 9) with
one at "A" level, or OND Diploma in Hotel and
Catering Operations, or OND Diploma in
Institutional Housekeeping and Catering.
Foreigners
(b)
Age:
16 or 18 according to the Diploma prepared.
(c)
Language of studies:
English
(d) Fees: Fee-paying courses except for students
under a specified age.
7.
Duration of studies: Full-time courses, for OND, 2
years; for HND, 3 years with practical work on a
sandwich basis. Also part-time courses, for HCIMA
Intermediate and Final Membership. Final 2 year
sandwich course for HCIMA.
Higher National Diploma in* Hotel and Catering
Practice of Trade Cookery, Theory of Kitchen Operations
and Trade Cookery, Restaurant Operations and Service of
Food and Drink (Theory and Practice), Housekeeping,
Reception and Office Organisation, Uniformed Staff,
Hotel and Catering Planning, Maintenance and Engineering
Science
Hotel and Caterings Administration;
Accounting, Law, Economics, Intraduction to Management,
Tourism, Marketing, Personnel and Training.
Languages:
English, Frenoh, Spanish.
Subjects for entry:
A full range of academic subjects to the minimum
numbers indicated may be found acceptable at "0" and "A"
Level. The subjects must include those which show a
standard of achievement in literacy and numeracy. A
science subject is desirable, particularly at HND level
The number of subject passes is a minimum and a spread
of subjects is expected from successful applicants.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
31.7
1.
The Holling College for the Pood and
Fashion Industries
Old Hall Lane
Wilmslow Road
MANCHESTER 14
^^k
2.
3.
Level:
4.
Post-Secondary
5. Employment opportunities: Supervisory and managerial
6.
Nationals
a specified list (see No. 9) with one
at "A" level, or OND Diploma in Hotel and Catering
Foreigners
conditions.
^^k
(b) Age: 16 or 18 according to the Diploma prepared
(d) Fees: Fee-paying courses except for
1975
7.
HND, 3 years with practical work on a sandwich basis. Alsoparttime courses, for HCIMA Intermediate and Final Membership.
8.
./.
Office Organisation, uniformed Staff, Hotel and Catering
Science
Languages
English, French.
HND entry only: where applicants hold acceptable "0" level
Accounting.
UNITED KINGDOM
EOYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
5
1.
Highbury Technical College
Davercourt Road
Cosham
PORTSMOUTH
(Hampshire)
2.
3.
Level:
4.
Post-secondary
5. Employment opportunities: Supervisory and managerial
6.
Nationals
To prepare Higher National Diploma: 5 GCEs selected from
"A" level, or OND Diploma in Institutional Housekeeping and Catering.
(b) Age: 16 or 18 according to the Diploma prepared.
7.
part-time courses, for HCIMA Intermediate and Final
Membership.
8.
1975
• /•
Science
•languages
English, French.
HHD entry only: where applicants hold acceptable " 0 " level
Accounting.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
3I.9
1.
South Devon Technical College
Newton Road,
TORQUAY,
(South Devon)
2.
Status:
Public Institution
3.
Level:
4.
5.
6.
Post-Secondary
Nationals
Certificates of Education with " 0 " level.
To prepare Higher National Diploma: 5 GCEsseleetedfrom
a specified list (see No. 9) with one
at "A" level, or OND Diploma in Hotel and Catering
Foreigners
conditions.
(b) Age: 16 or 18 according to the Diploma prepared
7-
8.
HND, 3 years with practical work on a sandwich basis.Also parttime courses, for HCIMA Intermediate and Final Membership.
1975
./.
Science
Languages
English, French.
HMD entry only: where applicants hold acceptable "0" level
Accounting.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
-,-, -,n /voir T7ï
31.10 (REV. Il)
1.
College of Food and Domestic Arts,
Hotel and Catering Department,
Summer Row,
BIRMINGHAM'
2.
3.
Level : Post-secondary
4.
Name : Hotel and Catering Department
Field : Home Economics; Hotel and Catering
Management; Institutional Management.
5.
Employment opportunities : Supervisory levels
in the Hotel and Catering Industry; Technicians
in Food Technology; Crafts levels, i.e.
Chefs and Receptionists for Hotels.
6.
Nationals
5 GCE* including one at "A" level
* General Certificate of Education
Foreigners
Equivalent
(t>) Age : 16 and over
(d) Fees : Fee paying courses
(e) Fellowships : Exemption of fees according
to the student's age
./.
Duration of studies : Generally full-time from
one to three years duration.
-
Final Membership of the HCIMA
HND* in Hotel and Catering Administration
HUD in Institutional Management
OND** in Hotel and Catering Operations
OND in Pood Technology
* Higher National Diploma
**Ordinary National Diploma
HND in Hotel, Catering and Institutional
Management (5 years)
-
Pood and Beverage Operations
Building Management
Catering Operations
Cost and Financial Accounting
General studies
French and alternative language
Applied Sciences
Statistical methods
Work study
Marketing
Law
Economics
./.
OND in Hotel and Catering Operations (2 years)
-
Food and Beverage Operations
Accommodation Operations
Applied Sciences
English
French
Liberal studies
Commerce
Cost and Financial Accounting
Human Relations
Work study
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
31.11 (REV.77)A
1.
University of Strathclyde,
Scottish Hotel School,
Ross Hall,
Crookston Road,
Glasgow G52 3NQ
2.
3.
Level : University standard (advanced course).
4.
Institution, including a section/department of
Name : Scottish Hotel School
Field : -
5.
Employment opportunities : Senior managerial
responsibilities in the Hotel, Catering and
Institutional Industry, after a good practical
experience.
6.
Nationals
Minimum 5 GCE* passes with 3 at "A" level
or equivalent.
Foreigners
Equivalent to the U.K. qualification
requirements.
Must prove a sufficient
competence in the English language.
(t>) Age : 17 years (minimum).
(c) Language of studies : English.
(d) Fees : Fee-paying courses.
(e) Fellowships : Possible allowances for U.K.
students.
Duration of studies : 3 years full-time course
Diplomas or Certificates : Degree of Bachelor
of Arts in Hotel and Catering Administration
of the University of Strathclyde.
Subjects taught : various aspects of Hotel
management.
13 courses must be followed
during the 3 years of study.
Between 8 and
10 of these are taken in Hotel School
subjects, the balance being a choice of
Business Subjects and Languages.
For each
course at least 50 hours of lectures +
seminars and in addition laboratory work.
Compulsory courses :
- Hotel operations, I, II and III
- Catering I and II
- Practical work in summer vacations
Option offered by the Hotel Department of the
University (for the 3rd year) :
-
Catering III
Tourism I and II
Planning and Development
Technology of Catering I and II
Catering Facilities Planning
Services Planning
International Cuisine
(REV.77)B
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
University of Strathclyde,
Scottish Hotel School,
Ross Hall,
Crookston Road,
Glasgow G52 3NQ
Level : University standard (advanced course)
Name : Scottish Hotel School
Field ; Employment opportunities : Position in national
tourist offices, quasi governmental appointments,
academic and industrial appointments.
(a) Second Class Honours of a British university
of a cognate subject or overseas equivalent.
(D)
-
(d) Pees : Fee-paying courses
(e) Fellowships : Possible support for U.K.
students from S.S.R.C., for overseas
students from British Council.
Duration of studies : 1 full year.
Diplomas or Certificates : Degree of Master of
Science (Tourism) of the University of
Strathclyde
./.
Subjects taught : Four courses must be followed,
three of which are compulsory and one option.
Successful completion of the instructional
course is followed by a dissertation of 20,000
words.
For each course at least 50 hours of
lectures plus seminars, tutorials and some
visits.
Compulsory courses :
- International tourism
- Tourism administration
- Operation of tourist facilities
Options offered by the Tourism Department
- Tourism in developing countries
- Tourism in the U.K.
Students may opt to take other appropriate
classes at this level provided they are
qualified so to do in Marketing or Economics.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
31.12
1.
University of Surrey
GUILDFORD, Surrey
2.
3. Level: University standard (advanced course)
4.
Name: Department of Hotel and Catering Management
Field: -
5.
Openings leading to: Senior managerial positions
in the Hotel and Catering Industry after a good practical
experience.
6.
Nationals
5 GCE* (2 at "Advanced" level)
or 4 GCE* (3 at "Advanced" level)
or a qualification deemed to be equivalent to the above
and personal interview
•General Certificate of Education
Foreigners
Must prove
sufficient competence in the English
language.
(b) Age:
18 years
(d) Fees:
Fee-paying courses
(e) Fellowships: Possible allowances for U.K. students
1975
7.
Duration of studies: 4 years sandwich courses with one
year spent in industry.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : Degree of Bachelor
of Science in Hotel and Catering Administration of the
University of Surrey.
• /•
9.
First and Second Terms
- Book-Keeping I
- Economics I
- Law I
- Pood and drink
- Pood preparation. Pood science I
- General studies
Third and Fifth Terms
- Industrial management
- Administration
- Connex subjects
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
11 (REV 77)
Name and address of Institution;:
The Ealing College of Higher Education,
School of Hotel-Keeping and Catering,
St. Mary's Road,
Ealing,
LONDON W5 5RF
level : Post-secondary
Name : School of Hotel-Keeping and Catering
Field : Employment opportunities : Positions of
supervisory or managerial responsibilities
(according to the diploma owned) after
suitable experience.
Nationals
For admission to an Ordinary National
Diploma
4 GCE* "0" Levels
For admission to an Higher National
Diploma
5 GCE* including one at "A" Level
or OND in Hotel and Catering operations
or OND in Institutional Housekeeping and
Catering
or OND in Business Studies
(b) Age : 15-16-18 and over according to the
courses followed
(d) Fees : Fee-paying courses except for
students under 18 and students under 21
in certain circumstances.
Duration of studies : Full-time courses
for OND - 2 years full time
for HND - 3 years with work on sandwich basis
Also part-time courses - for HCl Intermediate
and Final Membership and for Receptionists.
Ordinary National Diploma in Business Studies
(Hotel Reception)
Ordinary National Diploma in Hotel-Keeping
and Catering Operations
Administration
OND in Hotel-Keeping and Catering Operations
- Food and Beverage Operations
- Accommodation Operations
- Business,: Accounting, Administration,
Law and Economics
- Science : General and Applied
- English and French
OND in Business Studies (Hotel Reception)
- Accounting
- Structure of Commerce
- Economics
-
English-French
Hotel Organisation
Shorthand
Typewriting
END in Hotel and Catering Administration
Technical Studfës
- Food and Beverage Services
- Accommodation Operations
- Applied Science
Business Studies
- Business Administration
- Accounting
- Economics
General Studies
- A Foreign language
vi -i/ f-avv 7-71
31.14 (REV.77)
1.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME UNI
REINO UNIDO
Westminster College
Vincent Square
LONDON SW1P 2FD
2.
3.
4;
Name : Hotel School
5.
Openings leading to : Positions of supervisory or managerial responsibilities (according to the diploma owned) after suitable
experience. Kitchen and restaurant craft.
6.
Nationals
For admission to an Ordinary National
Diploma
4 GCE* "0" Level
For admission to a Higher National
Diploma
5 GCE* including one at "A" Level
or OND in Hotel and Catering Operations
or OND in Business Studies
Foreigners
Overseas students admitted on full-time.
(b) Age : 16-18 and over according to the
courses followed.
(d) Fees : Fee-paying courses or free courses
according to the student's age.
Duration of studies : Full-time courses
- Hotel courses for students of 16 and over :
/
2 years
- OND : 2 years
- HNC : 3 years including practical work on a
sandwich basis.
- Kitchen and Restaurant Craft courses : 3 years
Also part time courses in Hotel Management,
Kitchen and HC IMA Intermediate and Final
Membership.
Final Membership is also available on a 2 year
sandwich course (entry qualifications are
Intermediate membership or OND)
Ordinary National Diploma in Hotel and
Catering and Institutional operations
Higher National Diploma in Hotel Administration
Final Membership of the HCBIA
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
3 1 15
1.
Institution:
Middlesex Polytechnic,
The B u r r o u g h s ,
Hendon,
LONDON NW4 4ET
2.
Status;
Puhlic I n s t i t u t i o n
3.
Level :
4-
I n s t i t u t i o n i n c l u d i n g a s e c t i o n / d e p a r t m e n t of H o t e l and
Catering Training
Post-secondary
Name:
Department of H o t e l and C a t e r i n g A d m i n i s t r a t i o n and
Technology
Field:
A l l s e c t o r s of t h e H o t e l and C a t e r i n g I n d u s t r y
together with i n t e r - r e l a t e d or associated sections
5-
Openings l e a d i n g t o : Middle Management i n t h e H o t e l and
Catering Industry after suitable experience.
6.
C o n d i t i o n s of a d m i s s i o n :
(a)
Nationals
At least 5 GCE* including one at "A" level
Foreigners
Must p r o v e a s u f f i c i e n t competence of t h e E n g l i s h
l a n g u a g e and e q u i v a l e n t q u a l i f i c a t i o n s t o t h e above
(b)
Age: Minimum 17 y e a r s
( c ) Language of s t u d i e s :
(d) F e e s :
7-
8.
English
Fee-paying courses
( e ) F e l l o w s h i p s : "Exemption from f e e s a c c o r d i n g t o s t u d e n t ' s
age.
D u r a t i o n of s t u d i e s : J u n i o r Course ( l e a d i n g t o OND): 2 y e a r s
S e n i o r Course ( l e a d i n g t o HND) : 3 y e a r s i n c l u d i n g p r a c t i c a l "work
i n t h e i n d u s t r y on a sandwich b a s i s .
Diplomas o r C e r t i f i c a t e s : O r d i n a r y N a t i o n a l D i p l o m a
i n H o t e l and C a t e r i n g O p e r a t i o n s . H i g h e r N a t i o n a l Diploma.
1975
. /.
9.
Titles of courses and programmes of studies; for the HND
Hours per week
1st Year
2nd Year
9
6
Pood and Beverage
operations
4
3
Accommodation
Operations
3
Pood and Beverage
operations
Planning and Establishment maintenance
Hours per week 3rd Year
Economics
3
3
Business Adminis6
trat ion and Management
Techniçfues
Accounts
4
4
Law
1
1
Elective Related
4
StudyOne of the following:-
Applied Science
4
4
4
4
Liberal Studies
Modern language
- Accounting
- Applied Science
- Tourism
- one
2
2
- Besign and Planning
- two
4
4
- Marketing
- Personnel and Training
- Liberal studies
4
Modern language
- one
2
- two
4
Total Weeks in College
25
25
32
Total Weeks Industrial
Training
20
20
8
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
.16
1.
Institution;
Norwich C i t y C o l l e g e ,
H o t e l - K e e p i n g and C a t e r i n g Department,
Ipswich Road,
NORWICH NOR 67D
2.
Status;
3.
Level;
4.
I n s t i t u t i o n c o n c e n t r a t i n g o n l y i n H o t e l and C a t e r i n g
Training
Name;
Public
Institution
Post-secondary
H o t e l - K e e p i n g and C a t e r i n g Department
F i e l d ; A l l s e c t i o n s of t h e h o t e l and c a t e r i n g i n d u s t r y
5.
Openings l e a d i n g t o ;
Middle Management i n t h e H o t e l and
Catering Industry following appropriate experience.
6.
C o n d i t i o n s of
admission;
( a ) C e r t i f i c a t e s , Diplomas,
Qualifications;
Nationals
5' GCE* p a s s e s i n c l u d i n g 1 "A" l e v e l
* General C e r t i f i c a t e of E d u c a t i o n
Foreigners
Must prove a s u f f i c i e n t
language.
competence of t h e E n g l i s h
(b) Age; l 8 y e a r s and o v e r
( c ) Language of s t u d i e s ;
(d) F e e s ;
English
Fee-paying courses
( e ) F e l l o w s h i p s ; According t o s t u d e n t ' s age exemption of
7-
8.
fees
D u r a t i o n of s t u d i e s ; on a sandwich b a s i s f o r 3 y e a r s .
Each y e a r : Terms I and I I : C o l l e g e . Term I I I :
Industry
Diplomas o r C e r t i f i c a t e s d e l i v e r e d ; H i g h e r N a t i o n a l Diploma
i n H o t e l and C a t e r i n g A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
3.
let Year
2nd Year
3rd Year
HOURS PER WEEK
Technical Studies
Food and Beverage
Operations
6
5
6
Planning, Establishment
and Maintenance
1
1
1
2
2
Accommodation
Operations
Related Studies
Economics
2
2
Accounting
4
3
1
Applied Science
4
4
Business Management
(including Management
Techniques)
2
1
4
Law
1
1
Marketing
1
Financial Management/
Tourism/Applied
Science
General Studies
6
6
3
6
TOTAL
25
26
24
31
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UBI
REINO-UNIDO
17
1.
University of Surrey
GUILDFORD,
Surrey
2.
Status:
Public Institution
3.
Level:
University, Post-Graduate
4.
Institution including a department of Hotel and Catering
Training offering Post-Graduate Studies in Tourism
Name: Department of Hotel and Catering Management
5.
Openings leading to: Careers in Official Tourist Organisations at national, regional and local levels, in Transportation, Hotel, Tour-Operating, Travel-Agent Companies, in
Government and other Organisations in which a specialist
knowledge of Tourism is important.
6.
i) Postgraduate Diploma MSc in Tourism
Candidates for admission shall normally be honours
graduates in an appropriate discipline for which the
study of tourism represents an extension of their
first degree studies. First degrees which are particularly relevant are those in economics, and other
social sciences, geography, hotel and catering
administration, planning and urban studies, languages
with regional studies. Age: 20 +
ii) University Certificate in Tourism
Passed the corporate membership examination of the
Hotel and Catering Institute, The Institutional
Management Association, the Hotel Catering and
Institutional Management Association or the Chartered
Institute of Transport or hold an equivalent qualification. Age: 30 +
iii) Higher Degree of the University for Individual
Research Projects, i.e. Tourism
The current research programme in the Department is,
for the most part, conducted by members ol teaching
staff and full-time research fellows and students
who are recruited for specific topics. Part-time
students may be considered for research in areas of
interest to the Department.
7.
Duration of studies: (i) Post-Graduate course in Tourism,
one year full-time course (of three terms of ten weeks each);
• /•
(ii) Short Courses for Management; each course unit consists
of some 30 hours of work spread over five days. Individual
courses units are grouped into 6 categories, each of which
consists of several course units : - catering management,
- hotel management, - tourism, - financial and management
accounting, - human resourceSmanagement, - management
techniques; (iii) -.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates: (i) Post-Graduate Diploma MSc in
Tourism; (ii) University Certificate in Tourism; (iii) Higher
Degree of the University, i.e. in Tourism, for individual
research projects.
9.
(i) One year full-time post-graduate course in Tourism
September - Induction Course (one week)
Term I
Anatomy of Tourism
Statistics of Tourism
Passenger Transportation
Christmas - short course: Finance
Term II Accommodation, Catering and Entertainment
Tours and Agencies
Marketing
Easter - short course: Introduction to Management
Term III Organisation of Tourism
Planning and Development
Marketing Functions
Terms I, II, III : Modern Language, French, German, or
Spanish.
(ii) no details
(iii) no details
N.B. The above Institution is also covered by white card No.31,12
related to training activities in the field of hotel
occupations.
UNITED STATES OP AMERICA
ETATS-UNIS D'AMERIQUE
ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMERICA
32.1
1.
University of Denver
University Park
DENVER, Col. 80204
2.
Status: Private Instutition, under control of
the Ministry of Education
3.
Level: Undergraduate Level (Higher Level and Management
Level)
4.
Institution including a section/department of Hotel
Name : School of Hotel and Restaurant Management
5.
Openings leading to: Management positions in the Hotel and
Restaurant Industry (Assistant Managers, Department Heads,
etc.). Possible position of Senior Management within 3 to
5 years.
6.
Nationals
High School or College Academic Records.
Personal references. Scholastic Aptitude Test.
Foreigners
Equivalent qualifications. Good knowledge of English.
(b) Age: No age requirements
(d) Fees: Yes
7.
Duration of studies: 4 years, including two units of
480 hours each of practical work.
8. Diplomas or Certificates:
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
with a major in Hotel and Restaurant Management
1975
•A
9.
Introduction to Pood Service and Lodging Management
Principles and Procedures of Pood Preparation
Selection and Procurement
Quantity Pood Techniques
Operations Cost Control
Maintenance and Engineering Problems
Classical Cuisine
Problems in Hotel and Restaurant Design
Merchandising and Sales for Pood Service and Lodging
Domestic and International Tourism
Pood Management Systems
Hotel and Restaurant Sanitation
Topics in Hotel and Restaurant Management
Seminar in Hotel and Restaurant Management
and general Business Courses: Accounting, Law,
Marketing, Economics, Finance....
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
32.2
1.
Michigan State UniversitySchool of Hotel, Restaurant and
Institutional Management
424 Eppley Center
EAST LANSING-, MI 48824
2.
Status:
Part of the College of Business Administration
3.
Level: Undergraduate and Graduate (Master of Business
Administration with a minor in HR-IM Degrees).
4.
Name: School of Hotel, Restaurant and Institutional
Management
Field: Hotel Management
Restaurant Management (to include fast foods,
industrial foodservice, etc.)
5.
Openings leading to: Positions which Graduates most often
move into upon completion of the programme are Management
Trainee, Assistant Managers, Department Heads, etc.
Most students move into positions of Senior Management
within 3 to 5 years.
6.
Nationals
Diploma from an accredited US High School.
Must have a minimum grade average in High School
of "C" or 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale).
Foreigners
Michigan State University will not admit foreign students
directly into the undergraduate programme. Recommend
that foreign students spend 2 years at another US College
and then transfer. Qualifications for admission to the
Graduate programme include a Degree from a recognised
College or University, a high level of fluency in English,
a minimum Grade average in an accredited College or
University of "B" or 3.0, and a satisfactory score on
the ATGSB exemination.
(b) Age:
No age requirements
1975
./.
(d) Pees: US$37.00 per credit hour of instruction each term.
There are 3 terms in an academic year and students
typically enroll for approximately 16 credit hours each
term.
(e) Fellowships: Financial aid is not available to students
until they have been in the programme for at least one
term.
7.
Duration of studies: Four years for undergraduate programme
Two years for graduate programme
8.
Master in Busineís Administration
9.
Bachelor of Arts -
Major fields
Elementary Food Preparation
Meats, Poultry and Fishery Products I
Service Industries Equipment and Utilities
Food Production Science
Food Production Standards
Service Industry Accounting
Lodging Management I
Lodging Management II
Management Systems for the Hospitality Industry
Work Analysis and Design
Marketing of Hospitality Services
Food and Beverage Management
Food Production Systems
Hotel Law
Design and Layout
Operations Research in the Service Industries
Operational Analysis in the Hospitality Industries
N.B. The above Institution is also covered by blue card
of tourism occupations.
32.3 (REV 77)
1.
The Educational Institute of the
American Hotel and Motel Association,
1407 South Harrison Road,
Michigan State University,
EAST.LANSING,
MI 48824.
2.
Status : Private, non-profit, wholly-owned
subsidiary of the American Hotel and Motel
Association
3.
4.
Institution concentrating in Hotel, Catering
Training and Related Areas
5.
Openings leading to : Careers of Assistant
Manager in small Hotels or Room-Clerk in large
Hotels for College Graduate; At Supervisory
levels for High School Graduate.
Offer large
possibilities of updating and upgrading to
persons with specialised training and to
Department Heads and Supervisor.
6.
(a) Certificates, Diplomas, Qualifications :Desire to enter or advance in the industry
(b) Age : 16
(d) Fees : Fee-paying courses (modest)
N.B. The flexibility offered by the Educational
Institute in the use of its courses gives
career-minded people a variety of methods
by which they may benefit of the Institute
resources.
./.
7.
Juration of studies : According to the programme
and the way of study, i.e. :
- Home Study (the most flexible of the four
ways)
- Group and Class Study
- Groups of five or more (instructed)
- Institute Courses in Colleges
8.
The Institute Diploma (the enrollee must have
received 10 Certificates of 10 Institutes courses
selected on a specified list).
The Certified Hotel Administrator (the candidate
must complete the 10 Institute courses of the
Diploma plus 5 Advanced Management courses and
have a final examination supervised hy a National
Certification Commission.
Certificates of achievement in the following
specialities :
- Food and Beverage Operations
- Hotel/Motel Operations
- Housekeeping Operations
9.
Institute Diploma Programme
Group A : Management and Administration (2
courses)
Required courses : Any two of the following :
- Introduction to Hotel-Motel Management
- Organisation and Administration
- Motel-Motor Hotel Management
./•
Group B : Executive Development (3 courses)
Required courses : Both of the following :
- Human Relations
- Communications
Group C : Technical (5 courses)
Required courses : All three of the following :
- Hotel-Motel Law
- Food and Beverage Management and Service
- Hotel-Motel Accounting Fundamentáis
Plus two courses selected from the following :
-
Food and Beverage Purchasing
Food Production Principles
Front Office Procedure
Hotel-Motel Sales Promotion
Supervisory Housekeeping
Maintenance and Engineering
In the Diploma programme, there is no fixed
sequence in which courses must he taken.
If
the enrollee chooses home study for a particular
course, he may take the course representing his
personal preference.
If he or she chooses
group study or class study, consideration must
he given to what courses are currently available
through local study groups, classes sponsored
by local hotel-motel organisations, or classes
offered in local schools or community colleges.
Certified Hotel Administrator Programme
Group D : Advanced Management (5 courses, in
addition to institute Diploma)
Required courses : Any five of the following :
- Advanced Hotel-Motel Accounting
Food and Beverage Controls
Managerial Economics : Outside the
Enterprise
Managerial Economics : Within the
Enterprise
labour and Industrial Relations
32.4
1.
Cornell UniversitySchool of Hotel Administration
Statler Hall
ITHACA, New York 14850
2.
Status: Private Institution
3.
Level: Undergraduate and Graduate
4.
Name : School of Hotel Administration
Field: Hotel and Catering Administration and Management
5.
Openings leading to: Professionnal careers in the Management
of Hotels, Motels, Resorts and Condominiums, Restaurants,
Clubs, Hospitals and Institutions generally and in their
design and equipment layout.
6.
Nationals
Undergraduate admission: Secondary School Degree
with at least 16 acceptable units of entrance;
Pass the Scholastic Aptitute Test; personal interview.
Graduate admission: Bachelor Degree; personal interview.
Foreigners
At least 12 years of General Education.
(b) Age:
No age requirements
(d) Fees:
Fee-paying courses
(e) Fellowships: yes
7.
1975
- 4 years undergraduate programme, including 2 Summer
periods of 10 weeks each cf full-time employment;
- one year more for completion of the M.P.S. or the M.S.;
- 2 years special programme for students having a foreign
Diploma;
- "School's Summer short courses" for working staff: one to
3 weeks.
• /.
Diplomas or Certificates '.
Bachelor of Science in Hotel Administration
Master of Professional Studies in Hotel Administration
Master of Science in Hotel Administration
Ph.D. in Hotel Administration
Undergraduate required courses
Freshman year
Humanities I and II, Elementary Psychology, Introductory
Management, Information Systems, Elementary Accounting,
Hospitality Accounting, Fundamentals of Pood Preparation and
Service, Commercial Food Production, Food Chemistry, Sanitation in the Food Service Operations
Sophomore year
Macroeconomics, Microeconomics, Management of Personnel,
Intermediate Accounting, Managerial Accounting in the
Hospitality Industry, Financial Economics, Meat Science and
Management, Property Management Graphics
Junior year
Effective Communications in Organisation, Financial Management, Operation Food Production Systems, Law Business, Law
of Innkeeping, Mechanical and Electrical Problems
Senior year
Economics, Physical Plant Planning and Construction
undergraduate Elective Courses in Hotel Administration
Courses:
Management
Administration
Properties Management
Managerial Communications
. 5 (REV.77)
1.
University of Nevada,
4505 Maryland Parkway,
LASVEGAS,
Nevada 89154
2.
3.
Level : Graduate level University, but only
undergradúate hotel
4.
Name : College of Hotel Administration
Field : Hotel and Food Service
5.
Employment opportunities : Management positions
in the Hotel and Catering Industry such as
Assistant Manager, Department Head.
Career
opportunities at top management level are
offered to graduate students with good
experience.
6.
Nationals
Diploma from a High School.
Must have
a minimum grade-point average of 2.3 and
have taken at least 16 units (10 of which
in academic fields).
Foreigners
Equivalent.
Excellent knowledge of English
(b) Age : No age requirements
(d) Fees : Approximately $2500 annually plus
housing, I25OO.
./.
(e) Fellowships : The College offers
scholarship aid to an increasing number
of students
Duration of studies : 4 years (128 credits
in required and elective courses plus 800
clock hours of gainful employment).
Bachelor of Science in Hotel Administration
Freshman year
Orientation to Hotel
Psychology
College Algebra
Sociology
Comp and Rhetoric
Comp and Rhetoric
History
History
Physical Education
Public Speaking
Physical Education
Sophomore year
Pood Operations I
Principles of Econ
Intro to Computer
Program
Elem Accounting I
Physical Education
Pood Operations II
Principles of Econ II
Statistics
Elem Accounting II
Physical Education
Junior year
Principles of
Management
Hotel Design
Business Law
Human Relations
Innkeeping
Hotel law
Hotel Accounting
Marketing
Practical Experience
Senior year
Hotel Operations and
Management
Hotel Internship
Hotel Marketing
Corporate Finance
Hotel Electives
Front Office Operations
Building Management
Hotel and the Community
Quantity Food Mgt.
Math, of Casino Games
Domestic Tour and
Travel I
Hotel Tour of Europe
Survey of Security
Franchising
Sociology of Innkeeping
Architecture in Hotel
Labour-Mgt. Relations
Modern Service Systems
Wine Seminar
Quantitative Tools for
the Hospitality
Industry
Casino Operations and
Management
Computer Application
to the Hospitality
Industry
Convention Mgt.
Domestic Tour and
Travel II
Recreation Industry
Hotel Entertainment
Hotel Internship III
Hotel Admin. Seminar
Training Purposes
and Tech..
Club Operations
Facilities Ping, and
Equip.
Food and Beverage Mgt.
Hotel Realty
Practicum in Hotel Ed.
Seminar in Research
(Students who intend to pursue the M.B.A.
should select their électives accordingly)
32.6
1.
School of Hotel, Food and Travel Services
Florida International University
Tamiami Trail
MIAMI, Fla. 33199
2.
Status: -
3.
Level: Upper Level University. Candidates must have
completed two years of College training to qualify
for admission.
4.
Field: Hotel, Catering and Tourism Management
5.
Openings leading to: Management development programmes
of major companies. Middle Management positions of
Assistant Manager, Assistant Department Head and sometimes
Department Head. Eventual goal - Top Management.
6.
Nationals
Two year Associate Degree or 2 years of College
or two years of Technical Institute. Experience
in industry recommended.
Foreigners
Same as for Nationals
(b) Age: Minimum age 19 - no maximum
(d) Fees: US$ 2200 per academic year
(e) Fellowships: Limited number of Tuition Waivers
(value. US$ 1400) available to international students.
7.
2 academic years
8.
Bachelor of Science Degree
1975
•A
Titles of courses and programmes of studies':
Hotel/fylotel Management Majors - R e s t a u r a n t and Food Service
Accounting and Finance
Hospitality Accounting Information Systems
Operation Control for Hospitality Industry Management
Interpretation of Hospitality Industry Financial Statement
Financial and Legal Aspects
Profil Planning and decision Making in the Hospitality
Industry
Introductory Commercial Food Service Production
Volume Feeding Management
Purchasing and Menu Planning
R e s t a u r a n t Management
Basic Meat Science
Administration
Law as related to the Hospitality Industry
Internship in Hospitality Management
Advanced Internship in Hospitality Management
Physical Plant Management
Union Management Relations in the Hospitality Industry
Marketing Management
,„ „ , D „ , „„x
32.7 (RbV.II)
1.
School of Hotel, Restaurant and Institutional
Management, College of Business,
Michigan State University,
425 Eppley Center,
EAST LANSING
Michigan 48823
2.
Status : Public
3.
level : University and Post Graduate
4.
of Tourism Training
Title : School of Hotel, Restaurant and
Institutional Management (with a
major in Travel and Tourism).
5.
Employment opportunities : Tourism Marketing
and Promotion Management, Travel Agency
Management, Tour Management, Tourism Research
and Development.
6.
Nationals
A 2.0 grade is required in order to he
considered. Approximately a B Average
in courses relating to major. Also
depends on trend of record.
Foreigners
Two years of University Level Work
(equivalent to U.S. Freshman and
Sophomore years) with outstanding records
(B or better) to be considered.
Applicants are expected to take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test (portion of the
CEEB Examination) + Test of English as a
Foreign Language.
./
(b) Age : no restrictions
Duration of studies : 4 years Bachelor's Degree
Diplomas or Certificates : Bachelor of Arts in
Tourism
Graduation requirements for B.A. in Tourism
1.
2.
General Education
Completion of at least 180 credits with a
minimum 2.0 grade point average.
3. A minimum grade point average of 2.0 for
the major field programme.
4.
Core courses : Accounting and Finance,
Management, Quantitative Methods
5. Major Field : Liberal Arts and Sciences,
Foreign Language, Communications,
Electives, Marketing and Tourism.
6.
Professional Electives.
32.8
1.
2.
School of Travel Industry Management
University .of Hawai
2404 Maile Way
HONOLULU
Hawai 96822
Status. : Public Body
3.
Level : University - Under Graduate Programme
4.
Institution concentrating in Hotel and Tourism
Training
5.
Employment opportunities : Hotel and
Restaurant Management; Tourism Administration;
Transportation.
6.
Nationals
High School.
Qualifying scores and
scholastic-aptitude test.
Foreigners
High School (by American standards;
13 years of primary and secondary
education).
Must take TOEFL* and
SAT* Examinations.
7.
Duration of studies : Four years : two regular
semesters per Academic Year - Fall and
Spring.
Summer Session is available on an optional
basis.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : Bachelor of
Business Administration : majoring in Travel
Industry Management.
* TOEFL : Test of English as a Foreign Language
SAT
: Scholastic Aptitude Tests
es of. courses and programmes of studies
Tourism Management
Economic Theory Applied to Tourism,
Social Factors in Tourism, Travel
Information and Evaluation, Travel
Marketing, Area Studies Seminar, Tourism
Development : Hawai.
Hotel Management, Hotel Sales and
Promotion, Institutional Purchasing,
Hotel Design, Engineering and
Maintenance, Restaurant and Club
Management, Studies in Hotel
Management Controls.
Transportation Management
Principles of Transportation, Physical
Distribution Management, Transportation,
Law, Air Travel Management, Carrier
Operations and Facilities Management,
International Transportation.
32.9
1.
Institute for the Study of Outdoor Recreation
and Tourism
Utah State University
LOGAN, Utah 84322
2.
Status: Public Body
3.
Level:
4.
Training
Name: Institute for the Study of Outdoor Recreation and
Tourism
5.
Openings leading to: Park Administration, Resort Area
Operations.
6.
University - Under Graduate and Graduate
Nationals
High School (Secondary) Graduation
(C or average grade)
Foreigners
Equivalent to Nationals
(b) Age: n.a.
7. Duration of studies: Pour Academic Years (9 months each)
for B.S. Degree. Master and Ph.D. Degrees are flexible in
time frame.
1975
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : BS, MS, Ph. D.
9.
Titles of courses and programmes of studies: -
32.10 (REV.77)
1.
Name and Address of Institution :
Department of Habitational Resources,
University of Wisconsin - Stout,
MENOMONIE, Wisconsin 54751
2.
Status : Public
3.
Level : Undergraduate (towards B.S.) and
limited Graduate Work (towards M.S.).
4.
Offering a Tourism Concentration.
Student
Organisation : Society for the Advancement
of the Tourism Industry (SATl).
5.
Employment opportunities : Management positions
in hotels, restaurants, clubs, theme parks,
consulting agencies, local, state, national,
and international tourism agencies and organisations.
6.
Nationals
High School Diploma or higher.
Good
standing upon graduation from High School.
Foreigners
High School Diploma or higher.
knowledge of English.
Good
(b) Age : minimum 17
7.
Duration of studies : 4 years (8 semesters)
8.
Diplomas or Certificates awarded :
Bachelor of Science in Hospitality and
Tourism
HOTEL AND RESTAURANT MANAGEMENT
Hotel and Restaurant Management is one of
America's fastest growing fields.
Each year,
the amount of leisure time increases for
thousands of Americans and, with that increase,
comes a growing demand on the hospitality
indus/try.
As existing lodging and dining
facilities expand, new businesses are being
started to accommodate more and more people
who want new and better service.
Stout's specialised mission enables Hotel and
Restaurant Management majors to receive a
variety of training.
Curriculum is structured
to allow a considerable amount of practical
training, giving students specific skills
needed for successful careers.
It also provides
studies in the liberel arts areas to give
graduates a flexible background, enabling them
to adapt for a wide variety of situations in
today's rapidly changing society.
The Hotel and Restaurant Management programme
•requires 120 credits for a Bachelor of Science
degree.
The programme includes four emphasis
areas which are : lodging management,
restaurant management, sales management, and
tourism management.
EXAMPLES OP COURSES AND DESCRIPTIONS
Essentials of Hospitality Service
An orientation to acceptable hospitality
standards which are essential in the proper
planning and arranging of service for public
and private functions.
Introduction to Hospitality and Pood Service
Industry Management
Development of historical background, the
economics of tourism, vocational opportunities,
basic system and organisational analysis,
./.
research, trends in industry and problems of
current importance.
Hospitality Housekeeping Management
Management principles applied to the duties and
responsibilities of the housekeeper in hotels,
motels, institutions and other hospitality
enterprises.
Front Office Management
The principles required to organise, operate
and manage a front office in a hotel or motel.
Guest needs, salesmanship, and procedures used
in different types of front office operations.
Quantity Food Production
Concepts for quantity food production : Menu
planning, recipe development, work production
schedules, production analysis, food and labour
cost controls and introduction to productivity
and work simplification concepts.
Laboratory
experience in food production and service.
Institutional Food Purchasing
Methods of purchasing food in large quantities.
Determination of standards, specific needs and
industrial offerings, formulation of
specifications, buying procedures and controls.
Marketing for the Hospitality Industry
The principles of marketing.as applied to the
hospitality industry with emphasis' on the conduct,
interpretation and application of market research.
Hospitality Organisation Management
Management principles pertinent to hotels and
restaurants, supervisory development and training,
labour relations, union contracts, ownership and
financial structure, and managerial interpretation
and evaluation of current systems and procedures.
Bar Management
The history, format and management of bar
operations,
Restaurant Operational Management
Service of special functions, banquets,
receptions, etc.
Emphasis is placed on
planning, preparation service, menu planning,
cost controls, classical buffet set-ups
and personnel organisation.
Hospitality Group and Convention Sales
The development of the students' ability to
identify the group and convention market, to
construct or convert hospitality services to
meet the needs of the market, and to apply
proper sales management techniques in
bringing the customer to the product.
Marketing for Restaurants, Clubs and Taverns
Preparation of effective management through
the use of marketing techniques for food
and beverage services.
Hotel and Restaurant Accounting
A study in the design and interpretation of
specialised accounting and financial control
systems in management decision-making.
Emphasis will include uniform system of
accounts, departmentalised costing procedures
statement analysis and interpretation.
Food. Beverage and Labour Cost Control
The use of financial management techniques
and systems to control food ,beverage and
labour costs in hospitality food service
operations and clubs.
./.
Haute Cuisine
The study and preparation of classical
food items and service culminated with
the serving of a formal banquet.
Pood Service Equipment
A comprehensive study of the factors
affecting design, selection, layout, and
uses of food service equipment and
facilities.
A quantitative approach in
optimum utilisation of physical and human
resources.
Students plan actual layouts
of different types of food facilities.
Integrated Management Systems Hospitality
Exploration, comparison and synthesis of
practices, concepts, and theories in
hospitality management systems..
Hospitality Industry Law and Liability
The laws applicable to ownership and
operation of inns, hotels, motels,
restaurants, and other places of public
hospitality.
Employee and Labour Relations in the
Hospitality Industry
An investigation of employee and labour
relations in the hospitality industry including the history, legality and
techniques of dealing with unionisation.
Introduction to Tourism
This introductory course is designed to
gain an insight into the nature, scope and
significance of Tourism.
• /•
Development of Tourism Alternatives
A study of the rolé and importance of the d
diversified natural and socio-cultural
background.
Tourism elements (attractions)
in development of a tourism destination.
Tourisgl Goods and Services
A study of the total and component parts of
tourism goods and services, including an
examination of the present and future patterns
of supply and demand.
Psycho-social Dimensions of Tourism
This course deals with various psycho-social
aspects of Tourism : motivation, development,
community and conflict, as related to
consumer - tourists, touristiers and residents.
Special Problems in Habitation Resources Touri sm
Special seminar(s) on current problems and
issues that exist in various areas of Tourism.
Topics of the research project can be chosen
by the instructor, individual, or the group.
OTHER COURSES STUDENTS CAN SELECT FROM :
English
Speech
Mathematics
Psychology
Sociology
Philosophy
Anthropology
Theater
Graphic Communications
Science
Political Science
Economics
Music
Literature
History
32.11
1.
American Society of Travel Agents - ASTA
360 Lexington Avenue
NEW YORK, N.Y. 10017
2.
Status:
Private Body
3.
Level: Beginning Level of learning about the Travel
Agency Business.
4.
Tourism Training
Field: Strictly in the Travel
Agency field.
5.
Openings leading to: Travel Agencies
6.
High School Graduation or equivalent.
(b) Age_: 18
7.
Duration of studies: "In-class" training - 4 months;
Correspondence Course - until completed, no time limit.
8.
Certificate of completion of "In-class"' Course and/or
Correspondence Course.
9.
Titles of courses and programmes of studiest
Travel Counselling and Agency Skills
Selling and Customer contact skills, Air transportation
(scheduling, ticketing, fare construction, air reports, etc.),
Steamship and Cruises (schedules, rates, deck plans, etc.),
Geography, as it applies to Tourism, Car Rental (rates,
reservations), Tours (foreign, domestic, indépendant,
escorted), Documents and other services.
Other Programmes Available from ASTA
ASTA Travel Correspondence Course, Profitable Travel
Counselling (PTC), Planning for Profits, ASTA Marketing
Workshops, Agency Accounting and Information System,
Agency Staff Management Manual.
1975
32.12
1.
Institution:
E a s t e r n School f o r T r a v e l
Agency Management
7 2 1 , Broadway
NEW YORK N.Y. 10003
2.
Status; Private
3.
Level; Above secondary
4-
5-
Openings leading to: Travel Agent and Travel Agency
Management
6.
Nationals
Ability and interest determined by personal interview
Foreigners
Ability and interest determined by correspondence
(b) Age:
18 years and upwards
7.
10 weeks - part time - 50 hours
8.
Certificate issued by Authority of State Department of
Education
9.
1975
Programme : Essentials of Travel Agency operation and
management.
3 2 . 1 3 (REV.77)
1.
TOITED STATES OF AMERICA
Hotel and Restaurant Management Department,
School of Business Administration,
California State Polytechnic University,
Pomona,
3801 West Temple Avenue,
POMONA,
California 91768
2.
Status : Public body
3.
Level : University, Undergraduate degree,B.S.
4.
tourism training
5.
Employment opportunities : Travel related
occupations : hotel management, restaurant
management, club management, tour management,
government travel office, travel agency,
cruise ship hotel management, convention
bureau operation.
6.
Nationals
High School Diploma
Foreigners
Equivalent to High School Diploma
(b) Age : No age limit
(c) language of studies : English
7.
Duration of studies : 4 years, 3 academic
quarters per year 196 quarter hours plus
800 hours work experience.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : Bachelor of
Science Degree.
The educational programme can be divided into
three parts :
1.
General education course aimed at
helping the student develop the
knowledge, skills and understanding
which enable the individual to
function as an intelligent and creative
participant in society.
2.
A core of general business courses
fundamental to collegiate preparation
for careers in business administration.
3.
Technical courses for the development
of managerial abilities unique to the
hospitality business.
Students may
elect the course of their choice.
USSR
URSS
URSS
33.1
1.
Advanced Education Centre
Kronshtadtsky 43-a
MOSCOW 125499
2.
Status: Public
3.
Level:
4.
Training
Post Graduate (Advanced Education)
Field: Excursion training, Commercial business, Restaurant,
and Hotel training.
Openings leading to: Permanent training and retraining for
Intourist Staff.
6.
Nationals
Certificate confirming that they work in "Intourist"
and Diploma Guides, Commercial Employees and Staff
of Restaurants and Hotels.
Foreigners
The Advanced Education Centre is established for
training "Intourist" employees.
7.
Duration of studies: from one to two months
Diplomas or Certificates: Certificate on completion of
course(s).
Titles of courses and programmes of studies: not available
1975
VENEZUELA
Instituto Nacional de Cooperación Educativa
INCE
Avenida Nueva Granada - Edificio INCE
CARACAS
Estatuto:
Nivel:
público
formación profesional
Establecimiento con una sección de formación
turística
Nombre:
Especialidad: formación profesional en los diferentes servicios turísticos.
Guías de turismo, agentes de viajes y turismo y
oficinistas de trafico aéreo.
Nacionales
Tercer año de secundaria aprobado, ser
bilingüe
Aprobar examen de admisión
Extranjeros
No se aceptan extranjeros para estos cursos,
por exigir la ley de turismo la nacionalidad venezolana
(b) Edad:
ser mayores de 18 años
español
Guía de turismo: 300 horas
Agente de viajes y turismo: 2 300 horas
Oficinista de tráfico aéreo: 360 horas
8.
Diplomas o c e r t i f i c a d o s dispensados:
Certificados de aptitutd en el oficio
9. Título de los cursos y programa de estudios: -
ZAMBIA
ZAMBIE
ZAMBIA
35.1
1.
Evelyn Home College of Applied Arts and Commerce
Hotel and Catering Department
P.O. Box 29
LUSAKA
2.
Status : Public I n s t i t u t i o n
3.
Level : Post secondary
4.
I n s t i t u t i o n including a section/department of Hotel and
Catering Training
- name : Hotel and Catering Department
- f i e l d : Hotel Management T r a i n i n g , Front O f f i c e ,
House- keeping, Food and Beverage Service
5.
Employment o p p o r t u n i t i e s :
this field.
6.
Kitchen,
Technical p o s t s i n
(a) C e r t i f i c a t e s , Diplomas, Qualifications :
Nationals
Pass in Form V examination
Foreigners
The same as for nationals
(b) Age : at least 16 years
(c) Languages of studies : English
7.
Duration of studies : Courses range from :
- intensive (12 weeks full time)
- to Diploma (3 years full time)
Also extension courses of similar duration to full time
programmes
1975
•/•
8.
Diplomas or C e r t i f i c a t e s ••
- C e r t i f i c a t e of technical education and vocational
t r a i n i n g in the f i e l d concerned ;
- The courses l e a d to the examinations of the City and
Guilds of London I n s t i t u t e and the Hotel and C a t e r i n g
I n s t i t u t i o n a l Management A s s o c i a t i o n .
9«
T i t l e s of courses and programmes of studies :
- Catering Trades Basic Training Course
The course contains theory and p r a c t i c a l work in both basic
cookery and elementary waiting
- preparation and service of foods
- commodities
- hygiene
- frenen
- t r a i n i n g i n v a r i o u s types of r e s t a u r a n t
service
- b i l l check and control system
- Advanced cookery and Management Training Course
- cookery p r a c t i c e and r e l a t e d theory
- advanced restaurant t r a i n i n g
- reception and hotel book-keeping
Copyright © Organisation internationale du Travail 1976
Les publications du Bureau international du Travail jouissent de la protection du droit
d'auteur en vertu du protocole n° 2, annexe à la Convention universelle pour la protection
du droit d'auteur. Toutefois, de courts passages pourront être reproduits sans autorisation,
à la condition que leur source soit dûment mentionnée. Toute demande d'autorisation de
reproduction ou de traduction devra être adressée au Service d'édition et de traduction,
Bureau international du Travail, CH-1211 Genève 22, Suisse. Ces demandes seront toujours
les bienvenues.
Copyright © International Labour Organisation 1976
Publications of the International Labour Office enjoy copyright under Protocol 2 of the
Universal Copyright Convention. Nevertheless, short excerpts from them may be reproduced without authorisation, on condition that the source is indicated. For rights of reproduction or translation, application should be made to the Editorial and Translation Branch,
International Labour Office, CH-1211 Geneva 22, Switzerland. The International Labour
Office welcomes such applications.
Copyright © Organización Internacional del Trabajo 1976
Las publicaciones de la Oficina Internacional del Trabajo gozan de la protección de los
derechos de propiedad intelectual en virtud del protocolo 2 anexo a la Convención Universal sobre el Derecho de Autor. No obstante, ciertos extractos breves de estas publicaciones pueden reproducirse sin autorización, a condición de que se mencione la fuente.
Para obtener los derechos de reproducción o de traducción hay que formular las correspondientes solicitudes al Servicio de Edición y Traducción, Oficina Internacional del
Trabajo, CH-1211 Ginebra 22, Suiza, solicitudes que serán bien acogidas.
ISBN 92-2-001517-X
Première édition 1976
First published 1976
Primera edición 1976
Prix : 70 francs suisses
Price : 70 Swiss Francs
Precio : 70 francos Suizos
77/SUPPL/l
1.
ALGERIA
ALGERIE
ARGELIA
Institut supérieur
d'Hôtellerie et de Tourisme
Hôtel El-Aurassi
ALGER
2.
Statut : public
3. Niveau : secondaire supérieur
4.
5.
Débouchés : cadres d'hôtellerie et de tourisme
- hôtellerie : gestionnaires d'unités hôtelières
- tourisme :
assistants de direction dans les
services des organismes touristiques (agences de voyages aménagement touristique)
6.
Nat ionaux/Etrangers
Une demie licence ou deux années d'études
supérieures
- techniciens supérieurs
- professionnels occupant la fonction
de cadres plus test d'entrée.
(b) Age : à partir de 18 ans
(d) Frais de scolarité : à la charge de l'Etat
(e) Bourses : Indemnités de stage
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : 2 années
8.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés : Attestation de
fin de formation
./.
9.
Disciplines communes
Arabe - français - anglais - allemand.
Discipline par sections :
Tourisme : histoire de l'art et des civilisations - comptabilité - économie études des gisements touristiques - analyse générale du marché touristique gestion prévisionnelle - problèmes juridiques.
Cours à option : Incoming avec organisasation et techniques d'agences - promotion et marketing touristique.
Recherches et planification avec planification et techniques d'aménagement Etudes et recherches.
Hôtellerie : Législation hôtelière travaux de bureau - service et cuisine food and beverage - comptabilité - gestion
de l'entreprise - économie - marketing et vente - personnel, principes de management .
- Stage obligatoire à l'issue de chaque année
scolaire.
77/SUPPL/2
'
1.
ALGESIA
ALGERIE
ARGELIA
Institut des Techniques
hôtelières et touristiques
TIZI-OUZOU
2.
Statut : public
3. Niveau : 2ème année du cycle secondaire.
4.
Etablissement entièrement consacré à la formation hôtelière
5.
Débouchés : technicien supérieur d'hôtellerie
- réceptionnaire
- maître d'hôtel
- chef de partie
Versés dans les unités hôtelières des organismes sous tutelle du Ministère du Tourisme.
6.
(a) C e r t i f i c a t s , diplômes, q u a l i f i c a t i o n s :
- deuxième année secondaire (spécialité
réception et restaurant) + test d'entrée
- une formation de base en cuisine plus
deux années de pratique (spécialité
cuisine spéciale) + test d'entrée
(b) Age : à partir de 18 ans
(d) Frais de scolarité : à la charge de l'Etat
(e) Bourses : Indemnité de stage
7.
Durée de l'enseignement : deux années
8.
Diplômes ou certificats délivrés : Attestation
de fin de formation
- Disciplines d'enseignement général
- Arabe - français - anglais - allemand
- histoire - géographie touristique
- droit hôtelier - économie
- sciences appliquées à l'hôtellerie
- hygiène alimentaire-alimentation
- Disciplines professionnelles :
- réception : technologie et gestion,
travaux pratiques, dactylographie,
correspondance hôtelière - comptabilité
hôtelière;
- restaurant : technologie et gestion,
travaux pratiques, oenologie.
- cuisine : technologie et gestion,
travaux pratiques - étude et composition de menus, calcul et prix de
revient.
Stages obligatoires à l'issue de chaque armé
scolaire.
77/SUPPL/3
BAHAMAS
1. Name and address of Institution
Bahamas Hotel Training College
College Avenue, Oakesfield
P.O. Box N-4896
Nassau, Bahamas
2. Status : Public
3. Level : post secondary - Technical and
university
4. Institution concentrating only in Hotel
and Catering/Tourism Training
Name : Bahamas Hotel Training College
Field : All aspects of Hotel, Catering,
Tourism and Allied Industries, specialised
and professional training
5. Employment opportunities : Hotels,
Vocational Teaching, National Tourist
Office, and similar travel organisations.
6. Conditions of admission
(a) Certificates, Diplomas. Qualifications
Nationals
Entrance exam or appropriate academic
qualifications. Industry based students
to be sponsored by employing hotel.
Foreigners
Acceptable academic qualifications and
sponsored by National Government
(b) Age : No restrictions
(d) Fees : Varied according to programme
of study
(e) Fellowships : Non offered by the instituion. Students are generally
sponsored by multi-lateral agencies.
./.
Duration of studiest Fifteen week Vocational
Teacher's Course, Two Year Diploma Course, Two
Year Degree Course following on from Diploma
Course. Summer School for Management personnel,
part time technical and Vocational for all
hotel skills related employment.
Diplomas or Certificates : Technical Certificates, Vocational Teaching Certificates,
Professional Diploma and Pull Degree.
TitleB of courses and programmes of studies :
As 7, above. Application should be made to the
institution for specific course details.
BAHRAIN
BAHREIN
BAHREIN
77/SUPPL/4
1.
2.
Hotel and Catering Training Centre,
P.O. Box 22088,
MUHARRAQ.
State or Bahrain.
Status : Government Body
3.
Level : Skilled workers
4.
Name : Hotel and Catering
Field : Basic Hotel and Catering Operations
5.
Employment opportunities : The Centre aims at
basic training of young men and women from
Bahrain and the neighbouring Arab Gulf States
in various fields of hotel and catering to fit
them for relevant employments.
6.
Nationals
i. Students should have completed secondary
study or equivalent, good standard of
education and sufficient knowledge of
English Language.
ii. Entry examination and interview.
Foreigners
Same as nationals.
(b) Age : 18 - 23 years
(c) Language of studies : Arabic and English
(d) Fees : No fees
./.
(e) Fellowships : - Number of scholarships
are offered by the State
of Bahrain to Nationals
of Arab Gulf States.
- National students are
subsidised by the
Government.
Two years
Diploma of the Centre in Basic Hotel
Operations.
(Still under approval by
the Government).
Titles of courses and programmes of studies •
Subject
Lessons per week
1st Yr
2nd Yr
(32 wks) (32 wks)
Front Office/Sales
Accounting
Purchasing and Storekeeping
Food and Beverage Service
Kitchen and Pastry (Production)
Housekeeping
Related Subjects : Arithmetic/
Economics/Civic
English
French Terminology (Culinary)
Typing : Arabic/English
Practical Training in Industry
3
4
-
4
4
1
5
5
8
3
12
2
3
2
1
6
1
2
1
6
35
35
7 wks
7 wks
BARBADOS
77/SUPPL/5
1.
Name and address of Institute;
Barbados Hotel School,
Marine House,
Hastings,
Christ Church,
BARBADOS W.l.
2.
Status;
3.
Level-; Vocational, Supervisory and
Middle Management
4.
Instition concentrating only in Hotel and
Catering Training;
Name; Barbados Hotel School
Field; Hospitality industry
5.
Employment opportunities; Waiters, Cooks,
Maids, Front Office Sales and Reception,
Catering and Supervision and Middle
Management for schools, hotels, restaurants
and guest houses.
6.
(a) Certificates
Both nationals and foreigners must
show a certificate of some sort or
another.
(b) Age: 18
(c) Language of studies; English
(d) Fees; $360.00 - $540.00
(e) Fellowships ; Yes
7.
Duration of studies;
8.
Diplomas and Certificates are awarded.
Government Institution
6 months - 2 years
CANADA
77/SUPPL/6
1.
2.
School of Hotel and Pood Administration,
University of Guelph,
GUELPH,
Ontario NIG 2W1.
Status ; Provincial University
3.
Level: Undergraduate level
4.
Institution including a section of Hotel and
Catering Training
5.
Employment opportunities; Leading to career
ladders in supervision and management in the
hospitality industries including hotel,
motel, resort and other lodging organisations;
restaurants, catering and all types of food
and beverage operations (clubs, schools,
universities, health care centres, etc.) and
institutional food manufacturers and suppliers.
6.
Nationals
Ontario 5 year qualifying for Secondary
School Honor Graduation Diploma with 2
credits in Mathematics and minimum
overall average of 60$. Applicants from
other Canadian provinces must have
achieved academic standing equivalent to
Ontario.
Foreigners
Applicants whose preparation to enter
university has been done outside Ontario
secondary school system must have achieved
academic standing equivalent to Ontario
Year 5 and must satisfy in full the subject
requirements for the programme.
(b) Age: (c) Language of studies: English
(d) Fees: Tuition and other university fees
(e) Fellowships : None
7.
Duration of Studies:
4 years
Degree
Bachelor of Commerce
First Year
Semester 1 Fundamental Chemistry
Introductory Macroeconomics
Introduction to Hotel and Restaurant
Management
Microbes and Man
Principles of Sociology
Semester 2 Organic Chemistry
Introductory Microeconomics
Introductory Foods
Front Office Administration
One Elective Course
Second Year
Semester 1 Financial Accounting
Animal and Poultry Products
Food Service Purchasing
Sociology of Work
One
Elective Course
Semester 2
Managerial Accounting
Food and Beverage Control
Dynamics of Behaviour
Institutional Textiles
One Elective Course
Third Year
Semester 1 Introduction to Computing
Business Law
Two Elective Courses
Semester 2 Principles of Food Science
Quantity Food Production
Hotel and Restaurant Accounting
Hotel and Restaurant Marketing and
Me rchand i s ing
One Elective Course
Fourth Year
Semester 1 Food Service and Special Functions
Physical Plant Management
Computer Applications in Hotels
and Restaurants
One Elective Course
Semester 2 Beverage Management
Current Management Topics
Food Service F a c i l i t i e s Layout
Two Elective Courses
CANADA
77/SUPPL/7
1.
Mame and address of Institutiont
Seneca College,
Kina Campus,
ER No. 3,
KING CITY.
Ontario.
2.
Status:
College of Applied Arts and Technology
Public Institution.
3.
level: Post Secondary
4.
Catering/Tourism Training:
Name: Flight Services Programme
Field: Service side of the travel industry
5.
Employment opportunities: Flight attendants,
ground hostesses, passenger agents, guides - ETS
6.
Nationals
Grade 12 Education Ontario
with Grade 12 French mandatory
Foreigners
School leaving certificate
(t>) Age: Dependant upon education, i.e. must
have successfully graduated from school.
(c) language of studies:
English
(d) Fees: $180.00 per semester + 8150.00 for two
week French immersion programme in
Quebec
7.
Diploma'Course
Two Semesters - Day
8.
Diplomas or Certificates: Certificate in FIS
Programme and St. Johns Ambulance Certificate
A. ATO - Air Travel Orientation - 1 and 2
1. Basic Travel Course - All Fields
Use of Trade Manuals
Reservations
GeographyMeteorology
International Ticketing and Fares
Hotels and Resorts
Train and Bus Itineraries
Cruises
Package Tours
2. Geography II
Aviation Medicine
Passenger Handling
Special Services
Customs and Immigration Procedures
Travel Documentation
Emergency Procedures
S t . John's Ambulance C e r t i f i c a t e Course
(or Red Cross)
Uniform Rules
Airline Terminology
Basic in-flight Service (not to encroach
on airlines individual training programmes)
B. French (4 levels, and test to determine level
of comprehension at entrance time)
C. English - Communications
D. Business and Office Procedures - Typing:
Exit requirement: minimum 25 w.p.m.)
3. Social Skills 1 and 2
3 subjects
1. Foods and Wines - 90 hours
2. Personal Development. Grooming and
Make-up. 90 hours.
3. Wilderness Survival 30 hours
CANADA
77/SUPPL/8
1.
The Confederation of
Applied Arts and Technology,
P.O. Box 398,
THUNDER BAY,
Ontario P7C 4W1.
2.
3.
Level; Post-secondary
4.
Institution including a section of Hotel
and Catering/Tourism Training:
Name: Hotel Management Programme
Field: Hospitality
5.
Employment opportunities: Supervisory or
managerial positions in hotels, motels,
resorts, restaurants, and allied
institutions after a sufficient number of
years experience in the hospitality industry.
6.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas. Qualifications:
Nationals
Secondary School Graduation Diploma with
credits at or above level 4.
Credits in years 3 and 4 English.
Years 3 and 4 Math credit beneficial
but not mandatory.
Foreigners
Students from abroad generally admitted
(b) Age: 19 +
(c) language of studies:
(d) Fees:
7.
English
Fee-paying courses.
Full-time courses. Four semester diploma
programme (2 years).
First Semester: Accounting, Business Mathematics
and Machines, Basic Communications, Theory of
Food and Nutrition, Front Office Management,
Introductory Hotel and Resort Management, Food
and Beverages Service, Conversational French/
Vocabulary Building, and two weeks of work
experience.
Second Semester: Accounting, Commercial Food
Management, Front Office Records and Night Audit,
Hotel and Resort Personnel Management, Housekeeping Maintenance and Sanitation, Conversational French, Typing, and two weeks of work
experience.
Third Semester: Quantity Food Production I,
Marketing for the Hospitality Industry I,
Hospitality Development I, Laws of Innkeeping,
Food and Beverage Control, Hospitality Architecture, Conversational French, and two weeks of work
experience in larger hotels situated in Toronto.
Fourth Semester: Hospitality Equipment and layout,
Quantity Food Production II, Marketing for the
Hospitality Industry II, Hospitality Executive
Development, Food and Beverage Management,
Resort Management, Conversational French, and two
weeks of work experience (this subject enables
the students to travel and work in an international
operation for a two-week period).
CANADA
77/SUPPL/9
1.
Eyerson Polytechnical Institute
50 Could Street
Toronto
Ontario, M5B 1E8
2.
Status ;
Degree-granting institution (public)
3.
Level:
4.
Institute including a section of Hotel and
Name: Ryerson Polytechnical Institute,
Business Division.
Field: Hotel, Restaurant and Institutional
Administration and Tourism Management.
5.
6.
Nationals
Grade 12
Post-secondary
Middle Management
Management Trainees
Research Assistants
Government agencies
Foreigners
(h) Age: 17 +
English
(d) Fees: $212 per semester; $424 per year
7.
Hotel, Restaurant and Institutional Administration Diploma - 3 years
Hotel and Tourism Management Degree - 4 years
8.
Diploma in Hotel, Restaurant and Institutional
Administration
Bachelor of Applied Arts Degree in Hotel and
Tourism Management
First Semester (Offered in Fall Term only)
24 hours per week
Second Semester (Offered in Winter Term only)
21 - 25 hours per week
Third Semester (Offered in Fall Term only)
27 hours per week
Fourth Semester (Offered in Winter Term only)
23 - 24 hours per week
Fifth Semester (Offered in Fall Term only)
24 hours per week
Sixth Semester (Offered in Winter Term only)
21 hours per week
A total of 6 courses are required for completion
of the degree programme.
CANADA
77/SUPPL/lO
1.
Kelsey Institute of Applied Arts and Sciences,
P.O. Box 1520,
Saskatoon,
SASKATCHEWAN S7K 3R5.
2.
Status ; Piiblic Institution
3.
level;
4.
Catering/Tourism Training;
Name; Pood Service andHotel Administration
Department
5.
Employment opportunities; Supervisory and
managerial positions following appropriate
industrial experience in the hotel and
food service industry.
6.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas. Qualifications;
Nationals
Grade XII
Foreigners
Landed immigrant status
Competence in both written and spoken
English
(b) Age; Food Service Technology - 17 years.
Hotel Administration - 18 years
(d) Fees; $245.00 per year (subject to change)
(e) Fellowships ; Bursaries and Scholarships
7.
8.
Diploma in Hotel Administration
Diploma in Food Service Technology (Commercial)
Diploma in Food Service Technology (Health
Care)
Post-Secondary
2 years
9. Titles of courses and programmes of studies;
Common First Year Subjects:
Accounting I and II, Business Mathematics, First
Aid and Safety, Interpersonal Communications,
Introduction to the Hospitality Industry, Quantity
Food Production I and II, Sanitation, Service of
Food I and II, Facilities I, Human Relations,
Management I, Oral Communication, Typing.
Common Second.Year Subjects; Bar Management II,
Business Law, Classic Cuisine, Facilities II and III,
Food and Beverage Administration I and II, Management II, Media Studies, Menu Planning, Purchasing
and Materials Control, Sociology, Written Technical
Communication.
Electives ;
for Food Service Technology (Health Care);
Diet Therapy I and II
Health Care
for Food Service Technology (Commercial):
Hospitality Resources
Marketing of Hospitality Resources
Bar Management II
Compulsory for both Health Care and Commercial;
Food Service Planning arid layout
Hotel Administration Compulsory;
Hotel Planning and layout
Housekeeping
Front Office Procedures
Tourism
Innkeeper's Law
as well as subjects listed above for Food Service
Technology (Commercial)
A specified amount of "on-the-job" training during
the course of studies is mandatory to receiving
a Diploma in all courses.
PRANCE
FRANCE
FRANCIA
Centre universitaire de Savoie
Faculté des Lettres, Sciences
humaines et sociales
1, rue Marcoz
73011 CHAMBERY
77/SUPPL/ll
2. Statut : public
3. Niveau : universitaires
4. Etablissement possédant une section
touristique
- domaine : licence en droit (filière :
carrières juridiques du tourisme)
5. Débouchés : carrières juridiques du
tourisme
6. Conditions d'admission :
a) Certificats, diplômes, qualifications
Nationaux
1er cycle de licence en droit
b)
Etrangers
Equivalence 1er cycle de licence en droit
7. Durée de l'enseignement : deux années
universitaires
8. Dipl8mes ou certificats délivrés :
Licence en droit (filière : carrières
juridiques du tourisme)
9. Titres des cours et programmes des études :
Première année du 2ème cycle (1ère année de
l'option tourismej
- droit public et privé
du tourisme
1 semestre +TD
- droit commercial
2 semestres "
•A
- droit civil
1 semestre
- droit fiscal
1 semestre
- droit du travail et
sécurité sociale
2 semestres
- sociologie du tourisme
1/2 semestre
- connaissance des milieux
du tourisme
1/2 semestre
- droit des transports
ou droit de la neige
1/2 semestre
- langue vivante (anglais
Deuxième année
du 2feme cycle (2feme année
de
ou italien)
1/2 semestre
l'option tourisme)
Note : TD
-
droit commercial
droit juridique privé
comptabilité
droit comparé
droit international
privé
technique de commercialisation
droit international du
tourisme
droit pénal international
droit social européen
=langue
travaux
dirigés.
vivante
2
1
1
1
semestres +TD
semestre
"
semestre
semestre
1 semestre
1 semestre
1/2 semestre
1/2 semestre
1/2 semestre
1/2 semestre
77/SUPPL/12
FRANCE
FRANCIA
Ecole internationale d'Hôtesses TUNON
66, avenue des Champs Elysées
P-75008 PARIS
2. Statut : privé
3. Niveau : technique professionel
4. Etablissement possédant une section touristique
- domaine : formation professionnelle
d'hôtesses d'accueil et préparatoire aux
divers concours des compagnies aériennes.
5. Débouchés : hôtesses d'accueil, hôtessœ
de l'air
6. Conditions d'admission
Nationaux
niveau baccalauréat - bonnes connaissances
de l ' a n g l a i s
Etrangers
diplômes équivalents, doivent parler
couramment le français
7. Durée de l'enseignement : un à deux ans
d'études.
- année préparatoire pour les élèves ne
remplissant pas les conditions ci-dessus
mentionnées
- année de formation professionnelle
spécialisée.
8. Diplôme ou certificats délivrés :
Diplôme d'aptitude d'hôtesse d'accueil
.A
délivré par la Direction de l'Education nationale
de la Principauté de Monaco.
9. Titres des cours et programmes des études ;
1) Programme de l'année de formation professionnelle spécialisée
- anglais : cours donnés en langue anglaise civilisation tourisme - actualité Vocabulaire professionnel
- techniques professionnelles : localisations géographiques : pays - capitales - aéroports - monnaies
- psycho-morphologie : comportement
individuel, comportement des groupes.
- terminologies touristiques
- secourisme : cours théoriques et pratiques
- culture générale : littérature, arts,
musique : la reconnaissance des styles,
des chefs-d'oeuvre, des époques
- présentation : - maintien : attitudes,
démarche et comportement de l'hôtesse,
expression orale, savoir-vivre et
protocole.
- connaissance de la région où est installée
1'école.
- techniques d'accueil
- connaissance du monde
- analyse de l'actualité
- conférences et visites culturelles ou
indust rialielles
- stages
2) Programme de l'année de formation générale
préparatoire
anglais, étude de formation générale et
des moyens d'expression, droit, économie
générale, économie et organisation de l'entreprise,
organisation administrative de l'entreprise,
statistique dans l'entreprise, gestion comptable,
moyens d'expression utilisées par l'entreprise.
77/SUPPL/13
FRANCE
PRANCE
FRANCIA
Lycée technique d'Hôtellerie
et de Tourisme
Domaine de Raba
F 33405 TAIENCE
2. Statut : Public
3. Niveau : Universitaire
4. Etablissement possédant une section
touristique
Nom : Classes de "Techniciens supérieurs
Tourisme"
Domaine : Opt ion:-' accueil
- voyage (techniques
de production et de
vente)
5. Débouchés : Travail dans une agence
(billeterie) pour l'option "voyage"
Guides, hôtesses pour l'option
"accueil".
6. Conditions d'admission;
(a) Certificats, diplômes, qualifications:
Nationaux
Baccalauréat
Etrangers
Baccalauréat ou équivalent
7. Durée de l'enseignement : Deux ans
Année scolaire d'octobre à juin plus
un stage en février-mars (15 jours environ)
plus un stage d'un mois d'été dans des
agences de voyage ou des organismes
de tourisme.
./.
8.
Brevet de Technicien supérieur du Tourisme (BTST)
- option accueil
- "
voyage (techniques de production et de
ventes)
9. Titre des cours et programme des études :
a) Tronc commun (1er semestre) :
formation générale et moyens d'expression Psycho-sociologie du tourisme - géographie histoire de l'art - langues vivantes étrangères (deux obligatoires, une troisième
facultative) - économie générale - économie
touristique - législation - organisation et
réglementations du tourisme - dactylographie techniques d'émission et de vente - visites stages - conférences.
b) Techniques de production et de vente :
(.3 semestres;
formation générale et moyens d'expression géographie - langues vivantes étrangères :
deux obligatoires, une troisième facultative économie appliquée à l'entreprise - législation - économie touristique - dactylographie les transports - établissement du forfait et
exploitation - itinéraires - sources de documentation et utilisation - stages - rapports conférences - visites.
c) Accueil : (3 semestres)
formation générale et moyens d'expression géographie - histoire de l'art - langues
vivantes étrangères : deux obligatoires, une
troisième facultative - économie appliquée à
l'entreprise - législation - relations
humaines et relations publiques - dactylographie - itinéraires et visites - comportement.
INDONESIA
INDONESIE
INDONESIA
77/SUPPL/14
1.
National Hotel Institute
Jalan Dr. Setiabudhi 186
P.O. Box 254
BANDUNG / West Java
2.
Status : Government Institution depending upon
the Directorate General of Tourism, Ministry
of Communications.
3.
Level : University level.
4.
5.
for the durèrent departments of the hotel
establishment.
6.
Nationals
Basic Level : - Senior High School
Graduate
- Applicant should pass an
aptitude test conducted
by the Institute, and an
interview.
Middle Level :- Basic level graduates
- One year experience in
hotel and catering industry in one field of
specialisation
- Good knowledge of English
entrance test.
Upper Level : - Middle level graduates
- Six months experience in
Hotel and Catering Industry
- Very good knowledge of
English
entrance test and an
interview.
Foreigners
- Equivalent qualifications, but onlyaccepted if :
- recommended by the Directorate General
of Tourism
- having a good knowledge of Bahasa
Indonesia (Indonesian language).
(b) Age : not specified
(c) Language of studies : - Bahasa Indonesia
- English
(d) Fees : According to the type of
course.
Basic level : - Front Office : 12 months
- Housekeeping : 3 months
- Food and
Beverage :
12 months
- Food Production
(1st specialisation):
"
- Pastry
"
Middle level :- Front Office : 6 months
- Housekeeping :
"
- Food and
Beverage
:
"
- Food Production
(2nd specialisation) "
3rd
"
"
Upper level : - Hotel Administration : 12 months
Basic and Middle Level : The student who
has completed successfully particular
courses will receive a Certificate.
Upper level : The student who has completed
suceessfully the Hotel Administration courses
will receive a Diploma.
9.
Titles of Courses and Programmes
Studies
Total hours
Term I
Term II
Front Office, basic level
800
760
"
middle "
800
Housekeeping, basic level
540
"
middle "
720
Pood and Beverage, basic "
800
800
"
, middle " 800
Food production, basic level
(1st specialisation) 800
800
Pastry, basic level
800
800
Food production, middle level
(2nd specialisation) 560
Food production, middle level
(3rd specialisation)
560
Hotel Administration, upper
level 600
600
IRAN
l'IRAN
el IRAN
77/SUPPL/15
1.
Training Centre for Tourist Services,
13, Dameshgh Street,
Pahlavi Avenue,
TEHERAN
2.
Status : Related to Ministry of Information
and Tourism
3.
Level : Basic and Medium
4.
Catering/Tourism Training
Name : Section of Hotel and Catering/Tourism
Training
Field : Kitchen-Bar and Restaurant-Housekeeping,
Other Hotel Services and Tourist
Activities
5.
Employment opportunities : Employment in
Hospitality and Tourism industry
6.
Nationals
Foreigners
(b) Age : 18 to 40
(c) Language of studies : Farsi
(d) Fees : Completely free
(e) Fellowships : Depending on the fellowship
which T.C.T.S. receives through the
Ministry
./.
7.
Juration of studies : 2 to 6 months
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : Professional
certificate
9.
1. Waiters' course
2. Cookery and pastry course
3. Chamber maids' course
4. Hotel services course
5. Tourist guide course
6. Other courses according to the need
of the market such as : Front Office
Procedures, Accounting, etc.
Programme of all courses include theory and
practical lessons
IRELAND
IRLANDE
IRLANDA
77/SUPPI/16
1.
Dublin College of Catering
Cathal Brugha Street
DUBLIN 1.
2.
Status: Public Instituion
3.
Level;
4.
of Hotel and Catering Training;
Field: Hotel and Catering Administration
Department
Department
Home Sciences Department
5.
Openings leading to: Executive and middlemanagement positions in the Hotel,
Catering and Tourism industry.
6.
A National Secondary School Leaving
Certificate with 6 subjects including
English and Mathematics with two of
these subjects at honours level.
(b) Age: 18 +
7.
Duration of studies; 2, 3 and 4 years
depending on course undertaken
8.
Diplomas or Certificates: Diploma or
Certificate depending on level of course
Apprenticeship.
and University
Upper Secondary
9. Titles of courses and programmes of studies;
Hotel and Catering Administration Department;
Full-Time
Duration
Higher Diploma in Hotel and
Catering Management
4 years
3 years
Diploma in Catering Management
3 years
Certificate in Hotel and
Catering Supervision
2 years
Certification in Hotel BookKeeping/Reception
1 year
Part-time
Certificate in Supervisory
Management
Pinal Membership of the Hotel
Catering and Institutional
Management Association
1 year
2 years
Hotel and Catering Operations Department
Full-time
Cookery for Hotel and Catering
(Block
Industry
1 year
Chef Apprentice
(Block
1 year
Part-time
Hospital Cookery Day Release
Chef Apprentice Day Release
Apprentice Restaurant Service
and Waiting Day Release
Advanced Cookery for the Hotel
and Catering Industry
Release)
+ 16 weeks
Release)
+ 16 weeks
4 years
4 years
3 years
3 years
Science Section
Health Inspectors1 Diploma
Electrical Association for Women - Certificate
Course for Demonstrators and Teachers
Science inputs to second and third level course
in the College
Home Sciences Department
Full-time
Diploma in Dietetics
Home Management
In-Service Child Care
Duration
4 years
1 year
3 years
Part-time
Diploma in Family Community
2 years
Adult Education Programme
Short courses
Interior Design
Antiques
Preparation and Service of Food
Fashion and Clothing
Soft Furnishings, Upholstery and Crafts
Drawing and Painting
Keep Fit
Flower Arrangements
Child Development
Home Freezing
Flowering and Foliage Pot Plants
How your House should Work
JAPAN
JAPON
JAPON
77/SUPPL/17
1.
Japan Hotel School
Japan Education Centre for Hotel
Industry,
12-12, Mita 3 Chôme, Minato Ku,
TOKYO.
2.
Status : Vocational School
3.
level;
4.
Catering Training;
Note; All the students are to be sent to the
following hotels for practice training:Prince Hotels in Tokyo and Hotel New Ohtani
in Tokyo.
5.
Employment opportunities: Most of the graduates
are able to he employed at the various hotels
in the major cities in Japan as the hotel
personnel,
6.
Nationals
Minimum Senior High School graduate or
equivalent level.
Poreigners
Equivalent to the above. Must prove a
sufficient command of the Japanese language.
College level
(b) Age; 18 years (minimum)
(c) Language of studies: Japanese, English
and French.
(d) Fees:
Fee-paying courses.
(e) Fellowships ; Not applicable.
7.
1) 2 year full time course
2) 1 year full time course
A certificate will be issued upon completion
of the required courses.
The various aspects of hotel operation and
management course. 25 courses are to he learned
during 2 years of study. Total academic courses
period will be about 24 weeks and total practice
(on-the-job training) training period will be
about 30 weeks.
OJT can be divided into housekeeper, food and
beverage service practice.
JORDAN
JORDANIE
JORDANIA
1. Name and address of Institution :
77/SÜPP1/18
Hotel Training Centre
P.O. Box 9506
AMMAN
2.
Status : Government Body - Vocational Training
Department (a Department of the Ministry of
Tourism and Antiquities)
3. Level : Basic and Medium
4.
and Catering/TouriBm Training
5. Employment opportunities : Various occupations in specialised technical fields related
to the hotel and tourism activities.
6.
Nationals
3rd year secondary 1)
5th year secondary 2)
Foreigners
(baccalauréat)
3rd year .secondary 1)
5th year secondary 2)
(b) Age : 16 -23
(baccalauréat)
(c) Language of studies : Arabic + Technical
English
(d) Fees : fully government sponsored (no fees)
(e) Fellowships : on regional level, but so
far none.
1 ) 3rd secondary for kitchen and pastry, restaurant
and bar housekeeping.
2) 5th secondary for front office and reception.
Front Office and Reception and Housekeeping :
two courses yearly (6 months at centre + 3
months housekeeping and 3 months P.O. and
Reception O.J.T. in the industry)
Kitchen and Pastry : one course a year, i.e.
9 months at centre including an open restaurant
for the public t+3 months in the industry)
Restaurant and Bar : same as Kitchen and
Pastry
Professional
certificate endorsed by the Ministry of
Tourism and Antiquities.
Front Office and Reception and Housekeeping
Kitchen and Pastry
Restaurant and Bar.
KENYA
77/SUPPL/19
1.
Name and addreas of Institution;
Kenya Utalii College,
P.O. Box 27052,
NAIROBI.
2.
Status ; Hotel, Catering and Tourism College.
3.
Level; Management - Post A level, other
courses Post 0 level education.
4.
and Catering and Tourism Training;
5.
Employment opportunities; Openings leading to
careers in hotel and restaurant management
hotel and tourism professions, i.e. cooks,
waiters, headwaiters, housekeepers,
receptionists, cashiers, tour and travel
clerk, tour operator, courier, driver guides,
information officers.
6.
Nationals
Management: A-levels, other courses
0-levels
Foreigners
(b) Age; 17 - 30 years, management 19 -30,
driver-guides 23 - 30.
(d) Fees: None for nationals: Kshs 30'000/p.a. for foreigners
(e) Fellowships ; Swiss scholarships for
nationals of African countries are
available.
7.
Duration of studies; See below (9)
8.
Diplomas or Certificates; Diploma for Hotel
Management course, certificates for all
other courses.
Hotel Management - 4 years
Pood production and kitchen techniques 1 year
Pood and beverage service and sales - 1 year
Front Office operation - 1 year
Hotel and Institutional Housekeeping and
laundry - 1 year
Travel Operating (tour-clerks) - 1 year
Information offieeope rating (information
officer's course) - 1 year
Driver Guide's course - 1 year
KOREA
COREE
COREA
77/SUPPI/20
1.
International School of Hotel
Administration
Kyung-Hee University
SEOUL
2.
Status : Private Institution
3.
Level : Junior Vocational College
4.
5.
Employment opportunities : Openings leading
to careers in the hotel and catering industry
at the middle management level, (qualified
technicians and departmental heads).
6.
Nationals
High school certificate and medical examination certificate. Knowledge of one or
more foreign languages and/or previous
experience in the hotel and catering industry
will be an advantage.
Foreigners
Although accepted, so far no applications
from foreigners have been received.
(b) Age : between 18 and 23 years
(c) Language of studies : Korean (or English
translated into Korean).
(d) Fees : 125.000 won by semester.
7.
Duration of studies : Two years with
possibility of a third-year management
course.
./.
- Diploma awarded by the School;
- licence awarded by the Bureau of Tourism
by passing an oral examination.
9.
Hotel Front-Office
-
Restaurant and Bar
Kitchen and Pastry (Korean and international)
Housekeeping
Hotel Accounting
Hygiene and safety
Hotel and Catering marketing
Catering organisation
Work study
Laws and regulations
English
French
Hotel Management
77/SUPPL/21
MALAWI
1.
2.
Provisional title
Malawi Government Hotel School,
P.O. Box 402
BLANTYRE
Status : Multi-discipline Hotel Training Centre
3.
Level : Craft, Technician, Middle-Management
4.
Uatering Training
5.
Employment opportunities : If present tourism
projections materialise it is expected that
new employment in all grades could be offered
to 100/200 persons per annum.
6.
Nationals
Current Employees - Employer's recommendation
Foreigners
Not contemplated at present
(b) Age : 16 +
(d) Fees : not yet decided (possibly no
tuition fees)
(e) Fellowships : not yet decided
7.
Duration of studies : will vary according to
courses :
Full time craft courses : from 6 months to
12 months plus industrial practice
Management cadets : 3 years (including industrial practice J Refresher courses 2 weeks to
12 weeks.
Diplomas or Certificates : National certificates to be awarded in first phase; later
phases will include entry to internationally
recognised diplomas and certificate
examinations.
(a) Assistant Chefs Course : theory and
practical at the centre planned experience
in industry (local)
(b) Food and Beverage service Course :
Theory and practical at the centre planned
experience in industry (local)
(c) Domestic Assistant/Laundry operative
Course
Theory and practical at centre planned
experience in industry (local)
(d) Front Office operations Course j Theory
and practical at centre planned experience in
industry
e) Management Cadets Course : Kitchen
theory and practical;; food and beverage
service (theory and practical); housekeeping
(theory and practical); front office operarions (theory and practical); supervision;
planned experience in industry.
1.
MAURITIUS
MAURICE
MAURICIO
2.
Mauritius Government
Hotel and Catering Training School
6, Steveson Avenue,
QUATRE BORNE
Status' : Plan Project
3.
level : Secondary Technical
4.
Catering Training
5.
Employment opportunities : Almost all students
are employed Immediately after training in
various hotels and restaurants.
6.
77/SUPP/22
Nationals
H.S.C. for Reception
)
S.C. for Restaurant and Bar) „
P. Ill for Kitchen and
)
Housekeeping
)
(b) Age : over 18.
(c) Language of studies : English/French
(d) Fees : Courses are free
(e) Fellowships : None
7.
Duration of studies : Reception : 4 months;
Housekeeping : 2 months; Kitchen : 5 months;
Restaurant : 5 months.
*
H.S.C. High School Certificate
S.C. School Certificate
F 111 : Form III
•A
Successful candidates, at the completion
of the course, receive a diploma issued
by the Government.
Titles of courses and programmes of
studies":
Reception : Reception duties : bookkeeping, postages, telephone, cashier,
visitors1 tabular ledger, NCR posting
machine ;
Kitchen : "Sensibilisation", culinary
techniques, knowledge of goods, foodstuffs
pastry making, practical work;
Restaurant : Human relation, contact,
behaviour, attitude, dress, general
organisation, inventory, planning,
conversations, mise en place, types
of service, knowledge of foodstuffs,
solids and liquids, sale, accountancy,
modern forms of catering.
Programme includes practice in hotels
and restaurants during week-ends and
after courses (for all sections).
NETHERLANDS
PAYS-BAS
PAISES-BAJOS
77/SUPP/23
1.
Nederlands Wetenschappelijk Institut voor
Toerisme en Rekreatie,
(The Netherlands Institute for Tourism
and Leisure Studies),
Haagweg 21,
BREDA.
from 1.9.1977 address will De:
Sibeliuslaan 13,
BREDA.
2.
Status : Public
3.
level: H.B.O. (Higher Career Oriented
Schooling)
4*
Institution concentrating only in Tourism
Training:
5.
Employment opportunities : Management jobs
in the fields of tourism and recreation.
6.
Nationals
Gymnasium Atheneum HAVO
Foreigners
Any diploma or certificate equivalent
to Dutch qualifications and fluency in
Dutch.
(b) Age:
-
Dutch
(d) Fees: Du Fl. 300 admission fee
Du Fl. 800 books, excursions, etc.
7.
3 years ( Aug. - June )
8.
Diplomas or Certificates: Diploma (ranks with
Higher National Diploma in Britain)
1st year:
Subjects dealing with tourism and
recreation e.g. economic and sociological aspects of tourism geography of
leisure and recreation. A programme of
general studies including:
General Economics, Business Economics,
law and Statistics, Sociology,
Publicity and P.R. and cultural
orientation. languages: Dutch and
any two of: English, French, German
and Spanish.
**
2nd and 3rd year: Students have to select a main
specialisation, tourism or recreation,
both of which are subdivided into the
following options: economics and
sociology. Options are followed all
through the second year and one semester
in the third year. The balance of the
third year is taken up with research
for the thesis.
During these two years, an increasing
emphasis is placed on self activity
through case studies and projects.
They are supplemented by subjects such
as psychology, research techniques,
marketing, town and country planning,
discussion techniques and management.
** At the end of the first year: A compulsory
period of practical experience (duration:
6 weeks).
SEYCHELLES
SEYCHELLES
SEYCHELLES
77/SUPPL/24
1.
Hotel and Tourism Training Centre
P.O. Box 48,
VICTORIA, Mahé
2.
Ministry of Education.
3.
Level : Basic Level
4.
Name : Hotel and Tourism Training Centre
Field : Front Office; Housekeeping; Restaurant
and Bar; Kitchen and Pastry; Tourist Guides.
5.
the different departments of the Hotel'
Establishment - Tourist Guides.
6.
Nationals
Pass in Form II Examination for Housekeeping,
Restaurant/Bar; Kitchen and
Pastry.
Pass in Form V Examination for Front Office;
Tourist Guides.
(b) Age : 17 ans
(d) Fees : free
7.
Front Office; Restaurant/Bar; Kitchen =
6 months (full time)
Housekeeping =
3 months
"
Tourist Guide =
4 months (part time)
./.
Certificates that the student has completed
successfully any particular course.
- Kitchen and pastry : Cookery practice and
related theory; nutrition; professional
hygiene ;
- Restaurant and Bar : Theory of food;
Bar/wine theory; service technique;
restaurant and bar practice; professional hygiene.
Languages : English and French
- Front Office : Front Office procedures
(theory and practice); hotel organisation; typing; hotel correspondence.
Languages : English and French
- Housekeeping : Housekeeping and laundry
work (theory and practice); service
and maintenance; floral arrangement.
Language : French
- Tourist Guides : Tourism; tourist
guide procedure; general information;
familiarisation of the industry;
knowledge of Seychelles.
Languages : English and French.
SYRIA
SYRIE
SIRIA
77/SUPPL/25
1.
Hotel and Tourism
Training Centre
Damascus
2.
Status : public
3.
Level : secondary
4.
and Catering/Tourism
Name : Hotel and Tourism Training
Field : Hotels and Restaurants, Travel
Agencies (i)
(i) Travel agencies only at a second
stage.
5.
Employment opportunities : Hotels and
Restaurants at different levels - basic,
medium and higher level.
6.
Conditions of admission : completion of
secondary education.
Nationals
Syrian baccalauréat
Lebanese baccalauréat
Foreigners
Equivalent
(b) Age : 18-19 to 25
(c) Language of studies : Arabic
(d) Fees : (e) Fellowships : through bilateral assistance
Duration of studies : Six months at the
training centre and four months practice
in the industry for each level of training
(three years)
Certificates of attendance at each level
of training.
Title of courses and programmes of studies :
Front Office training course (3 levels)
Kitchen training course
"
Restaurant and Bar training
course
"
Housekeeping training course
"
Technology (theory, by specialisation)
English
French
Mathematics
Tourist Geography
Tourist History (including history of art in
the Arab lands)
Hygiene and Sanitation
Professional Ethics
Physical Training
77/_
p T/-,
<í/our.rii/¿o
1.
TRIMTDAD AND TOBAGO
TRINITE-ET-TOBAGO (LA)
TRINIDAD Y TOBAGO
Name and a d d r e s s of I n s t i t u t i o n :
T r i n i d a d and Tobago
H o t e l School
PORT-OF-SPAIN
2.
Status : Public Body
3.
Le'vel s Technical College
4.
5.
Employment opportunities : Openings leading
to middle managers, chefs, cooks, waiters,
food and beverage supervisors, housekeepers,
front-officers receptionists.
6.
Nationals
GCE O'levöl certificate
School leaving certificate
(b) Age : Minimum age of 16.
(d) Fees : $ 40 to $ 130 (per respective
programme)
7.
Duration of studies : 6 months to 2 years
8.
DiplomaB or Certificates :
Diplomas + Certificates according to courses
successfully attended.
./.
9.
Semester
Semester Semester
I
II
III
(total weekly hours)
Chef training
Cooks
Pood and
Beverage
Front Office
Housekeeping
Middle Management
Waiters
21
21
16
21
16
10
21
16
21
21
21
Semester
IV
20
20
21
11
77/SUPPL/27
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME UNI
REINO UNIDO
1. Name and address of Institution :
Bristol Polytechnic
Coldharbour Lane
Frenchay
Bristol
BS16 1QY
2. Status : LEA Institution of Higher Education
3. Level : Higher Education
4. Institution including a section of Tourism
Training
Name : HND Business Studies (Tourism)
Field : Business Studies
5. Employment opportunities : Business with
emphasis on iourism, marketing, advertising,
public relations etc.
6. Conditions of admission :
Nationals Minimum of one GCE A level,
or good ONC/OND
Foreigners Qualification in English
Language
(b) Age : 18 years
(d) Fees : £ 450 (subject to review)
7. Duration of studies : 3 years sandwich
Higher National Diploma (awarded by the
Business Education Council)
Titles of courses and programme studies :
HND Business Studies (Tourism)
The course combines broad business
training witji particular emphasis on
the specialised area of tourism. The
subjects covered include economics, statistics, geography of tourism, structure
of business, marketing for tourism,
accounting, behavioural science, advertising and public relations and marketing
research. In addition students may
take a foreign language option for which
normally an "A" level pass in the language
chose is required (except Spanish for
which beginners Spanish may be offered).
77/SUPPL/28
1.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO-UNIDC
South Glamorgan Institute of Higher
Education,
Colchester Avenue,
Cardiff, CP3 7XR,
WALES.
2.
Status ; Public body
3.
level; College of Higher Education
4.
Name: South Glamorgan Institute of
Higher Education
Field: Pood Technology and Commerce; Art;
Teacher Training; Engineering and
Marine Technology; also a wide range
of allied subjects.
5.
(1) Hotel Catering and Institutional
Management
(2) Tourism Administration
6.
Nationals
a) HND - 5 GCE '0* levels
1 GCE *A' level
b) OND Business Administration (Tourism)
4 GCE '0' levels
Foreigners
(b) Age: open
(d) Fees: Maximum £650 per annum (1977)
7.
HND - 3 years with two periods of 15 weeks
duration of industrial attachment.
OND - 2 years.
Higher National Diploma in H0tel and Catering
Administration
Ordinary National Diploma Business Administration
(Tourism)
HND Hotel and Catering Administration - Theory
and practice of Pood and Beverage Preparation
and Service; Accommodation Operations;
Applied Science; Business Administration;
Human Relations and Marketing; Law; Economics;
Accounting; Tourism; Planning and Maintenance;
English; French or other foreign language.
OND Business Studies (Tourism) - Year 1 Accounting 1, English, Economics 1, General
Principles of English law, Travel Geography,
Travel and Tourism 1, Language 1 and Typewriting 1, Literal Studies, Computer Studies.
Year 2 - Accounting II, English II (including
extended essay), Economics II (with special
reference to Transport), Law relating Tourism,
Geography of Tourism, Travel and Tourism II,
Language II or Typewriting II, Liberal Studies,
Computer Studies, Practical work in Travel
Organisations or Hotels.
77/SUPPL/29
UNITED KINGDOM
EOYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
1.
Llandrillo Technical College,
Llandudno Road,
Rhos-on-Sea,
COLWYN BAY.
Wales.
2.
3.
level: Further education
4.
Institution including a section for Tourism
Training:
The Department of Commerce and Liberal Studies
offers a one-year Tourism and Secretarial Course.
However, there is, in the framework of the
higher National Diploma in Hotel and Catering
Administration, an option in Tourism (3rd year).
5.
Employment opportunities: openings in the
tourism field.
6.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas and Qualifications:
Nationals
CSE or GCE background
Foreigners
(b) Age: 16 years and over
(c) Language : English
7.
One academic year full-time
8.
College Diploma in Tourism/Secretarial Studies
9.
A. Tourism and Secretarial Course
Studies in tourist geography, tourist
administration, hotel organisation, tourist
project work, book-keeping, typewriting,
office practice, English, elocution, French,
German, and physical education.
B.
Higher National Diploma in Hotel and
Catering Administration - Third Year
Tourism (optional)
Studies in historical background, tourism
and the industry today, tourist organisations,
tourism and international trade, and future
developments in tourism.
T
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME UNI
REINO UNIDO
1. Name and address of Institution î
7/SUPPl/30
Henley College of Further Education
Henley Road, Bel] Green
COVENTRY CV2 1 EI
2.
Status : -
3.
Level : Further education
4.
jjistitution including only a Department of
Business Studies and Languages concentrating
on :
a) Tourism studies (full time)
b) Off-the-job development course for
personnel employed by travel agencies
or other travel organisations.
5.
6.
Nationals
"A" level GCE
(b) Age : 16 years and over.
7.
1) A two-year full-time course
2) Part-time course (140 hours)
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : College Diploma
in Tourism Studies
9.
(a) Specialist studies :
- Business aspects of tourism (office administration, legal aspects of tourism, economics)
- Environmental studies
- Organisation and structure of tourism
(b) Complementary studies :
History of European Culture - English and
general studies - Two modern foreign languages.
(c) Contrasting studies
- statistics
- computer appreciation
NB : Some subjects require one year of study only.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
77/SUPPI/31
1.
Durham Technical College,
Pramwellgate Moor,
DURHAM CITY.
County Durham.
2.
Status;
3.
Level; College level
4.
Institution including a section for Tourism;
Name; Faculty of professional studies
Field; Travel and tourism
5.
Employment opportunities; All sections of
the travel industry but in particular retail
travel agents and airlines.
6.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas and Qualifications;
Nationals
4 GCE '0' levels minimum
Foreigners
(b) Age; 16 - 25
(c) language ; English
7.
2 years including 12 weeks industrial experience
Part-time day release = 32 weeks
Part-time course = 25 weeks, one day per week
8.
1. Joint Diploma in Travel and Tourism
(DTC/ABTA/ITA)
2. Certificate in Travel and Tourism (one-day
release course)
3. Certificate in Travel and Tourism (link course
Public body
1. Joint Diploma in Travel and Tourism
First Year
Hours/Week
1. Principles and Practice of Travel
14
and Tourism (UK-Europe).
2. Academic Travel Geography
3
3. Commercial English
2
4. Language
4
5. General Principles of English law
3
6. Personal Development
1
7. General Studies
2
29
Second Year
1. Principles and Practice of Travel
and Tourism (covers overseas
travel agency operation)
2. Academic Travel Geography
3. Commercial English
4. language
5. Management Accounting (covers
financial aspects of travel)
6. Economics and Statistics
12
2
2
2
5
4
29
2. Day Release Travel and Tourism Course
Subjects
Travel Geography
Travel Office Practice
Applied Studies (ticketing,
documentation etc.)
Customer relations
Structure of Tourism (study of
principles, etc.)
Project
Examinations
54
36
35
26
21
5
15
192
3.
Link course in Travel and Tourism
Subjects
HoursAeek
Travel geography
2
Travel Office Practice
1
English
1
General Office Practice
1
Personal Development
1
A feature of the course is a fortnight period
of practical work in a Travel Agents Office.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
77/SÜPPI/32
1.
Name and a d d r e s s of I n s t i t u t i o n :
Glasgow College of Pood
Technology
230 C a t h e d r a l S t r e e t
GLASGOW Gl 2TG
2.
Status : Public Body
3.
Level : College of Further Education
4.
Name : Glasgow College of Pood Technology
Field : Hotel Management, Catering, Pood
Sciences and Technology, Tourism
5.
Employment opportunities : Management
posts in Hotel,Food and Tourist Industries
6.
Condition of admission
(a) Certificates, Diplomas, Qualifications;
Nationals
Scottish Certificate of Education Two Higher Grade passes and three Ordinary
Grade passes (C grade or better)
Foreigners
Equivalent to Nationals
(b) Age : N/A
(d) Fees : Nationals £500
Overseas Students £650
7.
Duration of studies : Higher National
Diploma : Hotel Management and Catering three years. Higher National Diploma r
Food Technology - two years. Higher
National Diploma : Business Studies
(Travel and Tourism) - two years.
•/.
8.
HND
9.
Higher National Diploma : Hotel Management and
Catering
Higher National Diploma : Pood Technology
Higher National Diploma : Business Studies (Travel
and Tourism) in association with Glasgow
College of Technology
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME-UNI
REINO UNIDO
77/SUPPI/33
1.
Herefordshire Technical College,
Aylestone Hill,
HEREFORD.
2.
Status : Public hody
3.
Level: Further education
4.
Institution including a two-year course in
tourism studies.
5.
6.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas and Qualifications:
Nationals
GCE '0' levels
Foreigners
(b) Age: 16 +
(c) Language : English
7.
8.
College Diploma in Tourist Studies
9.
Year I
English and General Studies
French and Spanish, or German
Economics
Business Organisation
Geography of Tourism
Tourism and Related Studies
Year II
English and General Studies
French and Spanish, or German
Economics
Organisation and Structure of Tourism
Legal Aspects of Tourism
Statistics and Computer Appreciation
cont./
2 year full-time course
Note: Towards the end of the first year of
the course the students will undertake
approximately five weeks planned
experience in offices of organisations
and enterprises connected with the
organisation and promotion of tourism.
77/SUPPI/34
1.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME UNI
REINO UNIDO
The Polytechnic
Queensgate
Huddersfield
HD1 3 DH
2.
Status : -
3.
Level : Polytechnic
4.
Name : Department of Catering Studies
Field : Degrees/Higher National Diploma
5. Employment opportunities : All sections of
Catering Industry
6.
Nationals
G.C.E. Adv. Level or Equivalent.
Good OND or Diploma
Foreigners
As above.
(b) Age : 18+
(d) Fees : Revised annually
7.
Duration of studies : Three or four years;
full-time or sandwich courses.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates : C.N.A.A. B.Sc.
Degrees - Higher National Diploma.
9.
B.Sc. Catering Studies
B.A. Hotel and Catering Administration
HND Hotel and Catering Administration
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME UNI
REINO UNIDO
77/SUPPL/35
1.
2.
Ñame and address of Institution;
Plymouth College of Further Education,
Department of Hotel and Catering
Institutional Management,
2 Endsleigh Place,
Plymouth PI4 6DN.
Status; Public Institution
3.
level;
4.
and Catering Training; Department of Hotel
and Catering Institutional Management
5.
Employment opportunities ; Future careers in
hotels, shipping, restaurants, airways.
Initially assistant/trainee management/
supervisory posts at home and abroad.
6.
Nationals
General Certificate of Education at '0'
level or CSE Grade 1 in 4 subjects.
College of further education
Foreigners
Equivalent to the above.
(b) Age ; 18 +
(c) Language of studies;
English
(d) Fees; £416 per annum for foreigners
7.
Duration of studies; Two year course for
catering courses. 1 year course for bookkeeper receptionist. 3 year technological course.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates ; Ordinary National
Diploma in Hotel Catering and Institutional
Operations. Full Technological Certificate
(3 year course). Technicians Certificate
(l year course). Bakery Certificate - Parts I
and II. Certificate in Supervisory Studies Hotel and Catering.
Titles of coursea and programmes of studies;
(a) Chefs/Cooks Course (HPCC) - Two year
course ;
(b) General Catering Course (HFGC) - Two year
course (after first year student specialises
(c) Hotel Secretary/Bookkeeper Receptionist
(HPHR) - One year course with option for
2nd year;
(d) Bakery (HPBB) - Two year full-time course;
(e) Also part-time evening and day release
courses.
UNITED KINGDOM
ROYAUME UNI
REINO UNIDO
77/SUPP1/36
1.
2.
Department of Hotel and
Catering Studies and Home Economics
Sheffield City Polytechnic
Pond Street
SHEFFIELD SI IWB
Status : Polytechnic designated by the Department of Education and Science
3.
Level : An Institution of advanced studies
providing education for PhD, MA/MSc, MPhil,
BA/BS/c degrees and higher Diploma qualifications.
4.
I n s t i t u t i o n including a section of Hotel and
Caterin&'Tourism Training
Name : Department of Hotel and Catering
Studies and Home Economics
Field : Hotel and catering management,
catering systems planning, home economics.
5.
Employment opportunities : Management positions in the hotel and catering industry
(and in tourism). Careers at senior management level are available after appropriate
experience. Particular emphasis is laid on a
systematized approach to hotels and catering.
6.
Nationals
For research degrees : a first degree in an
appropriate field. For BSc or BEd General Certificate of Education with two
subjects at advanced level and 3 at ordinary level HND - General Certificate of
Education with one subject at advanced
level and 4 at ordinary level.
Foreigners
Equivalent to the above.
of English essential.
Good knowledge
(b) Age : no age requirements
(d) Fees : Nationals : degree - £ 179 )liable t
diploma - £ 156)increase
Overseas : degree - £ 447 ) H
diploma - £ 447)
Duration- of-studies : PhD : 3 years - MPhil :
2 years - BSc : 4 years - BEd : 3 or 4 years HND : 3 years Diplomas or Certificates : Research degrees :
Phi) and MPhil; BSc in Catering Systems; BEd in
Home Economics; Higher National Diploma in
Hotel, Catering and Institutional Management;
Higher National Diploma in Business Studies
(Tourism Option).
PhD or MPhil - a research project on an
approved subject
BSc Catering Systems - Part I - Applied
Science, food preparation, quantitative
methods I, Economics, psychology, technical communication, comparative catering
operations analysis.
Part II - Pood formulation I, catering
technology, work design, quantitative
methods II, accounting I, psychology and
food choice, human aspects of change,
Part III - Operational research, system
planning, food formulation II, accounting
II, Marketing, consumer behaviour, catering
systems, project.
BEd - details on application
HND - Year I - Analytical food preparation^ food and beverage service, accommodation studies, food science and nutrition, cost and control, business
statistics, business economics, applied
psychology, work study.
Year II - large scale food production,
food production organisation, beverage
service management, structure and design,
accommodation and hygiene, catering
./.
technology, business law, accounting, economics
personnel, psychology of work, marketing
office organisations.
Year III - Catering management, catering
planning, integrative food and beverage
studies, struture and design, integrative
accommodation studies, catering technology,
hotel and catering law, management accountancy, interdisciplinary business studies,
organisation theory, management systems.
UNITED KINGDOM
77/SUPPL/37
ROYAUME-UNI
'
'
REINO UNIDO
1. Name and address of Institution;
Weston-super-Mare Technical College,
Knightstone Road,
WESTON S/MARE.
Somerset.
2.
Status:
Public
3.
Level; Secondary and university
4.
Training;
Field: Ordinary National Diploma Business
Studies (Tourism)
5.
Employment opportunities: Tourist and
Travel Agencies, Hotel and Catering
Establishments, British Rail, Airline
corporations and shipping companies.
6.
(a) Certificates. Diplomas and Qualifications
Nationals
Minimum four '0' level GCEs.
Foreigners
Equivalent to nationals and subject
to interview.
(b) Age:16 +
(c) language ;
English
7.
8.
OND Business Studies (Tourism)
2 year full time course
HND Hotel and Catering Administration - Theory
and practice of Food and Beverage Preparation
and Service; Accommodation Operations;
Applied Science; Business Administration;
Human Relations and Marketing; Law; Economics;
Accounting; Tourism; Planning and Maintenance;
English; French or other foreign language.
OND Business Studies (Tourism) - Year 1 Accounting 1, English, Economics 1, General
Principles of English Law, Travel Geography,
Travel and Tourism 1, Language 1 and Typewriting 1, Liberal Studies, Computer Studies.
Year 2 - Accounting II, English II (including
extended essay), Economics II (with special
reference to Transport), Law relating Tourism,
Geography of Tourism, Travel and Tourism II,
Language II or Typewriting II, Liberal Studies,
Computer Studies, Practical work in Travel
Organisations or Hotels.
77/SUPPI/38
1.
College of Business and Public
Administration,
University of Guam,
Box EK,
AGANA.
Guam!
2.
Status;
3.
level; University level
1 year certificate
2 year Associate of Arts
4 year Baccalaureate
4.
Institution including
and Catering /Tourism
Name; Travel Industry
Department
Field; Tourism, Hotel
Management
5.
Public body
a section of Hotel
Training!
Management
and Restaurant
Bnployment opportunities; Tourism Bureau,
Hotels, Restaurants and similar related
business-oriented occupations.
6. -Conditions of admission;
Nationals
Secondary education or equivalent.
Foreigners
Equivalent to nationals and student
visa to USA'.
(b) Age; Over 16 years
(c) Language ; English
7.
8.
One year certificate
Two year Associate of Arts
Four year Baccalaureate
Certificate in Travel Industry Management
Associate of Arts in Travel Industry Management
cont./
Bachelor of Business Administration
Travel Industry Management Major (speciality)
.
Travel Industry Management Programme
Career Certificate in Travel Industry Management
Major Programme for the Bachelor of Business
Administration
Foundation courses of Business Majore
.
77/SUPPL/39
1.
ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMEEICA
North American School of Travel,
4500 Campus Drive,
Newport Beach,
California 92663.
2.
Status : Proprietary, non-resident school
3.
Level-; Independent study via correspondence
4.
Institution concentrating only in Tourism
Training!
Name; North American School of Travel
Field: Travel Industry
5.
Employment opportunities;
General preparation for diversified careers
in the travel industry.
6.
Nationals
High School Completion desirable: (not
a condition of admission)
Foreigners
English language proficiency
(b) Age: No limitation
(d) Fees: $689.00 tuition (includes texts and
all costs except postage)
(e) Fellowships ; Not available
7.
Duration of studies: Flexible programming
based on student's completion of required
examinations; 6 months - 2 years.
8.
State of California Department of Education
authorised diploma
Master Course for Travel Agents and related
travel industry personnel.
Titles of courses
and programmes of studies;
The Master Course is comprised of 13 StudyUnits, including:1. An overview of careers in the Airline
and Travel Industry.
2. The introductions airlines and ticketing.
3. Use of the North American Edition of
the Official Airline Guide.
4. Steamship Travel.
5. Customer Service.
6. Rail Travel - (USA and Europe).
7. Hotels and Resorts, plus foreign and
domestic independent and escorted tours.
8. The ATC Tariff.
9. Domestic (USA) airline reservations
and ticketing.
10. International Air Travel.
11. Group Travel and Tour Management.
12. Selling Travel.
13. Travel Agency Operation and Management,
77/SUPPL/40
'
'
School of Health Studies
University of New Hampshire
DURHAM, N.H. 03824.
2.
Status : Puhlic body
3. Level: University, Bachelor of Science
4.
The School of Health Studies offers an
undergraduate programme in Recreation and
Parks.
5. Employment opportunities : Prepares graduates
for service in recreation administration and,
in particular, management.
6.
Nationals
High School and Scholastic Achievement
Test
Foreigners
Equivalent to nationals and must pass
a test of English
7.
Recreation Administration and Park
Management (4 year course)
8.
B.S. in Recreation and Parks
9.
(a) Freshman Year
Introduction to Political Science
Man and his Environment
Environmental and Resource Economics
Introduction to Recreation and Park Services
Dynamics of Leadership and Programming
University Academic Requirements
Sophomore Year
Public Health and Sanitation
Local Government and Politics
State Government and Politics
Introduction to Community Problems
Recreation and Parks
Junior Year
Survey of Managerial Accounting
Applied Community Development
Recreation and Park Administration
Recreation Resource Planning
Sénior Year
Urban and Metropolitan Politics
Administrative Process
law of Community and Regional Planning
Legal and Financial Aspects of Leisure Services
Seminar in Leisure Problems, Trends and Research
Freshman Year
Man and His Environment
Introduction to Recreation and Park Services
Macro and Environmental Economics
Recreation Resources Management
Sophomore Year
Public Health and Sanitation
Environment and Plant Response
Surveying
Survey of Managerial Accounting
Summer - Field Work in Recreation and Park
Services
Junior Year
Mnnpgpmant -POT Transient, Leisure and
Indigent Services
Recreation and Park Administration
Recreation Resource Planning
Designing and Engineering Facilities and
Areas for Recreation
Economics of Water Use and Quality Management
Natural Resources Policy
Senior Year
Forest Recreation Seminar
Investigations in Resource Economics
Economics of Resource Development
Legal and Financial Aspects of leisure
Services
Seminar in Leisure Problems, Trends,
and Research
77/SUPPL/41
1.
Department of Management Science,
University of Miami,
P.O. Box 248237,
Coral Gables,
Florida 33124.
2.
Status :
Private body
3.
Level: University (B.S. degree)
Post Graduate (M.S. degree)
4.
and Tourism Training;
Name; Option in Tourism Systems Analysis
at both the undergraduate and graduate
levels.
5.
Employment opportunities: Planning,
mathematical modeling, statistical studies,
computer applications in the tourism field.
Systems Analysis.
6.
Nationals
High School for undergraduate level.
University for graduate level.
Foreigners
Equivalent to nationals.
(b) Age:
Open
(c) Language:
English
7.
Undergraduate degree: 4 years or 8
semesters
Graduate degree: 3 - 4 semesters depending
on previous qualifications
8.
B.S. in Systems Analysis (undergraduate)
M.S. in Management Science/Systems Analysis
(graduate)
Titles of courses and -programmes of studies:
Undergraduate: The undergraduate programme i
a general degree in Systems Analysis in
which the student may develop an option in
Tourism Systems Analysis by choosing
appropriate électives from the departments
of Economics, Finance, Accounting, as well
as independent supervised staff.
Graduate : The graduate programme provides a
core of quantitative methodology (statistics,
optimisation, simulation and computers)
which may he supplemented by a group of
électives directed at the application of
these concepts to problems in tourism as
well as a thesis relating to tourism in
order to provide an option in Tourism for
the Master's degree.
77/SUPPL/42
1.
University of Alaska,
FAIRBANKS.
Alaska 99701.
2.
3.
Level:
4.
and Catering/Tourism Training:
Name: Alaska Host Training
Field: Continuing education and summer
sessions in conjunction with industry and
non-credit courses. Business Economics
and Government Academic education leading
to a bachelor's degree.
5.
Employment opportunities: Business
Economics and Government. Management
Training in all fiàds of tourism.
Alaska Host Technical and Skill Areas.
6.
Nationals
High School diploma for admittance
Foreigners
High School diploma
(b) Age: 17 and over
(c) language: English
7.
Alaska Host one day seminar annually.
Business Economics and Government - four
years in business with the two year emphasis
on tourism.
University
Graduate education
Adult education
Public service
8. Diplomas or Certificates;
Bachelor of Arts Degree in Business with
Tourism Major.
UNITED STATES O P AMERICA
— /QTi-D-DT/yi-,
l(/ï>UMb/41
ESTADOS UNIDOS D E AMERICA
1. Name and address of Institution;
Los Angeles Trade Technical College,
400 West Washington Blvd.
IOS ANGELES.
California 90015.
2.
Status;
3.
Level; Community College/Junior College
First 2 years of college/university
Training;
Name; Travel, Travel Curriculum.
Field; Travel Curriculum prepares students
for entry level travel agency sales and
ticketing positions. Also for entrance to
related travel service companies, airlines,
hotel representatives, tour wholesalers and
operators.
4.
Public
5.
Employment opportunities;
6.
See No. 4
(a) Certificates. Diplomas and Qualifications;
Nationals
High School Diploma
Foreigners
(b) Age; Nationals - 18 +
Foreigners - 21 + or living with one
of his/her parents of legal guardian
(c) Language;
English
7.
Duration of studies; Courses may be taken
individually so as to fill a weekly schedule.
Degree programme (Travel Associate in Arts
Degree) scheduled for two years duration.
Travel Certificate of completion may be
accomplished in one year. Programmes are
updated each year.
8.
Certificate of completion in Travel Associate
in Arts Degree in Travel
.
Titles of Courses and programmes of studies;
Essential courses
Introduction to the Travel Industry
Travel Agency Operation
Air Travel united States
Air Travel International
Recommended Elective Courses
Record Keeping for Small Business
Introduction to Business
Business Correspondence
Office Management
Principles of Selling
Principles of Marketing
Human Behaviour
Typing I
77/_
,
M/ourrjj/w
1.
Northeastern Oklahoma State University
TAHLEQUAH,
Oklahoma 74464.
2.
Status :
Public Institution
3.
level;
4.
and Catering/TourismTraining;
Name; Touristry Management
Field; Logistics, Principles of Tourism,
Introduction to Tourism, Law and Regulations
in Tourism, Recreational Tourism, Resort
Area Development, Travel Agency Management,
Seminar in Tourism, and Internship.
5.
Employment opportunities; Resort Area
Development, Travel Agencies, Hotel and
Motel management, Airlines.
6.
4-year programme
(a) C e r t i f i c a t e s . Diplomas. Qualifications;
Nationals
ACT Test and High School Diploma
Foreigners
Equivalent or same
(D) Age; High School Grad.
(c) Language of studies;
English
(d) Fees; Fee-paying course
7.
Duration of studies; 124 hours minimum to
graduate. 4-year programme.
8.
Diplomas or Certificates ; Bachelor of Science
Diploma in Touristry Management.
Bachelor of Science Degree in Touristry Management;
Field of Specialisation
Course
Accounting 2103
3 hours
3 hours
Business Law 3003
3 hours
Economics 3463
3 hours
Economics 3513
3 hours
Touristry Management 1233
3 hours
1333
3233
3 hours
"
"
4123
3 hours
1-3 hours
"
"
4130
3 hours
"
"
4213
3 hours
4333
3 hours
"
4433
hours
36
TOTAL
OTHER REQUIREMENTS AND ELECTIVES
Two sixteen-hour minors*
or
Another major*
Electives
TOTAL
32 hours
32 hours
6 hours
38 Hours
* It is suggested that the persons following
this curriculum choose a second major or two
minors from the following areas: business,
communications, Indian studies, physical
education, marketing, economics, psychology,
fine arts or other related areas.
COURSE DESCRIPTION - TOURISTRY MANAGEMENT
Touristr:'y Management 1233 Introduction to Touristry
An intro ductory course in basic tourism-related
industries
Touristry Management 1333 Principles of Touristry
Application of basic components of tourism,
including philosophy and promotion of tourism,
travel counseling, travel research statistics ;
tourism and its economic significance and
development of tourism at regional, national, and
international levels.
Touristry Management 3233 Travel Agency Management
Management principles covering agency organisation
and operation. Development of individual and group
movements; convention proposals, preparation and
control of tourist budget, human relations, IATA and
ATC regulations, tariffs, schedules and financing
of travel.
Touristry Management 4123 Special Problems in the
Logistics of Touristry Management
Application of methods and techniques in the procurement, distribution, maintenance, and management of
supplies, equipment, and personnel related to the
touristry industry.
Touristry Management 4130 Seminar in Touristry
Special aspects of tourism including research and
surveys developed in cooperation with trade and
job analysis consultants in the fields comprising
touristry.
Touristry Management 4213 laws and Regulations in the
Travel Industry
Legal authorities in relation to establishment and
operation of a touristry-related business. Investigation of local, state, and federal laws and
regulations pertaining to tourism management.
Touristry Management 4333 Resort Area Development
The orderly development of resort areas with
special emphasis on relationship with governmental
agencies in management.
Touristry Management 4433 Internship in Touristry
On-the-job training at tourist sites with emphasis
on management level assignment.
77/SUPPI/45
1.
Spokane Community College,
North 1810 Greene Street,
SPOKANE.
Washington 99207.
2.
Status : Community College State of Washington
3.
Level; Community College
4.
Field: Hotel, motel, tourism whole scope of
hospitality industry.
5.
Employment opportunities: Employment while
going to school - full employment on graduation.
6.
Nationals
High School Diploma or equivalent
Foreigners
Arrangement with administration
(h) Age: No age requirements
English
(d) Fees: Fee-paying institution.
7.
8.
Association in Applied Science Degree
»
11
H
Two years
A r t s
M
Diploma from the American Hotel-Motel Assoc.
9.
Suggested Course of Study leading to the
Associate in Applied Science Degree Ho£ël-Motel
Management,Programme
First Quarter •
F Intro, to E/ÎH
101
3
F Front Office Proc. H/M 102 3
F Housekeeping H/M 16 0
3
F Seminar H/M
ll
2
F Bookkeeping H/M 101 5
F Food Production 1 H/M 150 5
F Food Sanitation H/M
152
2
F Food Control H/fa
157 3
F Seminar H/M
21
2
F Organisation H/M
223
5
Second Quarter
W Communication H/M
119
2
W Maint, and Engineering HM 141 2
V/ Tourism H/M
220 3
W Accounting H/M
111
5
W Motor Hotel Mgt. HAl 113 2
W Sales Promotion H/TI
108 3
V Food Purchasing H/M 155 2
W Supervisory Devel. H Aï 158 2
ÏÏ Food production 2 H/M 154
5
\V Menu Planning H/M
158 2
Third Quarter
S Human Eelations H/M 130
2
S Food and Beverage H/M 151
2
S Hospitality H/M
208 3
S Training and Coaching H/M 133 2
S Property Management H/M 221 3
S Hotel-Motel Law HA«
105 3
S Financial Mgt. -H/M 210 2
Beverage Mgt. H/M 153 2
S Serving Tech. H/M 224 5
Elective 5 credits
Suggested Electives: Business Math 94 or 104 +
•business law 205 + Speech 201 + psychology, English
or Sociology 101 + Accounting 51 or 101 + Intro, to
DP + Principles of Managment + Personnel Supervision
+ Office Organisation + Business Machines + Intro.
to Bus. + Typing.
77/SUPPL/46
1.
Black Hills State College
Spearfish
South Dakota 57783
2.
Status : Public: Board of Regents Control
3.
Level:
4.
Name: Travel Industry Management Programmes on
both the two year and four year degree levas.
Field: Courses in Hotel/Motel ManagementRestaurant Management - Travel Agents Airline preparation and other related fields
such as concessionaires. All phases related to
hospitality, including entertainment,
recreation, etc.
5.
Employment opportunities: Middle and Upper
Management for the above described career
opportunities.
6.
Two Year and Pour Year College
(a) C e r t i f i c a t e s . Diplomas. Qualifications:
Nationals
High School and/or college credits;
ACT 18. Two year enrollment any high
school graduate.
Foreigners
On application to Admissions Office and
individual status consideration
(b) Age: In general, applicable to entrance
procedure.
English
(d) Fees: Resident: $16.50/semester hour.
Subject to Regents change.
(e) Fellowships: Scholarships and Financial
Aid information available upon request.
Two year and four year degrees.
Associate of Arts Degrees in Travel
Industries (2)
Bachelor of Science Degree in Travel
Industries Management (4)
As above (7)
Bachelor Science Course (4 years)
Associate of Arts Course (2 years)
Courses in Resort Management and related
business courses are available.
Other course offerings and special challenges
may be made for further skill aptitudes
by special arrangement with the Coordinator
or Travel Industries Programme.
TT/CT™™ /„-,
ii/ùUPPL/47
1.
UNITED STATES OF AMEEICA
ESTADOS UNIDOS DE AMEEICA
Name and a d d r e s s of I n s t i t u t i o n ;
Department of R e c r e a t i o n and P a r k s ,
Texas A and M U n i v e r s i t y ,
COLLEGE STATION.
Texas 77843
2.
Status ; Public
3.
Level; University - post graduate
4.
Institution including a section of Tourism
Trainingl
Name; Department of Recreation and Parks
Field; Tourism and Travel Planning and
Management
5.
Employment opportunities; Primarily
Tourist and Resort Development and Planning,
including Park Management at state and
national levels.
6.
Nationals
High School graduate or average grade
Foreigners
(t>) Age; Open
(c) Language; English
7.
Bachelor of Science Degree; 4 years
Master of Science; 1 year
Master of Agriculture; 2 years
Doctor of Philosophy: 2 years
8.
Bachelor of Science in Recreation and
Resources Development,
Doctor of Philosophy in Recreation and
Resources Development.
Master of Agriculture in Natural Resources
Development.
M.A. in Recreation and Resources Development
40 hours beyond the Bachelor's degree
15-18 hours in recreation and parks
14-18 hours in supporting fields
4 hours credit for two professional papers
4 hours credit for a six-month internship
M.S. in Recreation and Resources Development
8 hours in thesis research credit
12-15 hours in recreation and park courses
M.A. in Natural Resources Development
I5-I8 hours in recreation and parks
I4-I8 hours in supporting fields
4 hours credit for two professional papers
4 hours credit for a six-month internship
Ph.D. in Recreation and Resources Development
64 hours beyond the Master's degree
24 hours in dissertation research credit
20-25 hours in recreation and park courses
Communication proficiency
(foreign language or optional programme)

hotel and tourism occupations

Transcripción

Documentos relacionados

BROCHURE EXPORT.ps, page 1-20

jcracing andorra

Untitled